 |
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
| Datasheet File OCR Text: |
| motorola.com/semiconductors m68hc08 microcontrollers mc68hc908gr16/d rev. 1.0 mc68hc908gr16 data sheet 5/2003 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . .
f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola 3 mc68hc908gr16 data sheet to provide the most up-to-date information, the revision of our documents on the world wide web will be the most current. your printed copy may be an earlier revision. to verify you have the latest information available, refer to: http://motorola.com/semiconductors the following revision history table summarizes changes contained in this document. for your convenience, the page number designators have been linked to the appropriate location. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . revision history data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 4 revision history motorola revision history date revision level description page number(s) february, 2003 n/a initial release n/a may, 2003 1.0 reorganized to meet latest publicat ion standards for m68hc08 family documentation n/a section 16. serial periph eral interface (spi) module ? removed all references to dmas 215 figure 4-2. cgm external connections ? figure updated for consistency 68 table 4-4. example filter component values ? table updated to reflect new resistor values 80 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola list of sections 5 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 list of sections section 1. general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 section 2. memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 section 3. analog-to-digital converter (adc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 section 4. clock generator m odule (cgm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 section 5. configuration regi ster (config) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 section 6. computer operating properly (cop) module. . . . . . . . . . . 85 section 7. central processor un it (cpu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 section 8. external interrupt (irq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 section 9. keyboard interrupt module (kbi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 section 10. low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 section 11. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 section 12. input/output port s (ports) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 section 13. resets and interrupt s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 section 14. enhanced serial communications interface (esci) modul e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 section 15. system integrat ion module (sim) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 section 16. serial peripheral interface ( spi) module. . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 section 17. timebase module (t bm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 section 18. timer interface module (tim) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 section 19. development support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 section 20. electrical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 section 21. ordering information and mechanical specifi cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . list of sections data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 6 list of sections motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 7 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 table of contents section 1. gener al description 1.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 1.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 1.2.1 standard features of the mc68hc908gr16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 1.2.2 features of the cpu08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.3 mcu block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.4 pin assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.5 pin functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.5.1 power supply pins (v dd and v ss ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.5.2 oscillator pins (osc1 and osc2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.5.3 external reset pin (rst ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.5.4 external interrupt pin (irq ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.5 cgm power supply pins (v dda and v ssa ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.6 external filter capacitor pin (v cgmxfc ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.7 adc power supply/reference pins (v ddad /v refh and v ssad /v refl ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.8 port a input/output (i/o) pins (pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 ). . . . . . . . 25 1.5.9 port b i/o pins (ptb7/ad7?ptb0/ad0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.10 port c i/o pins (ptc6?ptc0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.5.11 port d i/o pins (ptd7/t2ch1?ptd0/ss ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1.5.12 port e i/o pins (pte5?pte2, pte1/rxd, and pte0/txd) . . . . . . . 26 section 2. memory 2.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.2 unimplemented memory locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.3 reserved memory locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.4 input/output (i/o) section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.5 random-access memory (ram) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6 flash memory (flash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6.1 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6.1.1 flash control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2.6.1.2 flash page erase operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 2.6.1.3 flash mass erase operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.6.1.4 flash program/read operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.6.1.5 flash block protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2.6.1.6 flash block protect register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2.6.2 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 2.6.3 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 8 table of contents motorola section 3. anal og-to-digital converter (adc) 3.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3.3.1 adc port i/o pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3.3.2 voltage conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 3.3.3 conversion time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.3.4 conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.3.5 accuracy and precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.3.6 result justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.4 monotonicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.5 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.6 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.7 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.7.1 adc analog power pin (v ddad ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.7.2 adc analog ground pin (v ssad ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3.7.3 adc voltage reference high pin (v refh ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3.7.4 adc voltage reference low pin (v refl ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3.7.5 adc voltage in (v adin ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3.8 i/o registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3.8.1 adc status and control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3.8.2 adc data register high and data regi ster low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 3.8.2.1 left justified mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 3.8.2.2 right justified mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3.8.2.3 left justified signed data mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3.8.2.4 eight bit truncation mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 3.8.3 adc clock register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 section 4. clock g enerator module (cgm) 4.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 4.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 4.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 4.3.1 crystal oscillator circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 4.3.2 phase-locked loop circuit (pll). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 4.3.3 pll circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 4.3.4 acquisition and tracking modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 4.3.5 manual and automatic pll bandwidth modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 4.3.6 programming the pll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 4.3.7 special programming exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 4.3.9 cgm external connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 9 4.4 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.1 crystal amplifier input pin (osc1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.2 crystal amplifier output pin (osc2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.3 external filter capacitor pin (cgmxfc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.4 pll analog power pin (v dda ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.5 pll analog ground pin (v ssa ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.6 oscillator enable signal (simoscen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.7 oscillator stop mode enable bit (oscstopenb). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.4.8 crystal output frequency signal (cgmxclk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 4.4.9 cgm base clock output (cgmout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 4.4.10 cgm cpu interrupt (cgmint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 4.5 cgm registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 4.5.1 pll control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4.5.3 pll multiplier select register high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 4.5.4 pll multiplier select register low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 4.5.5 pll vco range select register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 4.5.6 pll reference divider select register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4.6 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4.7 special modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4.7.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4.7.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4.7.3 cgm during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4.8 acquisition/lock time specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4.8.1 acquisition/lock time definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4.8.2 parametric influences on reaction time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 4.8.3 choosing a filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 section 5. configurat ion register (config) 5.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.2 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 section 6. computer oper ating properly (cop) module 6.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 6.2 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 6.3 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.3.1 cgmxclk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.3.2 stop instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.3.3 copctl write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.3.4 power-on reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 6.3.5 internal reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.3.6 reset vector fetch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.3.7 copd (cop disable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.3.8 coprs (cop rate select) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.4 cop control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 10 table of contents motorola 6.5 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.6 monitor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.7 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.7.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.7.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6.8 cop module during break mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 section 7. central processor un it (cpu) 7.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 7.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 7.3 cpu registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 7.3.1 accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 7.3.2 index register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 7.3.3 stack pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 7.3.4 program counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 7.3.5 condition code register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 7.4 arithmetic/logic unit (alu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 7.5 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.5.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.5.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.6 cpu during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.7 instruction set summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.8 opcode map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 section 8. external interrupt (irq) 8.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 8.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 8.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 8.4 irq pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 8.5 irq module during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 8.6 irq status and control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 section 9. keyboard in terrupt module (kbi) 9.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 9.4 keyboard initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 9.5 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 9.5.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 9.5.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 9.6 keyboard module during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 11 9.7 i/o registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 9.7.1 keyboard status and control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 9.7.2 keyboard interrupt enable register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 section 10. low-power modes 10.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.1.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.1.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.2 analog-to-digital converter (adc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.2.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.2.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 10.3 break module (brk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.3.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.3.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.4 central processor unit (cpu). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.4.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.4.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.5 clock generator module (cgm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.5.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 10.5.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.6 computer operating properly module (cop ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.7 external interrupt module (irq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.7.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.7.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 10.8 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.8.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.8.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.9 low-voltage inhibit module (lvi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.9.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.9.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.10 enhanced serial communications inte rface module (esci) . . . . . . . . 120 10.10.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.10.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 10.11 serial peripheral interface module (spi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.11.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.11.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.12 timer interface module (tim1 and tim2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.12.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.12.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.13 timebase module (tbm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.13.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 10.13.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 12 table of contents motorola 10.14 exiting wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 10.15 exiting stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 section 11. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) 11.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 11.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 11.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 11.3.1 polled lvi operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 11.3.2 forced reset operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 11.3.3 voltage hysteresis protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 11.3.4 lvi trip selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 11.4 lvi status register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 11.5 lvi interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 11.6 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 11.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 11.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 section 12. input/out put ports (ports) 12.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 12.2 port a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 12.2.1 port a data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 12.2.2 data direction register a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 12.2.3 port a input pullup enable register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 12.3 port b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 12.3.1 port b data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 12.3.2 data direction register b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 12.4 port c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 12.4.1 port c data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 12.4.2 data direction register c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 12.4.3 port c input pullup enable register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 12.5 port d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 12.5.1 port d data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 12.5.2 data direction register d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 12.5.3 port d input pullup enable register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 12.6 port e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 12.6.1 port e data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 12.6.2 data direction register e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 section 13. resets and interrupts 13.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 13.2 resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 13.2.1 effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 13.2.2 external reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 13.2.3 internal reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 13 13.2.3.1 power-on reset (por) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 13.2.3.2 computer operating properly (cop) reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 13.2.3.3 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 13.2.3.4 illegal opcode reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 13.2.3.5 illegal address reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 13.2.4 system integration module (sim) re set status register . . . . . . . . 147 13.3 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 13.3.1 effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 13.3.2 sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 13.3.2.1 software interrupt (swi) instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 13.3.2.2 break interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 13.3.2.3 irq pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 13.3.2.4 clock generator (cgm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 13.3.2.5 timer interface module 1 (tim1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 13.3.2.6 timer interface module 2 (tim2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 13.3.2.7 serial peripheral interface (spi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 13.3.2.8 serial communications interface (sci) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 13.3.2.9 kbd0 ?kbd7 pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 13.3.2.10 analog-to-digital converter (adc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 13.3.2.11 timebase module (tbm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 13.3.3 interrupt status registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 13.3.3.1 interrupt status register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 13.3.3.2 interrupt status register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 13.3.3.3 interrupt status register 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 section 14. enhanced se rial communications interface (esci) module 14.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 14.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 14.3 pin name conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 14.4 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 14.4.1 data format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 14.4.2 transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 14.4.2.1 character length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 14.4.2.2 character transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 14.4.2.3 break characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 14.4.2.4 idle characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 14.4.2.5 inversion of transmitted output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 14.4.2.6 transmitter interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 14.4.3 receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 14.4.3.1 character length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 14.4.3.2 character reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 14.4.3.3 data sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 14.4.3.4 framing errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 14.4.3.5 baud rate tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 14.4.3.6 receiver wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 14 table of contents motorola 14.4.3.7 receiver interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 14.4.3.8 error interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 14.5 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 14.5.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 14.5.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 14.6 esci during break module interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 14.7 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 14.7.1 pte0/txd (transmit data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 14.7.2 pte1/rxd (receive data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 14.8 i/o registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 14.8.1 esci control register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 14.8.2 esci control register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 14.8.3 esci control register 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 14.8.4 esci status register 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 14.8.5 esci status register 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 14.8.6 esci data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 14.8.7 esci baud rate register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 14.8.8 esci prescaler register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 14.9 esci arbiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 14.9.1 esci arbiter control register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 14.9.2 esci arbiter data register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 14.9.3 bit time measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 14.9.4 arbitration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 section 15. system in tegration module (sim) 15.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 15.2 sim bus clock control and generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 15.2.1 bus timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 15.2.2 clock startup from por or lvi reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 15.2.3 clocks in stop mode and wait mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 15.3 reset and system initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 15.3.1 external pin reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 15.3.2 active resets from internal sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 15.3.2.1 power-on reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 15.3.2.2 computer operating properly (cop) reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 15.3.2.3 illegal opcode reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 15.3.2.4 illegal address reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 15.3.2.5 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 15.3.2.6 monitor mode entry module reset (modrst). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 15.4 sim counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 15.4.1 sim counter during power-on reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 15.4.2 sim counter during stop mode recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 15.4.3 sim counter and reset states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 15 15.5 exception control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 15.5.1 interrupts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 15.5.1.1 hardware interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 15.5.1.2 swi instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 15.5.1.3 interrupt status registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 15.5.2 reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 15.5.3 break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 15.5.4 status flag protection in break mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 15.6 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 15.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 15.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 15.7 sim registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 15.7.1 break status register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 15.7.2 sim reset status register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 15.7.3 break flag control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 section 16. serial peripheral interface (spi) module 16.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 16.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 16.3 pin name conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 16.4 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 16.4.1 master mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 16.4.2 slave mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 16.5 transmission formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 16.5.1 clock phase and polarity controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 16.5.2 transmission format when cpha = 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 16.5.3 transmission format when cpha = 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 16.5.4 transmission initiation lat ency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 16.6 queuing transmission data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 16.7 error conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 16.7.1 overflow error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 16.7.2 mode fault error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 16.8 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 16.9 resetting the spi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 16.10 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 16.10.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 16.10.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 16.11 spi during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 16.12 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 16.12.1 miso (master in/slave out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 16.12.2 mosi (master out/slave in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 16.12.3 spsck (serial clock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 16.12.4 ss (slave select) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 16.12.5 cgnd (clock ground) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 16 table of contents motorola 16.13 i/o registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 16.13.1 spi control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 16.13.2 spi status and control register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 16.13.3 spi data register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 section 17. timebase module (tbm) 17.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 17.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 17.3 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 17.4 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 17.5 tbm interrupt rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 17.6 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 17.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 17.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 17.7 timebase control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 section 18. timer interface module (tim) 18.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 18.2 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 18.3 pin name conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 18.4 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 18.4.1 tim counter prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 18.4.2 input capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 18.4.3 output compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 18.4.3.1 unbuffered output compare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 18.4.3.2 buffered output compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 18.4.4 pulse width modulation (pwm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 18.4.4.1 unbuffered pwm signal generation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 18.4.4.2 buffered pwm signal generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 18.4.4.3 pwm initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 18.5 interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 18.6 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 18.6.1 wait mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 18.6.2 stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 18.7 tim during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 18.8 i/o signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 18.9 i/o registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 18.9.1 tim status and control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 18.9.2 tim counter registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 18.9.3 tim counter modulo registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 18.9.4 tim channel status and control registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 18.9.5 tim channel registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola table of contents 17 section 19. d evelopment support 19.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 19.2 break module (brk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 19.2.1 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 19.2.1.1 flag protection during break interrupt s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 19.2.1.2 cpu during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 19.2.1.3 tim during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 19.2.1.4 cop during break interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 19.2.2 break module registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 19.2.2.1 break status and control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 19.2.2.2 break address registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 19.2.2.3 break auxiliary register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 19.2.2.4 break status register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 19.2.2.5 break flag control register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 19.2.3 low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 19.3 monitor rom (mon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 19.3.1 functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 19.3.1.1 normal monitor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 19.3.1.2 forced monitor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 19.3.1.3 monitor vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 19.3.1.4 data format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 19.3.1.5 break signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 19.3.1.6 baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 19.3.1.7 commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 19.3.2 security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 section 20. electri cal specifications 20.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 20.2 absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 20.3 functional operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 20.4 thermal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 20.5 5.0-vdc electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 20.6 3.3-vdc electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 20.7 5.0-volt control timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 20.8 3.3-volt control timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 20.9 output high-voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 20.10 output low-voltage characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 20.11 typical supply currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 20.12 clock generation module characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 20.12.1 cgm component specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 20.12.2 cgm electrical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 20.13 5.0-volt adc characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 20.14 3.3-volt adc characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 20.15 timer interface module characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . table of contents data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 18 table of contents motorola 20.16 5.0-volt spi characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 20.17 3.3-volt spi characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 20.18 memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 section 21. ordering information and mechanical specifications 21.1 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 21.2 mc order numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 21.3 48-pin lqfp (case #932) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 21.4 32-pin lqfp (case #873a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola general description 19 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 1. general description 1.1 introduction the mc68hc908gr16 is a member of t he low-cost, high-performance m68hc08 family of 8-bit microcontroller units (m cus). all mcus in the family use the enhanced m68hc08 central processor unit (cpu08) and are available with a variety of modules, memory si zes and types, and package types. 1.2 features for convenience, features have been organized to reflect: standard features of the mc68hc908gr16 features of the cpu08 1.2.1 standard features of the mc68hc908gr16 features of the mc68hc908gr16 include: high-performance m68hc08 architecture optimized for c-compilers fully upward-compatible object co de with m6805, m146805, and m68hc05 families 8-mhz internal bus frequency clock generation module supporting 32-khz to 100-khz crystals flash program memory security (1) on-chip programming firmware for us e with host personal computer which does not require high voltage for entry in-system programming (isp) system protection features: ? optional computer operating properly (cop) reset ? low-voltage detection with optional reset and selectable trip points for 3.3-v and 5.0-v operation ? illegal opcode detection with reset ? illegal address detection with reset 1. no security feature is absolutely secure. howe ver, motorola?s strategy is to make reading or copying the flash difficult for unauthorized users. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 20 general description motorola low-power design; fully static with stop and wait modes standard low-power modes of operation: ? wait mode ? stop mode master reset pin and power-on reset (por) 16 kbytes of on-chip 100k cycle write/erase capable flash memory 1 kbyte of on-chip random-access memory (ram) 406 bytes of flash programming r outines read-only memory (rom) serial peripheral interface (spi) module enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module two 16-bit timer interface modules (2-channel tim1 and 2-channel tim2) with selectable input capture, output compare, and pulse-width modulation (pwm) capability on each channel 8-channel, 10-bit successive approxi mation analog-to-digital converter (adc) break (brk) module to allow single br eakpoint setting during in-circuit debugging internal pullups on irq and rst to reduce customer system cost up to 37 general-purpose input/output (i/o) pins, including: ? 28 shared-function i/o pins ? up to nine dedicated i/o pins, depending on package choice selectable pullups on inputs only on ports a, c, and d. selection is on an individual port bit basis. during output mode, pullups are disengaged. high current 10-ma sink/source capability on all port pins higher current 20-ma sink/source capability on ptc0?ptc4 timebase module (tbm) with clock pr escaler circuitry for eight user selectable periodic real-time interrupts with optional active clock source during stop mode for periodic wakeup from stop using an external crystal user selection of having the oscillator enabled or disabled during stop mode 8-bit keyboard wakeup port 5 ma maximum current injection on all port pins to maintain input protection available packages: ? 32-pin lqfp ? 48-pin low-profile quad flag pack (lqfp) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description mcu block diagram mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola general description 21 specific features of the mc 68hc908gr16 in 32-pin lqfp are: ? port a is only 4 bits: pta0?pta3; 4-pin keyboard interrupt (kbi) module ? port b is only 6 bits: ptb0?ptb5; 6-channel adc module ? port c is only 2 bits: ptc0?ptc1 ? port d is only 7 bits: ptd0?ptd6; shared with spi, tim1, and tim2 modules ? port e is only 2 bits: pte0?pte1; shared with esci module specific features of the mc 68hc908gr16 in 48-pin lqfp are: ? port a is 8 bits: pta0?pta7; 8-pin kbi module ? port b is 8 bits: ptb0?ptb7; 8-channel adc module ? port c is only 7 bits: ptc0?ptc6 ? port d is 8 bits: ptd0?ptd7; shared with spi, tim1, and tim2 modules ? port e is only 6 bits: pte0?pte5; shared with esci module 1.2.2 features of the cpu08 features of the cpu08 include: enhanced hc05 programming model extensive loop control functions 16 addressing modes (eight more than the hc05) 16-bit index register and stack pointer memory-to-memory data transfers fast 8 8 multiply instruction fast 16/8 divide instruction binary-coded decimal (bcd) instructions optimization for controller applications efficient c language support 1.3 mcu bl ock diagram figure 1-1 shows the structure of the mc68hc908gr16. 1.4 pin assignments figure 1-2 and figure 1-3 illustrate the pin assignments for the 32-pin lqfp and 48-pin lqfp respectively. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 22 general description motorola general description figure 1-1. mcu block diagram monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description pin assignments mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola general description 23 figure 1-2. 32-pin lqfp pin assignments figure 1-3. 48-pin lqfp pin assignments ptd3/spsck pta3/kbd3 ptd2/mosi ptd1/miso ptd0/ss irq pte1/rxd pte0/txd rst pta2/kbd2 pta1/kbd1 pta0/kbd0 v ssad /v refl v ddad /v refh ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 osc1 osc2 cgmxfc v ssa v dda ptc1 ptc0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 16 ptb2/ad2 v ss v dd ptd4/t1ch0 ptd5/t1ch1 ptd6/t2ch0 ptb0/ad0 ptb1/ad1 25 36 37 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 13 rst ptd0/ss ptd1/miso ptd2/mosi pte0/txd pte1/rxd pte2 pte3 pte4 pte5 irq ptc3 ptc2 ptd7/t2ch1 ptd6/t2ch0 ptd5/t1ch1 ptd4/t1ch0 v dd v ss ptc4 ptb0/ad0 ptb1/ad1 pta5/kbd5 pta6/kbd6 ptc1 cgmxfc v ssa v dda pta7/kbd7 ptc0 pta4/kbd4 pta3/kbd3 osc2 11 12 24 23 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 v ddad /v refh v ssad /v refl ptc5 ptc6 pta0/kbd0 ptb4/ad4 ptb5/ad5 ptb3/ad3 ptb6/ad6 ptb7/ad7 pta1/kbd1 pta2/kbd2 ptb2/ad2 ptd3/spsck 48 osc1 47 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 24 general description motorola 1.5 pin functions descriptions of the pin functions are provided here. 1.5.1 power supply pins (v dd and v ss ) v dd and v ss are the power supply and ground pins. the mcu operates from a single power supply. fast signal transitions on mcu pins plac e high, short-duration current demands on the power supply. to prevent noise problems, take special care to provide power supply bypassing at the mcu as figure 1-4 shows. place the c1 bypass capacitor as close to the mcu as possible. use a high-frequency-response ceramic capacitor for c1. c2 is an optional bulk current bypass capacitor for use in applications that require the port pins to source high current levels. figure 1-4. power supply bypassing 1.5.2 oscillator pins (osc1 and osc2) osc1 and osc2 are the connections for an external crystal, resonator, or clock circuit. see section 4. clock generator module (cgm) . 1.5.3 external reset pin (rst ) a logic 0 on the rst pin forces the mcu to a known startup state. rst is bidirectional, allowing a reset of the entire sy stem. it is driven low when any internal reset source is asserted. this pin c ontains an internal pullup resistor. see section 15. system integration module (sim) . mcu v dd c2 c1 0.1 f v ss v dd + note: component values shown represent typical applications. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description pin functions mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola general description 25 1.5.4 external interrupt pin (irq ) irq is an asynchronous external interrupt pin. this pin contains an internal pullup resistor. see section 8. external interrupt (irq) . 1.5.5 cgm power supply pins (v dda and v ssa ) v dda and v ssa are the power supply pins for the analog portion of the clock generator module (cgm). decoupling of these pins should be as per the digital supply. see section 4. clock generator module (cgm) . 1.5.6 external filter capacitor pin (v cgmxfc ) cgmxfc is an external filter capac itor connection for the cgm. see section 4. clock generator module (cgm) . 1.5.7 adc power supply/reference pins (v ddad /v refh and v ssad /v refl ) v ddad and v ssad are the power supply pins to the analog-to-digital converter (adc). v refh and v refl are the reference voltage pins for the adc. v refh is the high reference supply for the adc, and by default the v ddad /v refh pin should be externally filtered and connected to the same voltage potential as v dd . v refl is the low reference supply for the adc, and by default the v ssad /v refl pin should be connected to the same voltage potential as v ss . see section 3. analog-to-digital converter (adc) . 1.5.8 port a input/output (i/o) pins (pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 ) pta7?pta0 are general-purpose, bidirectional i/o port pins. any or all of the port a pins can be programmed to serve as keyboard interrupt pins. see section 12. input/output ports (ports) and section 9. keyboard interrupt module (kbi) . these port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. the pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. the pullups are selectable on an indi vidual port bit basis. 1.5.9 port b i/o pins (ptb7/ad7?ptb0/ad0) ptb7?ptb0 are general-purpose, bidirectional i/o port pins that can also be used for analog-to-digital converter (adc) inputs. see section 12. input/output ports (ports) and section 3. analog-to-digital converter (adc) . 1.5.10 port c i/o pins (ptc6?ptc0) ptc6 and ptc5 are general-purpose, bidirectional i/o port pins. ptc4?ptc0 are general-purpose, bidirectional i/o port pins that contain higher current sink/source capability. see section 12. input/output ports (ports) . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . general description data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 26 general description motorola these port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. the pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. the pullups are selectable on an indi vidual port bit basis. 1.5.11 port d i/o pins (ptd7/t2ch1?ptd0/ss ) ptd7?ptd0 are special-function, bidire ctional i/o port pins. ptd3?ptd0 can be programmed to be serial peripheral interf ace (spi) pins, while ptd7?ptd4 can be individually programmed to be timer interface module (tim1 and tim2) pins. see section 18. timer interface module (tim) , section 16. serial peripheral interface (spi) module , and section 12. input/output ports (ports) . these port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. the pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. the pullups are selectable on an indi vidual port bit basis. 1.5.12 port e i/o pins (pte5?pte2, pte1/rxd, and pte0/txd) pte5?pte0 are general-purpose, bidirectional i/o port pins. pte1 and pte0 can also be programmed to be enhanced serial communications interface (esci) pins. see section 14. enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module and section 12. input/output ports (ports) . note: any unused inputs and i/o ports should be tied to an appropriate logic level (either v dd or v ss ). although the i/o ports of the mc68hc908gr16 do not require termination, termination is recommended to reduce the possibility of static damage. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 27 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 2. memory 2.1 introduction the cpu08 can address 64 kbytes of memory space. the memory map, shown in figure 2-1 , includes: 15,872 bytes of user flash memory 1024 bytes of random-access memory (ram) 406 bytes of flash programming r outines read-only memory (rom) 44 bytes of user-defined vectors 350 bytes of monitor rom 2.2 unimplemented memory locations accessing an unimplemented location ca n cause an illegal address reset. in the memory map ( figure 2-1 ) and in register figures in this document, unimplemented locations are shaded. 2.3 reserved memory locations accessing a reserved location can have unpredictable effects on microcontroller (mcu) operation. in the figure 2-1 and in register figures in this document, reserved locations are marked with the word reserved or with the letter r. 2.4 input/output (i/o) section most of the control, status, and data registers are in the zero page area of $0000?$003f. additional i/o registers have these addresses: $fe00; break status register, bsr $fe01; sim reset status register, srsr $fe02; break auxiliary register, brkar $fe03; break flag control register, bfcr $fe04; interrupt status register 1, int1 $fe05; interrupt status register 2, int2 $fe06; interrupt status register 3, int3 $fe07; reserved f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 28 memory motorola $fe08; flash control register, flcr $fe09; break address register high, brkh $fe0a; break address register low, brkl $fe0b; break status and control register, brkscr $fe0c; lvi status register, lvisr $ff7e; flash block protect register, flbpr data registers are shown in figure 2-2 . table 2-1 is a list of vector locations. $0000 i/o registers 64 bytes $003f $0040 ram 1024 bytes $043f $0440 $04ff unimplemented 192 bytes $0500 $057f reserved 128 bytes $0580 $1bff unimplemented 5760 bytes $1c00 flash programming routines rom 406 bytes $1d95 $1d96 unimplemented 41,578 bytes $bfff $c000 flash memory 15,872 bytes $fdff $fe00 break status register (bsr) $fe01 sim reset status register (srsr) figure 2-1. memory map f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory input/output (i/o) section mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 29 $fe02 break auxiliary register (brkar) $fe03 break flag control register (bfcr) $fe04 interrupt status register 1 (int1) $fe05 interrupt status register 2 (int2) $fe06 interrupt status register 3 (int3) $fe07 reserved $fe08 flash control register (flcr) $fe09 break address register high (brkh) $fe0a break address register low (brkl) $fe0b break status and control register (brkscr) $fe0c lvi status register (lvisr) $fe0d unimplemented 3 bytes $fe0f $fe10 unimplemented 16 bytes reserved for compatibility with monitor code for a-family part $fe1f $fe20 monitor rom 350 bytes $ff7d $ff7e flash block protect register (flbpr) $ff7f unimplemented 85 bytes $ffd3 $ffd4 flash vectors 44 bytes $ffff (1) 1. $fff6?$fffd used for eight security bytes figure 2-1. memory map (continued) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 30 memory motorola addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0000 port a data register (pta) see page 132. read: pta7 pta6 pta5 pta4 pta3 pta2 pta1 pta0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0001 port b data register (ptb) see page 134. read: ptb7 ptb6 ptb5 ptb4 ptb3 ptb2 ptb1 ptb0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0002 port c data register (ptc) see page 136. read: 0 ptc6 ptc5 ptc4 ptc3 ptc2 ptc1 ptc0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0003 port d data register (ptd) see page 138. read: ptd7 ptd6 ptd5 ptd4 ptd3 ptd2 ptd1 ptd0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0004 data direction register a (ddra) see page 132. read: ddra7 ddra6 ddra5 ddra4 ddra3 ddra2 ddra1 ddra0 write: reset:00000000 $0005 data direction register b (ddrb) see page 135. read: ddrb7 ddrb6 ddrb5 ddrb4 ddrb3 ddrb2 ddrb1 ddrb0 write: reset:00000000 $0006 data direction register c (ddrc) see page 136. read: 0 ddrc6 ddrc5 ddrc4 ddrc3 ddrc2 ddrc1 ddrc0 write: reset:00000000 $0007 data direction register d (ddrd) see page 139. read: ddrd7 ddrd6 ddrd5 ddrd4 ddrd3 ddrd2 ddrd1 ddrd0 write: reset:00000000 $0008 port e data register (pte) see page 141. read: 0 0 pte5 pte4 pte3 pte2 pte1 pte0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0009 esci prescaler register (scpsc) see page 187. read: ps2 ps1 ps0 pssb4 pssb3 pssb2 pssb1 pssb0 write: reset:00000000 $000a esci arbiter control register (sciactl) see page 191. read: am1 alost am0 aclk afin arun aovfl ard8 write: reset:00000000 $000b esci arbiter data register (sciadat) see page 192. read: ard7 ard6 ard5 ard4 ard3 ard2 ard1 ard0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 1 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory input/output (i/o) section mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 31 $000c data direction register e (ddre) see page 142. read: 0 0 ddre5 ddre4 ddre3 ddre2 ddre1 ddre0 write: reset:00000000 $000d port a input pullup enable register (ptapue) see page 134. read: ptapue7 ptapue6 ptapue5 ptapue4 ptapue3 ptapue2 ptapue1 ptapue0 write: reset:00000000 $000e port c input pullup enable register (ptcpue) see page 138. read: 0 ptcpue6 ptcpue5 ptcpue4 ptcpue3 ptcpue2 ptcpue1 ptcpue0 write: reset:00000000 $000f port d input pullup enable register (ptdpue) see page 141. read: ptdpue7 ptdpue6 ptdpue5 ptdpue4 ptdpue3 ptdpue2 ptdpue1 ptdpue0 write: reset:00000000 $0010 spi control register (spcr) see page 235. read: sprie r spmstr cpol cpha spwom spe sptie write: reset:00101000 $0011 spi status and control register (spscr) see page 236. read: sprf errie ovrf modf spte modfen spr1 spr0 write: reset:00001000 $0012 spi data register (spdr) see page 238. read: r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset $0013 esci control register 1 (scc1) see page 176. read: loops ensci txinv m wake ilty pen pty write: reset:00000000 $0014 esci control register 2 (scc2) see page 178. read: sctie tcie scrie ilie te re rwu sbk write: reset:00000000 $0015 esci control register 3 (scc3) see page 180. read: r8 t8 r r orie neie feie peie write: reset:u0000000 $0016 esci status register 1 (scs1) see page 181. read: scte tc scrf idle or nf fe pe write: reset:11000000 $0017 esci status register 2 (scs2) see page 184. read: bkf rpf write: reset:00000000 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 2 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 32 memory motorola $0018 esci data register (scdr) see page 185. read: r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset $0019 esci baud rate register (scbr) see page 185. read: lint linr scp1 scp0 r scr2 scr1 scr0 write: reset:00000000 $001a keyboard status and control register (intkbscr) see page 114. read: 0000 keyf 0 imaskk modek write: ackk reset:00000000 $001b keyboard interrupt enable register (intkbier) see page 115. read: kbie7 kbie6 kbie5 kbie4 kbie3 kbie2 kbie1 kbie0 write: reset:00000000 $001c timebase module control register (tbcr) see page 242. read: tbif tbr2 tbr1 tbr0 0 tbie tbon r write: tack reset:00000000 $001d irq status and control register (intscr) see page 107. read: 0000irqf0 imask mode write: ack reset:00000000 $001e configuration register 2 (config2) (1) see page 82. read: 0000 r tmclksel oscenin- stop scibdsrc write: reset:00000001 $001f configuration register 1 (config1) (1) see page 82. read: coprs lvistop lvirstd lvipwrd lvi5or3 (note 1) ssrec stop copd write: reset:00000000 1. one-time writable register after each reset, except lvi5or 3 bit. lvi5or3 bit is only reset via por (power-on reset). $0020 timer 1 status and control register (t1sc) see page 256. read: tof toie tstop 00 ps2 ps1 ps0 write: 0 trst reset:00100000 $0021 timer 1 counter register high (t1cnth) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 $0022 timer 1 counter register low (t1cntl) see page 258. read: bit 7 654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 3 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory input/output (i/o) section mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 33 $0023 timer 1 counter modulo register high (t1modh) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:11111111 $0024 timer 1 counter modulo register low (t1modl) see page 259. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:11111111 $0025 timer 1 channel 0 status and control register (t1sc0) see page 259. read: ch0f ch0ie ms0b ms0a els0b els0a tov0 ch0max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0026 timer 1 channel 0 register high (t1ch0h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0027 timer 1 channel 0 register low (t1ch0l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0028 timer 1 channel 1 status and control register (t1sc1) see page 259. read: ch1f ch1ie 0 ms1a els1b els1a tov1 ch1max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0029 timer 1 channel 1 register high (t1ch1h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $002a timer 1 channel 1 register low (t1ch1l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $002b timer 2 status and control register (t2sc) see page 256. read: tof toie tstop 00 ps2 ps1 ps0 write: 0 trst reset:00100000 $002c timer 2 counter register high (t2cnth) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 $002d timer 2 counter register low (t2cntl) see page 258. read: bit 7 654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $002e timer 2 counter modulo register high (t2modh) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:11111111 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 4 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 34 memory motorola $002f timer 2 counter modulo register low (t2modl) see page 259. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:11111111 $0030 timer 2 channel 0 status and control register (t2sc0) see page 259. read: ch0f ch0ie ms0b ms0a els0b els0a tov0 ch0max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0031 timer 2 channel 0 register high (t2ch0h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0032 timer 2 channel 0 register low (t2ch0l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0033 reserved rrrrrrrr $0035 reserved rrrrrrrr $0036 pll control register (pctl) see page 71. read: pllie pllf pllon bcs pre1 pre0 vpr1 vpr0 write: reset:00100000 $0037 pll bandwidth control register (pbwc) see page 73. read: auto lock acq 0000 r write: reset:00000000 $0038 pll multiplier select high register (pmsh) see page 74. read: 0000 mul11 mul10 mul9 mul8 write: reset:00000000 $0039 pll multiplier select low register (pmsl) see page 75. read: mul7 mul6 mul5 mul4 mul3 mul2 mul1 mul0 write: reset:01000000 $003a pll vco select range register (pmrs) see page 75. read: vrs7 vrs6 vrs5 vrs4 vrs3 vrs2 vrs1 vrs0 write: reset:01000000 $003b pll reference divider select register (pmds) see page 76. read: 0000 rds3 rds2 rds1 rds0 write: reset:00000001 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 5 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory input/output (i/o) section mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 35 $003c adc status and control register (adscr) see page 54. read: coco aien adco adch4 adch3 adch2 adch1 adch0 write: reset:00011111 $003d adc data high register (adrh) see page 55. read: 000000ad9ad9 write: reset: unaffected by reset $003e adc data low register (adrl) see page 55. read: ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 a3 ad2 ad1 ad0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $003f adc clock register (adclk) see page 57. read: adiv2 adiv1 adiv0 adiclk mode1 mode0 r 0 write: reset:00000100 $fe00 break status register (bsr) see page 267. read: rrrrrr sbsw r write: (note 2) reset:00000000 2. writing a logic 0 clears sbsw. $fe01 sim reset status register (srsr) see page 213. read: por pin cop ilop ilad modrst lvi 0 write: por:10000000 $fe02 break auxiliary register (brkar) see page 267. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $fe03 break flag control register (bfcr) see page 268. read: bcferrrrrrr write: reset:00000000 $fe04 interrupt status register 1 (int1) see page 156. read: if6 if5 if4 if3 if2 if1 0 0 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 $fe05 interrupt status register 2 (int2) see page 157. read: if14 if13 if12 if11 if10 if9 if8 if7 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 $fe06 interrupt status register 3 (int3) see page 157. read: 0 0 if20 if19 if18 if17 if16 if15 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 6 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 36 memory motorola $fe07 reserved read: rrrrrrrr write: reset:00000000 $fe08 flash control register (flcr) see page 39. read: 0000 hven mass erase pgm write: reset:00000000 $fe09 break address register high (brkh) see page 266. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 $fe0a break address register low (brkl) see page 266. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $fe0b break status and control register (brkscr) see page 266. read: brke brka 000000 write: reset:00000000 $fe0c lvi status register (lvisr) see page 127. read: lviout 0000000 write: reset:00000000 $ff7e flash block protect register (flbpr) (3) see page 44. read: bpr7 bpr6 bpr5 bpr4 bpr3 bpr2 bpr1 bpr0 write: reset: unaffected by reset 3. non-volatile flash register $ffff cop control register (copctl) see page 87. read: low byte of reset vector write: writing clears cop counter (any value) reset: unaffected by reset addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 2-2. control, status, and data registers (sheet 7 of 7) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory input/output (i/o) section mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 37 table 2-1. vector addresses vector priority vector address vector lowest if16 $ffdc timebase vector (high) $ffdd timebase vector (low) if15 $ffde adc conversion complete vector (high) $ffdf adc conversion complete vector (low) if14 $ffe0 keyboard vector (high) $ffe1 keyboard vector (low) if13 $ffe2 esci transmit vector (high) $ffe3 esci transmit vector (low) if12 $ffe4 esci receive vector (high) $ffe5 esci receive vector (low) if11 $ffe6 esci error vector (high) $ffe7 esci error vector (low) if10 $ffe8 spi transmit vector (high) $ffe9 spi transmit vector (low) if9 $ffea spi receive vector (high) $ffeb spi receive vector (low) if8 $ffec tim2 overflow vector (high) $ffed tim2 overflow vector (low) if7 $ffee reserved $ffef reserved if6 $fff0 tim2 channel 0 vector (high) $fff1 tim2 channel 0 vector (low) if5 $fff2 tim1 overflow vector (high) $fff3 tim1 overflow vector (low) if4 $fff4 tim1 channel 1 vector (high) $fff5 tim1 channel 1 vector (low) if3 $fff6 tim1 channel 0 vector (high) $fff7 tim1 channel 0 vector (low) if2 $fff8 pll vector (high) $fff9 pll vector (low) if1 $fffa irq vector (high) $fffb irq vector (low) ? $fffc swi vector (high) $fffd swi vector (low) ? $fffe reset vector (high) highest $ffff reset vector (low) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 38 memory motorola 2.5 random-access memory (ram) addresses $0040 through $043f are ram locations. the location of the stack ram is programmable. the 16-bit stack point er allows the stack to be anywhere in the 64-kbyte memory space. note: for correct operation, the stack pointer must point only to ram locations. within page zero are 192 bytes of ram. because the location of the stack ram is programmable, all page zero ram locations can be used for i/o control and user data or code. when the stack pointer is moved from its reset location at $00ff out of page zero, direct addressing mode instru ctions can efficiently access all page zero ram locations. page zero ram, therefore, provides ideal locations for frequently accessed global variables. before processing an interrupt, the cpu uses five bytes of the stack to save the contents of the cpu registers. note: for m6805 compatibility, the h register is not stacked. during a subroutine call, the cpu uses two bytes of the stack to store the return address. the stack pointer decrements during pushes and increments during pulls. note: be careful when using nested subroutines . the cpu may overwrite data in the ram during a subroutine or during the interrupt stacking operation. 2.6 flash memory (flash) this subsection describes the operatio n of the embedded flash memory. this memory can be read, programmed, and eras ed from a single external supply. the program, erase, and read operations are enabled through the use of an internal charge pump. it is recommended that the user utilize the flash programming routines provided in the on-chip rom, which are described more fully in a separate motorola application note. 2.6.1 functional description the flash memory is an array of 15,872 bytes with an additional 44 bytes of user vectors and one byte of block protection. an erased bit reads as logic 1 and a programmed bit reads as a logic 0 . memory in the flash array is organized into two rows per page basis. for the 16-k word by 8-bit embedded flash memory, the page size is 64 bytes per page and the row size is 32 bytes per row. hence the minimum erase page size is 64 bytes and the minimum program row size is 32 bytes. program and erase operation operations are facilitated through control bits in flash control register (flcr). details for these operations appear later in this section. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory flash memory (flash) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 39 the address ranges for the user memory and vectors are: $c000?$fdff; user memory $fe08 ; flash control register $ff7e; flash block protect register $ffd4?$ffff; these locations are reserved for user-defined interrupt and reset vectors programming tools are available from motorola. contact your local motorola representative for more information. note: a security feature prevents viewing of the flash contents. (1) 2.6.1.1 flash control register the flash control register (flcr) controls flash program and erase operations. hven ? high-voltage enable bit this read/write bit enables the charge pump to drive high voltages for program and erase operations in the array. hven can only be set if either pgm = 1 or erase = 1 and the proper sequence for program or erase is followed. 1 = high voltage enabled to array and charge pump on 0 = high voltage disabled to array and charge pump off mass ? mass erase control bit setting this read/write bit c onfigures the 16-kbyte flash array for mass erase operation. 1 = mass erase operation selected 0 = page erase operation selected erase ? erase control bit this read/write bit configures the memory for erase operation. erase is interlocked with the pgm bit such that both bits cannot be equal to 1 or set to 1 at the same time. 1 = erase operation selected 0 = erase operation unselected 1. no security feature is absolutely secure. however, motorola?s strategy is to make reading or copy- ing the flash difficult for unauthorized users. address: $fe08 bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000 hven mass erase pgm write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 2-3. flash control register (flcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 40 memory motorola pgm ? program control bit this read/write bit configures the memory for program operation. pgm is interlocked with the erase bit such that both bits cannot be equal to 1 or set to 1 at the same time. 1 = program operation selected 0 = program operation unselected 2.6.1.2 flash page erase operation use this step-by-step procedure to erase a page (64 bytes) of flash memory to read as logic 1. a page consists of 64 consecutive bytes starting from addresses $xx00, $xx40, $xx80, or $xxc0. the 44-byte user interrupt vectors area also forms a page. any flash memory page can be erased alone. 1. set the erase bit, and clear the mass bit in the flash control register. 2. read the flash block protect register. 3. write any data to any flash address within the page address range desired. 4. wait for a time, t nvs (minimum 10 s) 5. set the hven bit. 6. wait for a time, t erase (minimum 1 ms or 4 ms) 7. clear the erase bit. 8. wait for a time, t nvh (minimum 5 s) 9. clear the hven bit. 10. after a time, t rcv (typical 1 s), the memory can be accessed again in read mode. note: programming and erasing of flash locati ons cannot be performed by code being executed from flash memory. while these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. it is highly recommended that interrupt s be disabled during program/ erase operations. in applications that need more than 1000 program/erase cycles, use the 4-ms page erase specification to get improved long -term reliability. any application can use this 4-ms page erase specification. however, in applications where a flash location will be erased and reprogrammed less than 1000 times, and speed is important, use the 1-ms page erase specif ication to get a lower minimum erase time. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory flash memory (flash) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 41 2.6.1.3 flash mass erase operation use this step-by-step procedure to erase entire flash memory to read as logic 1: 1. set both the erase bit, and the mass bit in the flash control register. 2. read from the flash block protect register. 3. write any data to any flash address (1) within the flash memory address range. 4. wait for a time, t nvs (minimum 10 s) 5. set the hven bit. 6. wait for a time, t merase (minimum 4 ms) 7. clear the erase and mass bits. 8. wait for a time, t nvhl (minimum 100 s) 9. clear the hven bit. 10. after a time, t rcv (minimum 1 s), the memory can be accessed again in read mode. note: mass erase is disabled whene ver any block is protected (flbpr does not equal $ff). programming and erasing of flash locati ons cannot be performed by code being executed from flash memory. while these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. 2.6.1.4 flash program/read operation programming of the flash memory is done on a row basis. a row consists of 32 consecutive bytes starting from addresses $xx00, $xx20, $xx40, $xx60, $xx80, $xxa0, $xxc0, and $xxe0. during the programming cycle, make sure that all addresses being written to fit within one of the ranges specified above. attempts to program addresses in different row ranges in one programming cy cle will fail. use this step-by-step procedure to program a row of flash memory ( figure 2-4 is a flowchart representation). note: only bytes which are currently $ff may be programmed. 1. set the pgm bit. this configures the memory for program operation and enables the latching of address and data for programming. 2. read from the flash block protect register. 3. write any data to any flash address within the row address range desired. 4. wait for a time, t nvs (minimum 10 s). 1. when in monitor mode, with security sequence failed (see 19.3.2 security ), write to the flash block protect register instead of any flash address. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 42 memory motorola 5. set the hven bit. 6. wait for a time, t pgs (minimum 5 s). 7. write data to the flash address to be programmed. 8. wait for a time, t prog (minimum 30 s). 9. repeat step 7 and 8 until all the bytes within the row are programmed. 10. clear the pgm bit. (1) 11. wait for a time, t nvh (minimum 5 s). 12. clear the hven bit. 13. after time, t rcv (minimum 1 s), the memory can be accessed in read mode again. this program sequence is repeated throughout the memory until all data is programmed. note: programming and erasing of flash locations can not be performed by code being executed from the same flash array. while these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. care must be taken within the flash array memory space such as the cop control register (copctl) at $ffff. it is highly recommended that interrupt s be disabled during program/ erase operations. do not exceed t prog maximum or t hv maximum. t hv is defined as the cumulative high voltage programming time to the same row before next erase. t hv must satisfy this condition: t nvx = t nvh + t pgs + (t prog x 32) <= t hv maximum refer to 20.18 memory characteristics . the time between programming the flash address change (step 7 to step 7), or the time between the last flash programmed to clearing the pgm bit (step 7 to step 10) must not exceed the maximum programming time, t prog maximum. caution: be cautious when programming the flash array to ensure that non-flash locations are not used as the address that is written to when selecting either the desired row address range in step 3 of the algorithm or the byte to be programmed in step 7 of the algorithm. this applies particularly to $ffd4?$ffdf. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory flash memory (flash) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 43 figure 2-4. flash programming flowchart set hven bit read the flash block protect register write any data to any flash address within the row address range desired wait for a time, t nvs set pgm bit wait for a time, t pgs write data to the flash address to be programmed wait for a time, t prog clear pgm bit wait for a time, t nvh clear hven bit wait for a time, t rcv completed programming this row? y n end of programming the time between each flash address change (step 7 to step 7), must not exceed the maximum programming time, t prog max. or the time between the last flash address programmed to clearing pgm bit (step 7 to step 10) note: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 algorithm for programming a row (32 bytes) of flash memory this row program algorithm assumes the row/s to be programmed are initially erased. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 44 memory motorola 2.6.1.5 flash block protection due to the ability of the on-board charge pump to erase and program the flash memory in the target application, provis ion is made for protecting a block of memory from unintentional erase or program operations due to system malfunction. this protection is done by using of a flash block protect register (flbpr). the flbpr determines the range of the flash memory which is to be protected. the range of the protected area starts from a location defined by flbpr and ends at the bottom of the flash memory ($ffff). when the memory is protected, the hven bit cannot be se t in either erase or program operations. note: in performing a program or erase operation, the flash block protect register must be read after setting the pgm or erase bit and before asserting the hven bit when the flbpr is program with all 0?s, t he entire memory is protected from being programmed and erased. when all the bits are erased (all 1?s), the entire memory is accessible for program and erase. when bits within the flbpr are programmed, they lock a block of memory, address ranges as shown in 2.6.1.5 flash block protection . once the flbpr is programmed with a value other than $ff, any erase or program of the flbpr or the protected block of flash memory is prohibited. the presence of a v tst on the irq pin will bypass the block protection so that all of the memory included in the block protect register is open for program and erase operations. note: the flash block protect register is not protected with special hardware or software. therefore, if this page is not protected by flbpr the register is erased by either a page or mass erase operation. 2.6.1.6 flash block protect register the flash block protect register (flbpr) is implemented as a byte within the flash memory, and therefore can only be written during a programming sequence of the flash memory. the value in this register determines the starting location of the protected range within the flash memory. address: $ff7e bit 7654321bit 0 read: bpr7 bpr6 bpr5 bpr4 bpr3 bpr2 bpr1 bpr0 write: reset:uuuuuuuu u = unaffected by reset. initial value from factory is 1. write to this register is by a programming sequence to the flash memory. figure 2-5. flash block protect register (flbpr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory flash memory (flash) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola memory 45 bpr[7:0] ? flash block protect bits these eight bits represent bits [13:6] of a 16-bit memory address. bit 15 and bit 14 are logic 1s and bits [5:0] are logic 0s. the resultant 16-bit address is used for specifying the start address of the flash memory for block protection. the flash is protected from this start address to the end of flash memory, at $ffff. with this mechanism, the protect start address can be $xx00, $xx40, $xx80, and $xxc0 (64 bytes page boundaries) within the flash memory. figure 2-6. flash block protect start address 2.6.2 wait mode putting the mcu into wait mode while the flash is in read mode does not affect the operation of the flash memory directly, but there will not be any memory activity since the cpu is inactive. the wait instruction should not be execut ed while performing a program or erase operation on the flash, otherwise the operation will discontinue, and the flash will be on standby mode. table 2-2. examples of protect address ranges bpr[7:0] addresses of protect range $00 the entire flash memory is protected. $01 ( 0000 0001 ) $c040 (1 100 0000 01 00 0000) ? $ffff $02 ( 0000 0010 ) $c080 (1 100 0000 10 00 0000) ? $ffff $03 ( 0000 0011 ) $c0c0 (11 00 0000 11 00 0000) ? $ffff $04 ( 0000 0100 ) $c100 (11 00 0001 00 00 0000) ? $ffff and so on... $fc ( 1111 1100 )$ff00 (11 11 1111 00 00 0000) ? ffff $fd ( 1111 1101 ) $ff40 (11 11 1111 01 00 0000) ? $ffff flbpr and vectors are protected $fe ( 1111 1110 ) $ff80 (1 111 1111 10 00 0000) ? ffff vectors are protected $ff the entire flash memory is not protected. 1 flbpr value 16-bit memory address 000000 start address of flash 1 block protect f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . memory data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 46 memory motorola 2.6.3 stop mode putting the mcu into stop mode while the flash is in read mode does not affect the operation of the flash memory directly, but there will not be any memory activity since the cpu is inactive. the stop instruction should not be executed while performing a program or erase operation on the flash, otherwise the operation will discontinue, and the flash will be on standby mode note: standby mode is the power saving mode of the flash module in which all internal control signals to the flash are inacti ve and the current consumption of the flash is at a minimum. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 47 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 3. analog-to-digital converter (adc) 3.1 introduction this section describes the 10-bit analog-to-digital converter (adc). 3.2 features features of the adc module include: eight channels with multiplexed input linear successive approximation with monotonicity 10-bit resolution single or continuous conversion conversion complete flag or conversion complete interrupt selectable adc clock left or right justified result left justified sign data mode 3.3 functional description the adc provides eight pins for sampling external sources at pins ptb7/ad7?ptb0/ad0. an analog multiplexe r allows the single adc converter to select one of eight adc channels as adc voltage in (v adin ). v adin is converted by the successive approximation register- based analog-to-digital converter. when the conversion is completed, adc places the result in the adc data register and sets a flag or generates an interrupt. see figure 3-2 . 3.3.1 adc port i/o pins ptb7/ad7?ptb0/ad0 are general-purpose i/o (input/output) pins that share with the adc channels. the channel select bits define which adc channel/port pin will be used as the input signal. the adc overrides the port i/o logic by forcing that pin as input to the adc. the remaining adc channels/port pins are controlled by the port i/o logic and can be used as general-purpose i/o. writes to the port register or data direction register (ddr) will not have any affect on the port pin that is selected by the adc. read of a port pin in use by the adc will return a logic 0. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 48 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) figure 3-1. block diagram highlighting adc block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 49 3.3.2 voltage conversion when the input voltage to the adc equals v refh , the adc converts the signal to $3ff (full scale). if the input voltage equals v refl , the adc converts it to $000. input voltages between v refh and v refl are a straight-line linear conversion. note: the adc input voltage must always be greater than v ssa and less than v dda . connect the v dda pin to the same voltage potential as the v dd pin, and connect the v ssa pin to the same voltage potential as the v ss pin. the v dda pin should be routed carefully for maximum noise immunity. figure 3-2. adc block diagram internal data bus read ddrbx write ddrbx reset write ptbx read ptbx ptbx ddrbx ptbx interrupt logic channel select adc clock generator conversion complete adc (v adin ) adc clock cgmxclk bus clock adch4?adch0 adc data register aien coco disable disable adc channel x adiv2?adiv0 adiclk voltage in f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 50 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola 3.3.3 conversion time conversion starts after a write to the adc status and control register (adscr). one conversion will take between 16 and 17 adc clock cycles. the adivx and adiclk bits should be set to provide a 1-mhz adc clock frequency. 3.3.4 conversion in continuous conversion mode, the adc data register will be filled with new data after each conversion. data from the pr evious conversion will be overwritten whether that data has been read or not. conv ersions will continue until the adco bit is cleared. the coco bit is set after the first conversion and will stay set until the next write of the adc status and control register or the next read of the adc data register. in single conversion mode, conversion begins with a write to the adscr. only one conversion occurs between writes to the adscr. 3.3.5 accuracy and precision the conversion process is monotonic and has no missing codes. 3.3.6 result justification the conversion result may be formatted in four different ways: 1. left justified 2. right justified 3. left justified sign data mode 4. 8-bit truncation mode all four of these modes are controlled using mode0 and mode1 bits located in the adc clock register (adclk). left justification will place the eight most significant bits (msb) in the corresponding adc data register high, adrh. this may be useful if the result is to be treated as an 8-bit result where the two least significant bits (lsb), located in the adc data register low, adrl, can be ignored. however, adrl must be read after adrh or else the interlocking will prevent a ll new conversions from being stored. right justification will place only the two msbs in the corresponding adc data register high, adrh, and the eight lsbs in adc data register low, adrl. this mode of operation typically is used when a 10-bit unsigned result is desired. 16 to 17 adc cycles adc frequency conversion time = number of bus cycles = conversion time bus frequency f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 51 left justified sign data mode is similar to le ft justified mode with one exception. the msb of the 10-bit result, ad9 located in adrh, is complemented. this mode of operation is useful when a result, represented as a signed magnitude from mid-scale, is needed. finally, 8-bit truncati on mode will place the eight msbs in the adc data register low, adrl. the two lsbs are dropped. this mode of operation is used when compatibility wi th 8-bit adc designs are required. no interlocking between adrh and adrl is present. note: quantization error is affected when only the most significant eight bits are used as a result. see figure 3-3 . figure 3-3. bit truncation mode error ideal 10-bit characteristic with quantization = 1/2 ideal 8-bit characteristic with quantization = 1/2 10-bit truncated to 8-bit result when truncation is used, error from ideal 8-bit = 3/8 lsb due to non-ideal quantization. 000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 00a 00b 000 001 002 003 8-bit result 10-bit result input voltage represented as 10-bit input voltage represented as 8-bit 1/2 2 1/2 4 1/2 6 1/2 8 1/2 1 1/2 3 1/2 5 1/2 7 1/2 9 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/2 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 52 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola 3.4 monotonicity the conversion process is monotonic and has no missing codes. 3.5 interrupts when the aien bit is set, the adc module is capable of generating cpu interrupts after each adc conversion. a cpu interrupt is generated if the coco bit is at logic 0. the coco bit is not used as a conversion complete flag when interrupts are enabled. 3.6 low-power modes the wait and stop instruction can put the mcu in low power- consumption standby modes. 3.6.1 wait mode the adc continues normal operation during wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the adc can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if the adc is not required to bring the mcu out of wait mode, power down the adc by setting adch4?adch0 bits in the adc status and control register before executing the wait instruction. 3.6.2 stop mode the adc module is inactive after the execution of a stop instruction. any pending conversion is aborted. adc conversions resume when the mcu exits stop mode after an external interrupt. allow one conversion cycle to stabilize the analog circuitry. 3.7 i/o signals the adc module has eight pins shar ed with port b, ptb7/ad7?ptb0/ad0. 3.7.1 adc analog power pin (v ddad ) the adc analog portion uses v ddad as its power pin. connect the v ddad pin to the same voltage potential as v dd . external filtering may be necessary to ensure clean v ddad for good results. note: for maximum noise immunity, route v ddad carefully and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. v ddad and v refh are double-bonded on the mc68hc908gr16. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 53 3.7.2 adc analog ground pin (v ssad ) the adc analog portion uses v ssad as its ground pin. connect the v ssad pin to the same voltage potential as v ss . note: route v ssad cleanly to avoid any offset errors. v ssad and v refl are double-bonded on the mc68hc908gr16. 3.7.3 adc voltage reference high pin (v refh ) the adc analog portion uses v refh as its upper voltage reference pin. by default, connect the v refh pin to the same voltage potential as v dd . external filtering is often necessary to ensure a clean v refh for good results. any noise present on this pin will be reflected and possibl y magnified in a/d conversion values. note: for maximum noise immunity, route v refh carefully and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. routing v refh close and parallel to v refl may improve common mode noise rejection. v ddad and v refh are double-bonded on the mc68hc908gr16. 3.7.4 adc voltage reference low pin (v refl ) the adc analog portion uses v refl as its lower voltage reference pin. by default, connect the v refh pin to the same voltage potential as v ss . external filtering is often necessary to ensure a clean v refl for good results. any noise present on this pin will be reflected an d possibly magnified in a/d conversion values. note: for maximum noise immunity, route v refl carefully and, if not connected to v ss , place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. routing v refh close and parallel to v refl may improve common mode noise rejection. v ssad and v refl are double-bonded on the mc68hc908gr16. 3.7.5 adc voltage in (v adin ) v adin is the input voltage signal from one of the eight adc channels to the adc module. 3.8 i/o registers these i/o registers control and monitor adc operation: adc status and control register (adscr) adc data register (adrh and adrl) adc clock register (adclk) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 54 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola 3.8.1 adc status and control register function of the adc status and contro l register (adscr) is described here. coco ? conversions complete bit when the aien bit is a logic 0, the coco is a read-only bit which is set each time a conversion is completed except in the continuous conversion mode where it is set after the first conversion. this bit is cleared whenever the adscr is written or whenever the adr is read. if the aien bit is a logic 1, the coco bec omes a read/write bit, which should be cleared to logic 0 for cpu to service the adc interrupt request. reset clears this bit. 1 = conversion completed (aien = 0) 0 = conversion not completed (aien = 0)/cpu interrupt (aien = 1) aien ? adc interrupt enable bit when this bit is set, an interrupt is generated at the end of an adc conversion. the interrupt signal is cleared when the data register is read or the status/control register is written. reset clears the aien bit. 1 = adc interrupt enabled 0 = adc interrupt disabled adco ? adc continuous conversion bit when set, the adc will convert samples continuously and update the adr register at the end of each conversion. only one conversion is completed between writes to the adscr when this bit is cleared. reset clears the adco bit. 1 = continuous adc conversion 0 = one adc conversion adch4?adch0 ? adc channel select bits adch4?adch0 form a 5-bit field which is used to select one of 16 adc channels. only eight channels, ad7?ad0, are available on this mcu. the channels are detailed in table 3-1 . care should be taken when using a port pin as both an analog and digital input simultaneously to prevent switching noise from corrupting the analog signal. see table 3-1 . the adc subsystem is turned off when the channel select bits are all set to 1. this feature allows for reduced power consumption for the mcu when the adc is not being used. note: recovery from the disabled state requires one conversion cycle to stabilize. address: $003c bit 7654321bit 0 read: coco aien adco adch4 adch3 adch2 adch1 adch0 write: reset:00011111 figure 3-4. adc status and control register (adscr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 55 the voltage levels supplied from internal reference nodes, as specified in table 3-1 , are used to verify the operation of the adc converter both in production test and for user applications. 3.8.2 adc data register high and data register low 3.8.2.1 left justified mode in left justified mode, the adrh register ho lds the eight msbs of the 10-bit result. the only difference from left justified mode is that the ad9 is complemented. the adrl register holds the two lsbs of the 10-bit result. all other bits read as 0. adrh and adrl are updated each ti me an adc single channel conversion completes. reading adrh latches the contents of adrl until adrl is read. all subsequent results will be lost until the adrh and adrl reads are completed. table 3-1. mux channel select (1) 1. if any unused channels ar e selected, the resulting adc conversion will be unknown or reserved. adch4 adch3 adch2 adch1 adch0 input select 00000 ptb0/ad0 00001 ptb1/ad1 00010 ptb2/ad2 00011 ptb3/ad3 00100 ptb4/ad4 00101 ptb5/ad5 00110 ptb6/ad6 00111 ptb7/ad7 01000 unused 11100 11101 v refh 11110 v refl 11111 adc power off address: $003d adrh bit 7654321bit 0 read: ad9 ad8 ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 ad3 ad2 write: reset: unaffected by reset address: $003e adrl read:ad1ad0000000 write: reset: unaffected by reset = unimplemented figure 3-5. adc data register high (adrh) and low (adrl) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 56 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola 3.8.2.2 right justified mode in right justified mode, the adrh register holds the two msbs of the 10-bit result. all other bits read as 0. the adrl register holds the eight lsbs of the 10-bit result. adrh and adrl are updated each time an adc single channel conversion completes. reading adrh latches the contents of adrl until adrl is read. all subsequent results will be lost until the adrh and adrl reads are completed. 3.8.2.3 left justified signed data mode in left justified signed data mode, the adrh register holds the eight msbs of the 10-bit result. the only difference from left justified mode is that the ad9 is complemented. the adrl register holds the two lsbs of the 10-bit result. all other bits read as 0. adrh and adrl are updated each time an adc single channel conversion completes. reading adrh latches the contents of adrl until adrl is read. all subsequent results will be lost until the adrh and adrl reads are completed. address: $003d adrh bit 7654321bit 0 read:000000ad9ad8 write: reset: unaffected by reset address: $003e adrl read: ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 ad3 ad2 ad1 ad0 write: reset: unaffected by reset = unimplemented figure 3-6. adc data register high (adrh) and low (adrl) address: $003d bit 7654321bit 0 read: ad9 ad8 ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 ad3 ad2 write: reset: unaffected by reset address: $003e read:ad1ad0000000 write: reset: unaffected by reset = unimplemented figure 3-7. adc data register high (adrh) and low (adrl) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola analog-to-digital converter (adc) 57 3.8.2.4 eight bit truncation mode in 8-bit truncation mode, the adrl register holds the eight msbs of the 10-bit result. the adrh register is unused and reads as 0. the adrl register is updated each time an adc single channel conversion completes. in 8-bit mode, the adrl register contains no interlocking with adrh. 3.8.3 adc clock register the adc clock register (adclk) selects the clock frequency for the adc. adiv2?adiv0 ? adc clock prescaler bits adiv2?adiv0 form a 3-bit field which selects the divide ratio used by the adc to generate the internal adc clock. table 3-2 shows the available clock configurations. the adc clock shou ld be set to approximately 1 mhz. address: $003d adrh bit 7654321bit 0 read:00000000 write: reset: unaffected by reset address: $003e adrl read: ad9 ad8 ad7 ad6 ad5 ad4 ad3 ad2 write: reset: unaffected by reset = unimplemented figure 3-8. adc data register high (adrh) and low (adrl) address: $003f bit 7654321bit 0 read: adiv2 adiv1 adiv0 adiclk mode1 mode0 r 0 write: reset:00000100 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 3-9. adc clock register (adclk) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . analog-to-digital converter (adc) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 58 analog-to-digital converter (adc) motorola adiclk ? adc input clock select bit adiclk selects either the bus clock or the oscillator output clock (cgmxclk) as the input clock source to generate the internal adc clock. reset selects cgmxclk as the adc clock source. 1 = internal bus clock 0 = oscillator output clock (cgmxclk) the adc requires a clock rate of approximately 1 mhz for correct operation. if the selected clock source is not fast enough, the adc will generate incorrect conversions. see 20.13 5.0-volt adc characteristics and 20.14 3.3-volt adc characteristics . mode1 and mode0 ? modes of result justification bits mode1 and mode0 select among four modes of operation. the manner in which the adc conversion results will be placed in the adc data registers is controlled by these modes of operati on. reset returns right-justified mode. 00 = 8-bit truncation mode 01 = right justified mode 10 = left justified mode 11 = left justified signed data mode table 3-2. adc clock divide ratio adiv2 adiv1 adiv0 adc clock rate 0 0 0 adc input clock 1 0 0 1 adc input clock 2 0 1 0 adc input clock 4 0 1 1 adc input clock 8 1 x (1) 1. x = don?t care x (1) adc input clock 16 f adic = f cgmxclk or bus frequency adiv[2:0] ? 1 mhz f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 59 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 4. clock generator module (cgm) 4.1 introduction this section describes the clock generator module. the cgm generates the crystal clock signal, cgmxclk, which operates at the frequency of the crystal. the cgm also generates the base clock signal, cg mout, which is based on either the crystal clock divided by two or the pha se-locked loop (pll) clock, cgmvclk, divided by two. in user mode, cgmout is the clock from which the sim derives the system clocks, including the bus clock, which is at a frequency of cgmout/2. in monitor mode, ptc3 determines the bu s clock. the pll is a fully functional frequency generator designed for use with crystals or ceramic resonators. the pll can generate an 8-mhz bus frequency using a 32-khz crystal. 4.2 features features of the cgm include: phase-locked loop with output frequency in integer multiples of an integer dividend of the crystal reference low-frequency crystal operation with low-power operation and high-output frequency resolution programmable prescaler for power-of-two increases in frequency programmable hardware voltage-controlled oscillator (vco) for low-jitter operation automatic bandwidth control mode for low-jitter operation automatic frequency lock detector cpu interrupt on entry or exit from locked condition configuration register bit to allow oscillator operation during stop mode 4.3 functional description the cgm consists of three major submodules: crystal oscillator circuit ? the crystal oscillator circuit generates the constant crystal frequency clock, cgmxclk. phase-locked loop (pll) ? the pll generates the programmable vco frequency clock, cgmvclk. base clock selector circuit ? this so ftware-controlled circuit selects either cgmxclk divided by two or the vco cl ock, cgmvclk, divided by two as the base clock, cgmout. the sim derives the system clocks from either cgmout or cgmxclk. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 60 clock generator module (cgm) motorola figure 4-1 shows the structure of the cgm. figure 4-1. cgm block diagram bcs phase detector loop filter frequency divider voltage controlled oscillator automatic mode control lock detector clock cgmxclk cgmout cgmvdv cgmvclk simoscen (from sim) oscillator (osc) interrupt control cgmint cgmrdv pll analog 2 cgmrclk osc2 osc1 select circuit v dda cgmxfc v ssa lock auto acq vpr1?vpr0 pllie pllf mul11?mul0 reference divider vrs7?vrs0 frequency divider pre1?pre0 oscstopenb (from config) (to: sim, timtb15a, adc) phase-locked loop (pll) (to sim) (to sim) rds3?rds0 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 61 4.3.1 crystal oscillator circuit the crystal oscillator circuit consists of an inverting amplifier and an external crystal. the osc1 pin is the input to the amplifier and the osc2 pin is the output. the simoscen signal from the system integration module (sim) or the oscstopenb bit in the config register enable the crystal oscillator circuit. the cgmxclk signal is the output of the crystal oscillator circuit and runs at a rate equal to the crystal frequency. cgmxclk is then buffered to produce cgmrclk, the pll reference clock. cgmxclk can be used by other modules which require precise timing for operation. the duty cycle of cgmxclk is not guaranteed to be 50% and depends on external factors, including the crystal and related external components. an externally generated clock also can feed the osc1 pin of the crystal oscillator circuit. connect the external clock to th e osc1 pin and let the osc2 pin float. 4.3.2 phase-locked loop circuit (pll) the pll is a frequency generator that c an operate in either acquisition mode or tracking mode, depending on the accuracy of the output frequency. the pll can change between acquisition and tracking modes either automatically or manually. 4.3.3 pll circuits the pll consists of these circuits: voltage-controlled oscillator (vco) reference divider frequency prescaler modulo vco frequency divider phase detector loop filter lock detector the operating range of the vco is programmable for a wide range of frequencies and for maximum immunity to external noise, including supply and cgm/xfc noise. the vco frequency is bound to a range from roughly one-half to twice the center-of-range frequency, f vrs . modulating the voltage on the cgm/xfc pin changes the frequency within this range. by design, f vrs is equal to the nominal center-of-range frequency, f nom , (38.4 khz) times a linear factor, l, and a power-of-two factor, e, or (l 2 e )f nom . cgmrclk is the pll reference clock, a buffered version of cgmxclk. cgmrclk runs at a frequency, f rclk , and is fed to the pll through a programmable modulo referenc e divider, which divides f rclk by a factor, r. the divider?s output is the final reference clock, cgmrdv, running at a frequency, f rdv =f rclk /r. with an external crystal (30 khz?100 khz), always set r = 1 for f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 62 clock generator module (cgm) motorola specified performance. with an external high-frequency clock source, use r to divide the external frequency to between 30 khz and 100 khz. the vco?s output clock, cgmvclk, running at a frequency, f vclk , is fed back through a programmable prescale divider and a programmable modulo divider. the prescaler divides the vco clock by a power-of-two factor p and the modulo divider reduces the vco clock by a factor, n. the dividers? output is the vco feedback clock, cgmvdv, running at a frequency, f vdv =f vclk /(n 2 p ). (see 4.3.6 programming the pll for more information.) the phase detector then compares the vco feedback clock, cgmvdv, with the final reference clock, cgmrdv. a correction pulse is generated based on the phase difference between the two signals. the loop filter then slightly alters the dc voltage on the external capacitor connect ed to cgmxfc based on the width and direction of the correction pulse. the filter can make fast or slow corrections depending on its mode, described in 4.3.4 acquisition and tracking modes . the value of the external capacitor and the reference frequency determine the speed of the corrections and the stability of the pll. the lock detector compares the frequenc ies of the vco feedback clock, cgmvdv, and the final reference clock, cgmrdv. therefore, the speed of the lock detector is directly proportional to the final reference frequency, f rdv . the circuit determines the mode of the pll and the lock condition based on this comparison. 4.3.4 acquisition and tracking modes the pll filter is manually or automatically configurable into one of two operating modes: acquisition mode ? in acquisition mode, the filter can make large frequency corrections to the vco. this mode is used at pll startup or when the pll has suffered a severe noise hit and the vco frequency is far off the desired frequency. when in acquisition mode, the acq bit is clear in the pll bandwidth control register. (see 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register .) tracking mode ? in tracking mode, the filter makes only small corrections to the frequency of the vco. pll jitter is much lower in tracking mode, but the response to noise is also slower. the pll enters tracking mode when the vco frequency is nearly correct, such as when the pll is selected as the base clock source. (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit .) the pll is automatically in tracking mode when not in acquisition mode or when the acq bit is set. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 63 4.3.5 manual and automatic pll bandwidth modes the pll can change the bandwidth or operati onal mode of the loop filter manually or automatically. automatic mode is recommended for most users. in automatic bandwidth control mode (auto = 1), the lock detector automatically switches between acquisition and tracking modes. automatic bandwidth control mode also is used to determine when the vc o clock, cgmvclk, is safe to use as the source for the base clock, cgmout. (see 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register .) if pll interrupts are enabled, the software can wait for a pll interrupt request and then check the lock bit. if interrupts are disabled, software can poll the lock bit continuously (during pll start up, usually) or at periodic intervals. in either case, when the lock bit is set, t he vco clock is safe to use as the source for the base clock. (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit .) if the vco is selected as the source for the base clock and the lock bit is clear, the pll has suffered a severe noise hit and the software must take appropriate action, depending on the application. (see 4.6 interrupts for information and precautions on using interrupts.) the following conditions apply when the pll is in automatic bandwidth control mode: the acq bit (see 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register ) is a read-only indicator of the mode of the filter. (see 4.3.4 acquisition and tracking modes .) the acq bit is set when the vco frequency is within a certain tolerance and is cleared when the vco frequency is out of a certain tolerance. (see 4.8 acquisition/lock time specifications for more information.) the lock bit is a read-only indicator of the locked state of the pll. the lock bit is set when the vco frequency is within a certain tolerance and is cleared when the vco frequency is out of a certain tolerance. (see 4.8 acquisition/lock time specifications for more information.) cpu interrupts can occur if enabled (pllie = 1) when the pll?s lock condition changes, toggli ng the lock bit. (see 4.5.1 pll control register .) the pll also may operate in manual mode (auto = 0). manual mode is used by systems that do not require an indicator of the lock condition for proper operation. such systems typically operate well below f busmax . the following conditions apply when in manual mode: acq is a writable control bit that controls the mode of the filter. before turning on the pll in manual mode, the acq bit must be clear. before entering tracking mode (acq = 1), software must wait a given time, t acq (see 4.8 acquisition/lock time specifications ), after turning on the pll by setting pllon in the pll control register (pctl). f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 64 clock generator module (cgm) motorola software must wait a given time, t al , after entering tracking mode before selecting the pll as the clock source to cgmout (bcs = 1). the lock bit is disabled. cpu interrupts from the cgm are disabled. 4.3.6 programming the pll the following procedure shows how to program the pll. note: the round function in the following equations means that the real number should be rounded to the nearest integer number. 1. choose the desired bus frequency, f busdes . 2. calculate the desired vco frequen cy (four times the desired bus frequency). 3. choose a practical pll (crystal) reference frequency, f rclk , and the reference clock divider, r. typically, the reference crystal is 32.768 khz and r = 1. frequency errors to the pll are corrected at a rate of f rclk /r. for stability and lock time reduction, this rate must be as fast as possible. the vco frequency must be an integer multiple of this rate. the relationship between the vco frequency, f vclk , and the reference frequency, f rclk , is p, the power of two multiplier, and n, the range multiplier, are integers. in cases where desired bus frequency has some tolerance, choose f rclk to a value determined either by other mo dule requirements (such as modules which are clocked by cgmxclk), cost requirements, or ideally, as high as the specified range allows. see section 20. electrical specifications . choose the reference divider, r = 1. after choosing n and p, the actual bus frequency can be determined using equation in 2 above. when the tolerance on the bus frequency is tight, choose f rclk to an integer divisor of f busdes , and r = 1. if f rclk cannot meet this requirement, use the following equation to solve for r with practical choices of f rclk , and choose the f rclk that gives the lowest r. f vclkdes 4f busdes = f vclk 2 p n r ----------- f rclk () = r round r max f vclkdes f rclk -------------------------- ?? ?? ?? integer f vclkdes f rclk -------------------------- ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? = f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 65 4. select a vco frequency multiplier, n. reduce n/r to the lowest possible r. 5. if n is < n max , use p = 0. if n > n max , choose p using this table: then recalculate n: 6. calculate and verify the adequacy of the vco and bus frequencies f vclk and f bus . 7. select the vco?s power-of-two range multiplier e, according to this table: 8. select a vco linear range multiplier, l, where f nom = 38.4 khz current n value p 0 1 2 3 frequency range e (1) 1. do not program e to a value of 3. 0 < f vclk < 8 mhz 0 8 mhz f vclk < 16 mhz 1 16 mhz f vclk < 32 mhz 2 n round rf vclkdes f rclk ------------------------------------ - ?? ?? ?? = 0n clock generator module (cgm) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 67 4.3.7 special programming exceptions the programming method described in 4.3.6 programming the pll does not account for three possible exceptions. a va lue of 0 for r, n, or l is meaningless when used in the equations given. to account for these exceptions: a 0 value for r or n is interpreted exactly the same as a value of 1. a 0 value for l disables the pll and prevents its selection as the source for the base clock. see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit . 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit this circuit is used to select either the crystal clock, cgmxclk, or the vco clock, cgmvclk, as the source of the base clock, cgmout. the two input clocks go through a transition control circuit that waits up to three cgmxclk cycles and three cgmvclk cycles to change from one clock source to the other. during this time, cgmout is held in stasis. the output of the transition control circuit is then divided by two to correct the duty cycle. therefore, the bus clock frequency, which is one-half of the base clock frequency, is one-fourth the frequency of the selected clock (cgmxclk or cgmvclk). the bcs bit in the pll control register (pctl) selects which clock drives cgmout. the vco clock cannot be selected as the base clock source if the pll is not turned on. the pll cannot be turned off if the vco clock is selected. the pll cannot be turned on or off simultaneously with the selection or deselection of the vco clock. the vco clock also cannot be selected as the base clock source if the factor l is programmed to a 0. this value would set up a condition inconsistent with the operation of the pll, so that the pll would be disabled and the crystal clock would be forced as the source of the base clock. 4.3.9 cgm external connections in its typical configuration, the cgm requires up to nine external components. five of these are for the crystal oscillator and two or four are for the pll. the crystal oscillator is normally connected in a pierce oscillator configuration, as shown in figure 4-2 . figure 4-2 shows only the logical representation of the internal components and may not represent actual circuitry. the oscillator configuration uses five components: crystal, x 1 fixed capacitor, c 1 tuning capacitor, c 2 (can also be a fixed capacitor) feedback resistor, r b series resistor, r s f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 68 clock generator module (cgm) motorola the series resistor (r s ) is included in the diagram to fo llow strict pierce oscillator guidelines. refer to the crystal manufactu rer?s data for more information regarding values for c1 and c2. figure 4-2 also shows the external components for the pll: bypass capacitor, c byp filter network routing should be done with great care to minimize signal cross talk and noise. see 20.12 clock generation module characteristics for capacitor and resistor values. figure 4-2. cgm external connections osc1 c1 c2 simoscen cgmxclk r b x1 r s c byp osc2 cgmxfc v dda note: filter network in box can be replaced with a single capacitor, but will degrade stability. v dd oscstopenb (from config) r f1 c f2 c f1 v ssa f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) i/o signals mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 69 4.4 i/o signals the following paragraphs de scribe the cgm i/o signals. 4.4.1 crystal amplifier input pin (osc1) the osc1 pin is an input to the crystal oscillator amplifier. 4.4.2 crystal amplifier output pin (osc2) the osc2 pin is the output of the cr ystal oscillator inverting amplifier. 4.4.3 external filter capacitor pin (cgmxfc) the cgmxfc pin is required by the loop filter to filter out phase corrections. an external filter network is connected to this pin. (see figure 4-2 .) note: to prevent noise problems, the filter network should be plac ed as close to the cgmxfc pin as possible, with minimum r outing distances and no routing of other signals across the network. 4.4.4 pll analog power pin (v dda ) v dda is a power pin used by the analog portions of the pll. connect the v dda pin to the same voltage potential as the v dd pin. note: route v dda carefully for maximum noise imm unity and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. 4.4.5 pll analog ground pin (v ssa ) v ssa is a ground pin used by the analog por tions of the pll. connect the v ssa pin to the same voltage potential as the v ss pin. note: route v ssa carefully for maximum noise immuni ty and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. 4.4.6 oscillator enable signal (simoscen) the simoscen signal comes from the system integration module (sim) and enables the oscillator and pll. 4.4.7 oscillator stop mode enable bit (oscstopenb) oscstopenb is a bit in the config register that enables the oscillator to continue operating during stop mode. if this bit is set, the oscillator continues running during stop mode. if this bit is not set (default), the oscillator is controlled by the simoscen signal which will disable the oscillator during stop mode. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 70 clock generator module (cgm) motorola 4.4.8 crystal output frequency signal (cgmxclk) cgmxclk is the crystal oscillator output signal. it runs at the full speed of the crystal (f xclk ) and comes directly from the crystal oscillator circuit. figure 4-2 shows only the logical relation of cgmxclk to osc1 and osc2 and may not represent the actual circuitry. the dut y cycle of cgmxclk is unknown and may depend on the crystal and other external factors. also, the frequency and amplitude of cgmxclk can be unstable at startup. 4.4.9 cgm base clock output (cgmout) cgmout is the clock output of the cgm. this signal goes to the sim, which generates the mcu clocks. cgmout is a 50 percent duty cycle clock running at twice the bus frequency. cgmout is softw are programmable to be either the oscillator output, cgmxclk, divided by tw o or the vco clock, cgmvclk, divided by two. 4.4.10 cgm cpu interrupt (cgmint) cgmint is the interrupt signal generated by the pll lock detector. 4.5 cgm registers these registers control and monitor operation of the cgm: pll control register (pctl) (see 4.5.1 pll control register .) pll bandwidth control register (pbwc) (see 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register .) pll multiplier select register high (pmsh) (see 4.5.3 pll multiplier select register high .) pll multiplier select register low (pmsl) (see 4.5.4 pll multiplier select register low .) pll vco range select register (pmrs) (see 4.5.5 pll vco range select register .) pll reference divider select register (pmds) (see 4.5.6 pll reference divider select register .) figure 4-3 is a summary of the cgm registers. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) cgm registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 71 4.5.1 pll control register the pll control register (pctl) contai ns the interrupt enable and flag bits, the on/off switch, the base clock selector bit, the prescaler bits, and the vco power-of-two range selector bits. addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0036 pll control register (pctl) see page 71. read: pllie pllf pllon bcs pre1 pre0 vpr1 vpr0 write: reset:00100000 $0037 pll bandwidth control reg- ister (pbwc) see page 73. read: auto lock acq 0000 r write: reset:00000000 $0038 pll multiplier select high register (pmsh) see page 74. read:0000 mul11 mul10 mul9 mul8 write: reset:00000000 $0039 pll multiplier select low register (pmsl) see page 75. read: mul7 mul6 mul5 mul4 mul3 mul2 mul1 mul0 write: reset:01000000 $003a pll vco select range register (pmrs) see page 75. read: vrs7 vrs6 vrs5 vrs4 vrs3 vrs2 vrs1 vrs0 write: reset:01000000 $003b pll reference divider select register (pmds) see page 76. read:0000 rds3 rds2 rds1 rds0 write: reset:00000001 notes: 1. when auto = 0, pllie is forced clear and is read-only. 2. when auto = 0, pllf and lock read as clear. 3. when auto = 1, acq is read-only. 4. when pllon = 0 or vrs7:vrs0 = $0, bcs is forced clear and is read-only. 5. when pllon = 1, the pll programming register is read-only. 6. when bcs = 1, pllon is forced set and is read-only. = unimplemented r = reserved figure 4-3. cgm i/o register summary address: $0036 bit 7654321bit 0 read: pllie pllf pllon bcs pre1 pre0 vpr1 vpr0 write: reset:00100000 = unimplemented figure 4-4. pll control register (pctl) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 72 clock generator module (cgm) motorola pllie ? pll interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the pll to generate an interrupt request when the lock bit toggles, setting the pll flag, pllf. when the auto bit in the pll bandwidth control register (pbwc) is clear, pllie cannot be written and reads as logic 0. reset clears the pllie bit. 1 = pll interrupts enabled 0 = pll interrupts disabled pllf ? pll interrupt flag bit this read-only bit is set whenever the lock bit toggles. pllf generates an interrupt request if the pllie bit also is set. pllf always reads as logic 0 when the auto bit in the pll bandwidth control register (pbwc) is clear. clear the pllf bit by reading the pll control register. reset clears the pllf bit. 1 = change in lock condition 0 = no change in lock condition note: do not inadvertently clear the pllf bit. an y read or read-modify-write operation on the pll control register clears the pllf bit. pllon ? pll on bit this read/write bit activates the pll and enables the vco clock, cgmvclk. pllon cannot be cleared if the vco cloc k is driving the base clock, cgmout (bcs = 1). (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit .) reset sets this bit so that the loop can stabilize as the mcu is powering up. 1 = pll on 0 = pll off bcs ? base clock select bit this read/write bit selects either the crystal oscillator output, cgmxclk, or the vco clock, cgmvclk, as the source of the cgm output, cgmout. cgmout frequency is one-half the frequency of the selected clock. bcs cannot be set while the pllon bit is clear. after toggling bcs, it may take up to three cgmxclk and three cgmvclk cycles to complete the transition from one source clock to the other. during the tran sition, cgmout is held in stasis. (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit .) reset clears the bcs bit. 1 = cgmvclk divided by two drives cgmout 0 = cgmxclk divided by two drives cgmout note: pllon and bcs have built-in protection that prevents the base clock selector circuit from selecting the vco clock as the source of the base clock if the pll is off. therefore, pllon cannot be cleared when bcs is set, and bcs cannot be set when pllon is clear. if the pll is off (pllon = 0), selecting cgmvclk requires two writes to the pll control register. (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit .) pre1 and pre0 ? prescaler program bits these read/write bits control a prescaler that selects the prescaler power-of-two multiplier, p. (see 4.3.3 pll circuits and 4.3.6 programming the pll .) pre1 and pre0 cannot be written when the pllon bit is set. reset clears these bits. note: the value of p is normally 0 when usin g a 32.768-khz crystal as the reference. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) cgm registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 73 vpr1 and vpr0 ? vco power-of-two range select bits these read/write bits control the vco?s hardware power-of-two range multiplier e that, in conjunction with l (see 4.3.3 pll circuits , 4.3.6 programming the pll , and 4.5.5 pll vco range select register .) controls the hardware center-of-range frequency, f vrs . vpr1:vpr0 cannot be written when the pllon bit is set. reset clears these bits. 4.5.2 pll bandwidth control register the pll bandwidth control register (pbwc): selects automatic or manual (softwar e-controlled) bandwidth control mode indicates when the pll is locked in automatic bandwidth control mode, indicates when the pll is in acquisition or tracking mode in manual operation, forces the pll into acquisition or tracking mode table 4-2. pre1 and pre0 programming pre1 and pre0 p prescaler multiplier 00 0 1 01 1 2 10 2 4 11 3 8 table 4-3. vpr1 and vpr0 programming vpr1 and vpr0 e vco power-of-two range multiplier 00 0 1 01 1 2 10 2 4 11 3 (1) 1. do not program e to a value of 3. 8 address: $0037 bit 7654321bit 0 read: auto lock acq 0000 r write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 4-5. pll bandwidth control register (pbwc) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 74 clock generator module (cgm) motorola auto ? automatic ba ndwidth control bit this read/write bit selects automatic or manual bandwidth control. when initializing the pll for manual operation (auto = 0), clear the acq bit before turning on the pll. reset clears the auto bit. 1 = automatic bandwidth control 0 = manual bandwidth control lock ? lock indicator bit when the auto bit is set, lock is a read-only bit that becomes set when the vco clock, cgmvclk, is locked (running at the programmed frequency). when the auto bit is clear, lock re ads as logic 0 and has no meaning. the write one function of this bit is reserved for test, so this bit must always be written a 0. reset clears the lock bit. 1 = vco frequency correct or locked 0 = vco frequency incorrect or unlocked acq ? acquisition mode bit when the auto bit is set, acq is a read-only bit that indicates whether the pll is in acquisition mode or tracking mo de. when the auto bit is clear, acq is a read/write bit that controls whether the pll is in acquisition or tracking mode. in automatic bandwidth control mode (aut o = 1), the last-written value from manual operation is stored in a temporary location and is recovered when manual operation resumes. reset clears this bit, enabling acquisition mode. 1 = tracking mode 0 = acquisition mode 4.5.3 pll multiplier select register high the pll multiplier select register high (pmsh) contains the programming information for the high byte of the modulo feedback divider. mul11?mul8 ? multiplier select bits these read/write bits control the high byte of the modulo feedback divider that selects the vco frequency multiplier n. (see 4.3.3 pll circuits and 4.3.6 programming the pll .) a value of $0000 in the multiplier select registers configures the modulo feedback divider the same as a value of $0001. reset initializes the registers to $0040 for a default multiply value of 64. note: the multiplier select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the pll is on (pllon = 1). address: $0038 bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000 mul11 mul10 mul9 mul8 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 4-6. pll multiplier select register high (pmsh) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) cgm registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 75 pmsh[7:4] ? unimplemented bits these bits have no function and always read as logic 0s. 4.5.4 pll multiplier select register low the pll multiplier select register low (pmsl) contains the programming information for the low byte of the modulo feedback divider. mul7?mul0 ? multiplier select bits these read/write bits control the low byte of the modulo feedback divider that selects the vco frequency multiplier, n. (see 4.3.3 pll circuits and 4.3.6 programming the pll .) mul7?mul0 cannot be written when the pllon bit in the pctl is set. a value of $0000 in the multiplier select registers configures the modulo feedback divider the same as a value of $0001. reset initializes the register to $40 for a default multiply value of 64. note: the multiplier select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the pll is on (pllon = 1). 4.5.5 pll vco range select register note: pmrs may be called pvrs on other hc08 derivatives. the pll vco range select register (pmrs) contains the programming information required for the hardware configuration of the vco. vrs7?vrs0 ? vco range select bits these read/write bits control the hardware center-of-range linear multiplier l which, in conjunction with e (see 4.3.3 pll circuits , 4.3.6 programming the pll , and 4.5.1 pll control register ), controls the hardware center-of-range frequency, f vrs . vrs7?vrs0 cannot be written when the pllon bit in the pctl is set. (see 4.3.7 special programming exceptions .) a value of $00 in the vco range select register disables the pll and clears the bcs bit in the address: $0038 bit 7654321bit 0 read: mul7 mul6 mul5 mul4 mul3 mul2 mul1 mul0 write: reset:01000000 figure 4-7. pll multiplier select register low (pmsl) address: $003a bit 7654321bit 0 read: vrs7 vrs6 vrs5 vrs4 vrs3 vrs2 vrs1 vrs0 write: reset:01000000 figure 4-8. pll vco range select register (pmrs) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 76 clock generator module (cgm) motorola pll control register (pctl). (see 4.3.8 base clock selector circuit and 4.3.7 special programming exceptions .) reset initializes the register to $40 for a default range multiply value of 64. note: the vco range select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the pll is on (pllon = 1) and such that the vco clock cannot be selected as the source of the base clock (bcs = 1) if the vco range select bits are all clear. the pll vco range select register must be programmed correctly. incorrect programming can result in failure of the pll to achieve lock. 4.5.6 pll reference divider select register note: pmds may be called prds on other hc08 derivatives. the pll reference divider select register (pmds) contains the programming information for the modulo reference divider. rds3?rds0 ? reference divider select bits these read/write bits control the modulo reference divider that selects the reference division factor, r. (see 4.3.3 pll circuits and 4.3.6 programming the pll .) rds7?rds0 cannot be written when the pllon bit in the pctl is set. a value of $00 in the reference divider select register configures the reference divider the same as a value of $01. (see 4.3.7 special programming exceptions .) reset initializes the register to $01 for a default divide value of 1. note: the reference divider select bits have bu ilt-in protection such that they cannot be written when the pll is on (pllon = 1). note: the default divide value of 1 is recommended for all applications. pmds7?pmds4 ? unimplemented bits these bits have no function and always read as logic 0s. 4.6 interrupts when the auto bit is set in the pll band width control register (pbwc), the pll can generate a cpu interrupt request every time the lock bit changes state. the pllie bit in the pll control register (pctl) enables cpu interrupts from the pll. pllf, the interrupt flag in the pctl, becomes set whether interrupts are enabled address: $003b bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000 rds3 rds2 rds1 rds0 write: reset:00000001 = unimplemented figure 4-9. pll reference divider select register (pmds) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) special modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 77 or not. when the auto bit is clear, cpu interrupts from the pll are disabled and pllf reads as logic 0. software should read the lock bit after a pll interrupt request to see if the request was due to an entry into lock or an exit from lock. when the pll enters lock, the vco clock, cgmvclk, divided by two can be selected as the cgmout source by setting bcs in the pctl. when the pll exits lock, the vco clock frequency is corrupt, and appropriate precautions should be taken. if the application is not frequency sensitive, interrupts should be disabled to prevent pll interrupt service routines from impeding so ftware performance or from exceeding stack limitations. note: software can select the cgmvclk divided by two as the cgmout source even if the pll is not locked (lock = 0). therefore, software should make sure the pll is locked before setting the bcs bit. 4.7 special modes the wait instruction puts the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 4.7.1 wait mode the wait instruction does not affect the cgm. before entering wait mode, software can disengage and turn off the pll by clearing the bcs and pllon bits in the pll control register (pctl) to save power. less power-sensitive applications can disengage the pll without tu rning it off, so that the pll clock is immediately available at wait exit. this would be the case also when the pll is to wake the mcu from wait mode, su ch as when the pll is first enabled and waiting for lock or lock is lost. 4.7.2 stop mode if the oscstopenb bit in the config register is cleared (default), then the stop instruction disables the cgm (o scillator and phase locked loop) and holds low all cgm outputs (cgmxclk, cgmout, and cgmint). if the stop instruction is executed with the vco clock, cgmvclk, divided by two driving cgmout, the pll automatically clears the bcs bit in the pll control register (pctl), thereby selecting the crystal clock, cgmxclk, divided by two as the source of cgmout. when the mcu recovers from stop, the crystal clock divided by two drives cgmout and bcs remains clear. if the oscstopenb bit in the config register is set, then the phase locked loop is shut off but the oscillator will continue to operate in stop mode. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 78 clock generator module (cgm) motorola 4.7.3 cgm during break interrupts the system integration module (sim) contro ls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. the bcfe bit in the sim break flag control register (sbfcr) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. (see section 15. system integration module (sim) .) to allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. to protect the pllf bit during the break state, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), software can read and write the pll control register during the break state without affecting the pllf bit. 4.8 acquisition/lock time specifications the acquisition and lock times of the pll are, in many applications, the most critical pll design parameters. proper design and use of the pll ensures the highest stability and lowest acquisition/lock times. 4.8.1 acquisition/lock time definitions typical control systems refer to the acquisi tion time or lock time as the reaction time, within specified toler ances, of the system to a step input. in a pll, the step input occurs when the pll is turned on or when it suffers a noise hit. the tolerance is usually specified as a percentage of the step input or when the output settles to the desired value plus or minus a perc entage of the frequency change. therefore, the reaction time is constant in this defi nition, regardless of the size of the step input. for example, consider a system with a 5 percent acquisition time tolerance. if a command instructs the system to change from 0 hz to 1 mhz, the acquisition time is the time taken for the frequency to reach 1 mhz 50 khz. fifty khz = 5% of the 1-mhz step input. if the system is operating at 1 mhz and suffers a ?100-khz noise hit, the acquisition time is the ti me taken to return from 900 khz to 1mhz 5 khz. five khz = 5% of the 100-khz step input. other systems refer to acquisition and lock times as the time the system takes to reduce the error between the actual output and the desired output to within specified tolerances. therefore, the acquisiti on or lock time varies according to the original error in the output. minor errors may not even be registered. typical pll applications prefer to use this definit ion because the system requires the output frequency to be within a certain toler ance of the desired frequency regardless of the size of the initial error. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) acquisition/lock time specifications mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola clock generator module (cgm) 79 4.8.2 parametric influences on reaction time acquisition and lock times are designed to be as short as possible while still providing the highest possible stability. these reaction times are not constant, however. many factors directly and indirectly affect the acquisition time. the most critical parameter which affects the reaction times of the pll is the reference frequency, f rdv . this frequency is the input to the phase detector and controls how often the pll makes corrections. for stability, the corrections must be small compared to the desired frequency, so several corrections are required to reduce the frequency error. therefore, the slower the reference the longer it takes to make these corrections. this parameter is under user control via the choice of crystal frequency f xclk and the r value programmed in the reference divider. (see 4.3.3 pll circuits , 4.3.6 programming the pll , and 4.5.6 pll reference divider select register .) another critical parameter is the external filter network. the pll modifies the voltage on the vco by adding or subtra cting charge from capacitors in this network. therefore, the rate at which the voltage changes for a given frequency error (thus change in charge) is proportional to the capacitance. the size of the capacitor also is related to the stability of the pll. if the capacitor is too small, the pll cannot make small enough adjustments to the voltage and the system cannot lock. if the capacitor is too large, the pll may not be able to adjust the voltage in a reasonable time. (see 4.8.3 choosing a filter .) also important is the operating voltage potential applied to v dda . the power supply potential alters the characteristics of the pll. a fixed value is best. variable supplies, such as batteries, are acceptable if they vary within a known range at very slow speeds. noise on the power supply is not acceptable, because it causes small frequency errors which continually c hange the acquisition time of the pll. temperature and processing also can affect acquisition time because the electrical characteristics of the pll change. the part operates as specified as long as these influences stay within the specified limi ts. external factors, however, can cause drastic changes in the operation of the pll. these factors include noise injected into the pll through the filter capacitor, filter capacitor leakage, stray impedances on the circuit board, and even humidity or circuit board contamination. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . clock generator module (cgm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 80 clock generator module (cgm) motorola 4.8.3 choosing a filter as described in 4.8.2 parametric influences on reaction time , the external filter network is critical to the stability and reaction time of the pll. the pll is also dependent on reference frequency and supply voltage. figure 4-10 shows two types of filter circuits . in low-cost applications, where stability and reaction time of the pll are not critical, the three component filter network of figure 4-10 (b) can be replaced by a single capacitor, c f , shown in figure 4-10 (a) . refer to table 4-4 for recommended filter components at various reference frequencies. for reference frequenc ies between the values listed in the table, extrapolate to the nearest common capacitor value. in general, a slightly larger capacitor provides more stability at the expense of increased lock time. figure 4-10. pll filter table 4-4. example filter component values f rclk c f1 c f2 r f1 c f 32 khz 0.15 f 15 nf 2 k 0.22 f 40 khz 0.12 f 12 nf 2 k 0.18 f 50 khz 0.10 f 10 nf 2 k 0.18 f 60 khz 82 nf 8.2 nf 2 k 0.12 f 70 khz 68 nf 6.8 nf 2 k 0.12 f 80 khz 56 nf 5.6 nf 2 k 0.1 f 90 khz 56 nf 5.6 nf 2 k 0.1 f 100 khz 47 nf 4.7 nf 2 k 82 nf cgmxfc r f1 c f2 c f1 v ssa cgmxfc c f v ssa (a) (b) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola configuration register (config) 81 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 5. configurat ion register (config) 5.1 introduction this section describes the configurati on registers, config1 and config2. the configuration registers enabl e or disable these options: stop mode recovery time (32 cgmx clk cycles or 4096 cgmxclk cycles) cop timeout period (2 18 ? 2 4 or 2 13 ? 2 4 copclk cycles) stop instruction computer operating properly module (cop) low-voltage inhibit (lvi) module control and voltage trip point selection enable/disable the oscillator (osc) during stop mode enable/disable an extra divide by 128 prescaler in timebase module 5.2 functional description the configuration registers are used in the initialization of various options. the configuration registers can be written once after each reset. all of the configuration register bits are cleared during reset. since the various options affect the operation of the microcontroller unit (mcu), it is recommended that these registers be written immediately after reset. the configuration registers are located at $001e and $001f and may be read at anytime. note: on a flash device, the options except lvi5or3 are one-time writable by the user after each reset. the lvi5or3 bit is one-time writable by the user only after each por (power-on reset). the config registers are not in the flash memory but are special registers containing one-time writable latches after each reset. upon a reset, the config registers default to predetermined settings as shown in figure 5-1 and figure 5-2 . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . configuration register (config) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 82 configuration register (config) motorola tmclksel? timebase clock select bit tmclksel enables an extra divide-by-128 prescaler in the timebase module. setting this bit enables the extra prescaler and clearing this bit disables it. see section 4. clock generator module (cgm) for a more detailed description of the external clock operation. 1 = enables extra divide-by-1 28 prescaler in timebase module 0 = disables extra divide-by-128 prescaler in timebase module osceninstop ? oscillator enable in stop mode bit osceninstop, when set, will enable oscillator to continue to generate clocks in stop mode. see section 4. clock generator module (cgm) . this function is used to keep the timebase running while the reset of the mcu stops. see section 17. timebase module (tbm) . when clear, oscillator will cease to generate clocks while in stop mode. the default state for this option is clear, disabling the oscillator in stop mode. 1 = oscillator enabled to operate during stop mode 0 = oscillator disabled during stop mode (default) scibdsrc ? sci baud rate clock source bit scibdsrc controls the clock source used for the serial communications interface (sci). the setting of this bit affects the frequency at which the sci operates.see section 14. enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module . 1 = internal data bus clock used as clock source for sci (default) 0 = external oscillator used as clock source for sci address: $001e bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000 r tmclk- sel oscen- instop scibd- src write: reset:00000001 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 5-1. configuration register 2 (config2) address: $001f bit 7654321bit 0 read: coprs lvistop lvirstd lvipwrd lvi5or3 ssrec stop copd write: reset:0000see note000 note: lvi5or3 bit is only reset via por (power-on reset) figure 5-2. configuration register 1 (config1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . configuration register (config) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola configuration register (config) 83 coprs ? cop rate select bit copd selects the cop timeout period. reset clears coprs. see section 6. computer operating properly (cop) module 1 = cop timeout period = 2 13 ? 2 4 copclk cycles 0 = cop timeout period = 2 18 ? 2 4 copclk cycles lvistop ? lvi enable in stop mode bit when the lvipwrd bit is clear, setting the lvistop bit enables the lvi to operate during stop mode. reset clears lvistop. 1 = lvi enabled during stop mode 0 = lvi disabled during stop mode lvirstd ? lvi reset disable bit lvirstd disables the reset si gnal from the lvi module. see section 11. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) . 1 = lvi module resets disabled 0 = lvi module resets enabled lvipwrd ? lvi power disable bit lvipwrd disables the lvi module. see section 11. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) . 1 = lvi module power disabled 0 = lvi module power enabled lvi5or3 ? lvi 5-v or 3-v operating mode bit lvi5or3 selects the voltage operating mode of the lvi module (see section 11. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) ). the voltage mode selected for the lvi should match the operating v dd (see section 20. electrical specifications ) for the lvi?s voltage trip points for each of the modes. 1 = lvi operates in 5-v mode 0 = lvi operates in 3-v mode note: the lvi5or3 bit is cleared by a power-on re set (por) only. other resets will leave this bit unaffected. ssrec ? short stop recovery bit ssrec enables the cpu to exit stop mode with a delay of 32 cgmxclk cycles instead of a 4096-cgmxclk cycle delay. 1 = stop mode recovery after 32 cgmxclk cycles 0 = stop mode recovery after 4096 cgmxclck cycles note: exiting stop mode by an lvi reset will result in the long stop recovery. if the system clock source selected is the internal oscillator or the external crystal and the osceninstop configuration bi t is not set, the oscillator will be disabled during stop mode. the short stop recovery does not provide enough time for oscillator stabilization and for this reason the ssrec bit should not be set. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . configuration register (config) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 84 configuration register (config) motorola when using the lvi during normal operati on but disabling during stop mode, the lvi will have an enable time of t en . the system stabilization time for power-on reset and long stop recovery (both 4096 cgmxclk cycles) gives a delay longer than the lvi enable time for these startup scenarios. there is no period where the mcu is not protected from a low-power condition. however, when using the short stop recovery configuration opt ion, the 32-cgmxclk delay must be greater than the lvi?s turn on time to avoid a period in startup where the lvi is not protecting the mcu. stop ? stop instruction enable bit stop enables the stop instruction. 1 = stop instruction enabled 0 = stop instruction treated as illegal opcode copd ? cop disable bit copd disables the cop module. see section 6. computer operating properly (cop) module . 1 = cop module disabled 0 = cop module enabled f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola computer operating properly (cop) module 85 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 6. computer operat ing properly (cop) module 6.1 introduction the computer operating properly (cop) m odule contains a free-running counter that generates a reset if allowed to overflow. the cop module helps software recover from runaway code. prevent a cop reset by clearing the cop counter periodically. the cop module can be dis abled through the copd bit in the config register. 6.2 functional description figure 6-1 shows the structure of the cop module. figure 6-1. cop block diagram copctl write cgmxclk reset vector fetch reset circuit reset status register internal reset sources 12-bit cop prescaler clear all stages 6-bit cop counter cop disable reset copctl write clear cop module copen (from sim) cop counter cop clock cop timeout stop instruction (from config) cop rate sel (from config) clear stages 5?12 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . computer operating properly (cop) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 86 computer operating properly (cop) module motorola the cop counter is a free-running 6-bit counter preceded by a 12-bit prescaler counter. if not cleared by software, the cop counter overflows and generates an asynchronous reset after 2 18 ?2 4 or 2 13 ?2 4 cgmxclk cycles, depending on the state of the cop rate select bit, coprs, in the configuration register. with a 2 13 ?2 4 cgmxclk cycle overflow option, a 4.9152-mhz crystal gives a cop timeout period of 53.3 ms. writing any va lue to location $ffff before an overflow occurs prevents a cop reset by clearing the cop counter and stages 12?5 of the prescaler. note: service the cop immediately after reset and before entering or after exiting stop mode to guarantee the maximum time before the first cop counter overflow. a cop reset pulls the rst pin low for 32 cgmxclk cycles and sets the cop bit in the reset status register (rsr). in monitor mode, the cop is disabled if the rst pin or the irq1 is held at v tst . during the break state, v tst on the rst pin disables the cop. note: place cop clearing instructions in the main program and not in an interrupt subroutine. such an interrupt subrouti ne could keep the cop from generating a reset even while the main program is not working properly. 6.3 i/o signals the following paragraphs describe the signals shown in figure 6-1 . 6.3.1 cgmxclk cgmxclk is the crystal oscillator output signal. cgmxclk frequency is equal to the crystal frequency. 6.3.2 stop instruction the stop instruction clears the cop prescaler. 6.3.3 copctl write writing any value to the cop control register (copctl) clears the cop counter and clears bits 12?5 of the prescaler. reading the cop control register returns the low byte of the reset vector. see 6.4 cop control register . 6.3.4 power-on reset the power-on reset (por) circuit cl ears the cop prescaler 4096 cgmxclk cycles after power-up. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . computer operating properly (cop) module cop control register mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola computer operating properly (cop) module 87 6.3.5 internal reset an internal reset clears the cop prescaler and the cop counter. 6.3.6 reset vector fetch a reset vector fetch occurs when the vector address appears on the data bus. a reset vector fetch clears the cop prescaler. 6.3.7 copd (cop disable) the copd signal reflects the state of the cop disable bit (copd) in the configuration register. see section 5. configuration register (config) . 6.3.8 coprs (cop rate select) the coprs signal reflects the state of the cop rate select bit (coprs) in the configuration register. see section 5. configuration register (config) . 6.4 cop cont rol register the cop control register (copctl) is lo cated at address $ffff and overlaps the reset vector. writing any value to $ffff clears the cop counter and starts a new timeout period. reading location $ffff returns the low byte of the reset vector. 6.5 interrupts the cop does not generate central processor unit (cpu) interrupt requests. 6.6 monitor mode when monitor mode is entered with v tst on the irq pin, the cop is disabled as long as v tst remains on the irq pin or the rst pin. when monitor mode is entered by having blank reset vectors and not having v tst on the irq pin, the cop is automatically disabled until a por occurs. address: $ffff bit 7654321bit 0 read: low byte of reset vector write: clear cop counter reset: unaffected by reset figure 6-2. cop control register (copctl) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . computer operating properly (cop) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 88 computer operating properly (cop) module motorola 6.7 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the microcontroller unit (mcu) in low power-consumption standby modes. 6.7.1 wait mode the cop remains active during wait mode. if cop is enabled, a reset will occur at cop timeout. 6.7.2 stop mode stop mode turns off the cgmxclk input to the cop and clears the cop prescaler. service the cop immediately before entering or after exiting stop mode to ensure a full cop timeout period after entering or exiting stop mode. to prevent inadvertently turning off the cop with a stop instruction, a configuration option is available that disables the stop instruction. when the stop bit in the configuration register has the stop instruction disabled, execution of a stop instruction results in an illegal opcode reset. 6.8 cop module during break mode the cop is disabled during a break interrupt when v tst is present on the rst pin. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 89 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 7. central processor unit (cpu) 7.1 introduction the m68hc08 cpu (central processo r unit) is an enhanced and fully object-code-compatible version of the m68hc05 cpu. the cpu08 reference manual (motorola document order number cpu08rm/ad) contains a description of the cpu instruction set, addressing modes, and architecture. 7.2 features features of the cpu include: object code fully upward-compatible with m68hc05 family 16-bit stack pointer with stack manipulation instructions 16-bit index register with x-register manipulation instructions 8-mhz cpu internal bus frequency 64-kbyte program/data memory space 16 addressing modes memory-to-memory data moves without using accumulator fast 8-bit by 8-bit multiply and 16-bit by 8-bit divide instructions enhanced binary-coded decimal (bcd) data handling modular architecture with expandable inte rnal bus definition for extension of addressing range beyond 64 kbytes low-power stop and wait modes f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 90 central processor unit (cpu) motorola 7.3 cpu registers figure 7-1 shows the five cpu registers. cpu registers are not part of the memory map. figure 7-1. cpu registers 7.3.1 accumulator the accumulator is a general-purpose 8-bit register. the cpu uses the accumulator to hold operands and the re sults of arithmetic/logic operations. 7.3.2 index register the 16-bit index register allows indexed addressing of a 64-kbyte memory space. h is the upper byte of the index regist er, and x is the lower byte. h:x is the concatenated 16-bit index register. in the indexed addressing modes , the cpu uses the contents of the index register to determine the conditional address of the operand. the index register can serve also as a temporary data storage location. accumulator (a) index register (h:x) stack pointer (sp) program counter (pc) condition code register (ccr) carry/borrow flag zero flag negative flag interrupt mask half-carry flag two?s complement overflow flag v11hinzc h x 0 0 0 0 7 15 15 15 70 bit 7654321bit 0 read: write: reset: unaffected by reset figure 7-2. accumulator (a) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) cpu registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 91 7.3.3 stack pointer the stack pointer is a 16-bit register that contains the address of the next location on the stack. during a reset, the stack pointer is preset to $00ff. the reset stack pointer (rsp) instruction sets the least significant byte to $ff and does not affect the most significant byte. the stack point er decrements as data is pushed onto the stack and increments as data is pulled from the stack. in the stack pointer 8-bit offset and 16-bit offset addressing modes, the stack pointer can function as an i ndex register to access data on the stack. the cpu uses the contents of the stack pointer to determine the conditional address of the operand. note: the location of the stack is arbitrary and may be relocated anywhere in random-access memory (ram). moving the sp out of page 0 ($0000 to $00ff) frees direct address (page 0) space. for correct operation, the stack pointer must point only to ram locations. 7.3.4 program counter the program counter is a 16-bit register that contains the address of the next instruction or operand to be fetched. normally, the program counter automati cally increments to the next sequential memory location every time an instruction or operand is fetched. jump, branch, and interrupt operations load the program counter with an address other than that of the next sequential location. bit 151413121110987654321 bit 0 read: write: reset:00000000 xxxxxxxx x = indeterminate figure 7-3. index register (h:x) bit 151413121110987654321 bit 0 read: write: reset:0000000011111111 figure 7-4. stack pointer (sp) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 92 central processor unit (cpu) motorola during reset, the program counter is loaded with the reset vector address located at $fffe and $ffff. the vector address is the address of the first instruction to be executed after exiting the reset state. 7.3.5 condition code register the 8-bit condition code register contains the interrupt mask and five flags that indicate the results of the instruction just executed. bits 6 and 5 are set permanently to logic 1. the following paragraphs describe the functions of the condition code register. v ? overflow flag the cpu sets the overflow flag when a two's complement overflow occurs. the signed branch instructions bgt, bge, ble, and blt use the overflow flag. 1 = overflow 0 = no overflow h ? half-carry flag the cpu sets the half-carry flag when a carry occurs between accumulator bits 3 and 4 during an add-without-carry (add) or add-with-carry (adc) operation. the half-carry flag is required for binary-coded decimal (bcd) arithmetic operations. the daa instruction uses the states of the h and c flags to determine the appropriate correction factor. 1 = carry between bits 3 and 4 0 = no carry between bits 3 and 4 i ? interrupt mask when the interrupt mask is set, all maskable cpu interrupts are disabled. cpu interrupts are enabled when the interrupt mask is cleared. when a cpu interrupt occurs, the interrupt mask is set bit 151413121110987654321 bit 0 read: write: reset: loaded with vector from $fffe and $ffff figure 7-5. program counter (pc) bit 7654321bit 0 read: v11hinzc write: reset:x11x1xxx x = indeterminate figure 7-6. condition code register (ccr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) arithmetic/logic unit (alu) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 93 automatically after the cpu registers are saved on the stack, but before the interrupt vector is fetched. 1 = interrupts disabled 0 = interrupts enabled note: to maintain m6805 family compatibility, the upper byte of the index register (h) is not stacked automatically. if the interrupt service routine modifies h, then the user must stack and unstack h using the pshh and pulh instructions. after the i bit is cleared, t he highest-priority interrupt request is serviced first. a return-from-interrupt (rti) instruction pulls the cpu registers from the stack and restores the interrupt mask from the stack. after any reset, the interrupt mask is set and can be cleared only by the clear interrupt mask software instruction (cli). n ? negative flag the cpu sets the negative flag when an arithmetic operation, logic operation, or data manipulation produces a negative result, setting bit 7 of the result. 1 = negative result 0 = non-negative result z ? zero flag the cpu sets the zero flag when an arithmetic operation, logic operation, or data manipulation produces a result of $00. 1 = zero result 0 = non-zero result c ? carry/borrow flag the cpu sets the carry/borrow flag when an addition operation produces a carry out of bit 7 of the accumulator or when a subtraction operation requires a borrow. some instructions ? such as bit test and branch, shift, and rotate ? also clear or set the carry/borrow flag. 1 = carry out of bit 7 0 = no carry out of bit 7 7.4 arithmetic/ logic unit (alu) the alu performs the arithmetic and logic operations defined by the instruction set. refer to the cpu08 reference manual (motorola document order number cpu08rm/ad) for a description of the instructions and addressing modes and more detail about the architecture of the cpu. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 94 central processor unit (cpu) motorola 7.5 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 7.5.1 wait mode the wait instruction: clears the interrupt mask (i bit) in the condition code register, enabling interrupts. after exit from wait mode by interrupt, the i bit remains clear. after exit by reset, the i bit is set. disables the cpu clock 7.5.2 stop mode the stop instruction: clears the interrupt mask (i bit) in the condition code register, enabling external interrupts. after exit from st op mode by external interrupt, the i bit remains clear. after exit by reset, the i bit is set. disables the cpu clock after exiting stop mode, the cpu clock begins running after the oscillator stabilization delay. 7.6 cpu during break interrupts if a break module is present on the mcu, the cpu starts a break interrupt by: loading the instruction register with the swi instruction loading the program counter with $fffc:$fffd or with $fefc:$fefd in monitor mode the break interrupt begins after completion of the cpu instruction in progress. if the break address register match occurs on the last cycle of a cpu instruction, the break interrupt begins immediately. a return-from-interrupt instruction (rti) in the break routine ends the break interrupt and returns the mcu to normal operation if the break interrupt has been deasserted. 7.7 instruction set summary table 7-1 provides a summary of the m68hc08 instruction set. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) instruction set summary mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 95 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 1 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc adc # opr adc opr adc opr adc opr ,x adc opr ,x adc ,x adc opr ,sp adc opr ,sp add with carry a (a) + (m) + (c) ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a9 b9 c9 d9 e9 f9 9ee9 9ed9 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 add # opr add opr add opr add opr ,x add opr ,x add ,x add opr ,sp add opr ,sp add without carry a (a) + (m) ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 ab bb cb db eb fb 9eeb 9edb ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 ais # opr add immediate value (signed) to sp sp (sp) + (16 ? m) ??????imm a7 ii 2 aix # opr add immediate value (signed) to h:x h:x (h:x) + (16 ? m) ??????imm af ii 2 and # opr and opr and opr and opr ,x and opr ,x and ,x and opr ,sp and opr ,sp logical and a (a) & (m) 0 ? ? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a4 b4 c4 d4 e4 f4 9ee4 9ed4 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 asl opr asla aslx asl opr ,x asl ,x asl opr ,sp arithmetic shift left (same as lsl) ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 38 48 58 68 78 9e68 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 asr opr asra asrx asr opr ,x asr opr ,x asr opr ,sp arithmetic shift right ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 37 47 57 67 77 9e67 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 bcc rel branch if carry bit clear pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) = 0 ??????rel 24 rr 3 bclr n , opr clear bit n in m mn 0 ?????? dir (b0) dir (b1) dir (b2) dir (b3) dir (b4) dir (b5) dir (b6) dir (b7) 11 13 15 17 19 1b 1d 1f dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 bcs rel branch if carry bit set (same as blo) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) = 1 ??????rel 25 rr 3 beq rel branch if equal pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (z) = 1 ??????rel 27 rr 3 bge opr branch if greater than or equal to (signed operands) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (n v ) = 0 ??????rel 90 rr 3 bgt opr branch if greater than (signed operands) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (z) | (n v ) = 0 ??????rel 92 rr 3 c b0 b7 0 b0 b7 c f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 96 central processor unit (cpu) motorola bhcc rel branch if half carry bit clear pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (h) = 0 ??????rel 28 rr 3 bhcs rel branch if half carry bit set pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (h) = 1 ??????rel 29 rr 3 bhi rel branch if higher pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) | (z) = 0 ??????rel 22 rr 3 bhs rel branch if higher or same (same as bcc) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) = 0 ??????rel 24 rr 3 bih rel branch if irq pin high pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? irq = 1 ??????rel 2f rr 3 bil rel branch if irq pin low pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? irq = 0 ??????rel 2e rr 3 bit # opr bit opr bit opr bit opr ,x bit opr ,x bit ,x bit opr ,sp bit opr ,sp bit test (a) & (m) 0 ? ? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a5 b5 c5 d5 e5 f5 9ee5 9ed5 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 ble opr branch if less than or equal to (signed operands) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (z) | (n v ) = 1 ??????rel 93 rr 3 blo rel branch if lower (same as bcs) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) = 1 ??????rel 25 rr 3 bls rel branch if lower or same pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (c) | (z) = 1 ??????rel 23 rr 3 blt opr branch if less than (signed operands) pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (n v ) = 1 ??????rel 91 rr 3 bmc rel branch if interrupt mask clear pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (i) = 0 ??????rel 2c rr 3 bmi rel branch if minus pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (n) = 1 ??????rel 2b rr 3 bms rel branch if interrupt mask set pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (i) = 1 ??????rel 2d rr 3 bne rel branch if not equal pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (z) = 0 ??????rel 26 rr 3 bpl rel branch if plus pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (n) = 0 ??????rel 2a rr 3 bra rel branch always pc (pc) + 2 + rel ??????rel 20 rr 3 brclr n , opr , rel branch if bit n in m clear pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (mn) = 0 ????? dir (b0) dir (b1) dir (b2) dir (b3) dir (b4) dir (b5) dir (b6) dir (b7) 01 03 05 07 09 0b 0d 0f dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 brn rel branch never pc (pc) + 2 ??????rel 21 rr 3 brset n , opr , rel branch if bit n in m set pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (mn) = 1 ????? dir (b0) dir (b1) dir (b2) dir (b3) dir (b4) dir (b5) dir (b6) dir (b7) 00 02 04 06 08 0a 0c 0e dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 2 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) instruction set summary mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 97 bset n , opr set bit n in m mn 1 ?????? dir (b0) dir (b1) dir (b2) dir (b3) dir (b4) dir (b5) dir (b6) dir (b7) 10 12 14 16 18 1a 1c 1e dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 bsr rel branch to subroutine pc (pc) + 2; push (pcl) sp (sp) ? 1; push (pch) sp (sp) ? 1 pc (pc) + rel ??????rel ad rr 4 cbeq opr,rel cbeqa # opr,rel cbeqx # opr,rel cbeq opr, x+ ,rel cbeq x+ ,rel cbeq opr, sp ,rel compare and branch if equal pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (a) ? (m) = $00 pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (a) ? (m) = $00 pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (x) ? (m) = $00 pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (a) ? (m) = $00 pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (a) ? (m) = $00 pc (pc) + 4 + rel ? (a) ? (m) = $00 ?????? dir imm imm ix1+ ix+ sp1 31 41 51 61 71 9e61 dd rr ii rr ii rr ff rr rr ff rr 5 4 4 5 4 6 clc clear carry bit c 0 ?????0inh 98 1 cli clear interrupt mask i 0 ??0???inh 9a 2 clr opr clra clrx clrh clr opr ,x clr ,x clr opr ,sp clear m $00 a $00 x $00 h $00 m $00 m $00 m $00 0??01? dir inh inh inh ix1 ix sp1 3f 4f 5f 8c 6f 7f 9e6f dd ff ff 3 1 1 1 3 2 4 cmp # opr cmp opr cmp opr cmp opr ,x cmp opr ,x cmp ,x cmp opr ,sp cmp opr ,sp compare a with m (a) ? (m) ?? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a1 b1 c1 d1 e1 f1 9ee1 9ed1 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 com opr coma comx com opr ,x com ,x com opr ,sp complement (one?s complement) m (m ) = $ff ? (m) a (a ) = $ff ? (m) x (x ) = $ff ? (m) m (m ) = $ff ? (m) m (m ) = $ff ? (m) m (m ) = $ff ? (m) 0?? 1 dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 33 43 53 63 73 9e63 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 cphx # opr cphx opr compare h:x with m (h:x) ? (m:m + 1) ?? imm dir 65 75 ii ii+1 dd 3 4 cpx # opr cpx opr cpx opr cpx ,x cpx opr ,x cpx opr ,x cpx opr ,sp cpx opr ,sp compare x with m (x) ? (m) ?? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a3 b3 c3 d3 e3 f3 9ee3 9ed3 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 daa decimal adjust a (a) 10 u?? inh 72 2 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 3 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 98 central processor unit (cpu) motorola dbnz opr,rel dbnza rel dbnzx rel dbnz opr, x ,rel dbnz x ,rel dbnz opr, sp ,rel decrement and branch if not zero a (a) ? 1 or m (m) ? 1 or x (x) ? 1 pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (result) 0 pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (result) 0 pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (result) 0 pc (pc) + 3 + rel ? (result) 0 pc (pc) + 2 + rel ? (result) 0 pc (pc) + 4 + rel ? (result) 0 ?????? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 9e6b dd rr rr rr ff rr rr ff rr 5 3 3 5 4 6 dec opr deca decx dec opr ,x dec ,x dec opr ,sp decrement m (m) ? 1 a (a) ? 1 x (x) ? 1 m (m) ? 1 m (m) ? 1 m (m) ? 1 ?? ? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 9e6a dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 div divide a (h:a)/(x) h remainder ???? inh 52 7 eor # opr eor opr eor opr eor opr ,x eor opr ,x eor ,x eor opr ,sp eor opr ,sp exclusive or m with a a (a m) 0?? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a8 b8 c8 d8 e8 f8 9ee8 9ed8 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 inc opr inca incx inc opr ,x inc ,x inc opr ,sp increment m (m) + 1 a (a) + 1 x (x) + 1 m (m) + 1 m (m) + 1 m (m) + 1 ?? ? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 9e6c dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 jmp opr jmp opr jmp opr ,x jmp opr ,x jmp ,x jump pc jump address ?????? dir ext ix2 ix1 ix bc cc dc ec fc dd hh ll ee ff ff 2 3 4 3 2 jsr opr jsr opr jsr opr ,x jsr opr ,x jsr ,x jump to subroutine pc (pc) + n ( n = 1, 2, or 3) push (pcl); sp (sp) ? 1 push (pch); sp (sp) ? 1 pc unconditional address ?????? dir ext ix2 ix1 ix bd cd dd ed fd dd hh ll ee ff ff 4 5 6 5 4 lda # opr lda opr lda opr lda opr ,x lda opr ,x lda ,x lda opr ,sp lda opr ,sp load a from m a (m) 0?? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a6 b6 c6 d6 e6 f6 9ee6 9ed6 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 ldhx # opr ldhx opr load h:x from m h:x ( m:m + 1 ) 0?? ? imm dir 45 55 ii jj dd 3 4 ldx # opr ldx opr ldx opr ldx opr ,x ldx opr ,x ldx ,x ldx opr ,sp ldx opr ,sp load x from m x (m) 0?? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 ae be ce de ee fe 9eee 9ede ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 4 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) instruction set summary mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 99 lsl opr lsla lslx lsl opr ,x lsl ,x lsl opr ,sp logical shift left (same as asl) ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 38 48 58 68 78 9e68 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 lsr opr lsra lsr x lsr opr ,x lsr ,x lsr opr ,sp logical shift right ??0 dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 34 44 54 64 74 9e64 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 mov opr,opr mov opr, x+ mov # opr,opr mov x+ ,opr move (m) destination (m) source h:x (h:x) + 1 (ix+d, dix+) 0?? ? dd dix+ imd ix+d 4e 5e 6e 7e dd dd dd ii dd dd 5 4 4 4 mul unsigned multiply x:a (x) (a) ?0???0inh 42 5 neg opr nega negx neg opr ,x neg ,x neg opr ,sp negate (two?s complement) m ?(m) = $00 ? (m) a ?(a) = $00 ? (a) x ?(x) = $00 ? (x) m ?(m) = $00 ? (m) m ?(m) = $00 ? (m) ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 30 40 50 60 70 9e60 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 nop no operation none ??????inh 9d 1 nsa nibble swap a a (a[3:0]:a[7:4]) ??????inh 62 3 ora # opr ora opr ora opr ora opr ,x ora opr ,x ora ,x ora opr ,sp ora opr ,sp inclusive or a and m a (a) | (m) 0 ? ? ? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 aa ba ca da ea fa 9eea 9eda ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 psha push a onto stack push (a); sp (sp ) ? 1 ??????inh 87 2 pshh push h onto stack push (h) ; sp (sp ) ? 1 ??????inh 8b 2 pshx push x onto stack push (x) ; sp (sp ) ? 1 ??????inh 89 2 pula pull a from stack sp (sp + 1); pull ( a ) ??????inh 86 2 pulh pull h from stack sp (sp + 1); pull ( h ) ??????inh 8a 2 pulx pull x from stack sp (sp + 1); pull ( x ) ??????inh 88 2 rol opr rola rolx rol opr ,x rol ,x rol opr ,sp rotate left through carry ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 39 49 59 69 79 9e69 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 ror opr rora rorx ror opr ,x ror ,x ror opr ,sp rotate right through carry ?? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 36 46 56 66 76 9e66 dd ff ff 4 1 1 4 3 5 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 5 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc c b0 b7 0 b0 b7 c 0 c b0 b7 b0 b7 c f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 100 central processor unit (cpu) motorola rsp reset stack pointer sp $ff ??????inh 9c 1 rti return from interrupt sp (sp) + 1; pull (ccr) sp (sp) + 1; pull (a) sp (sp) + 1; pull (x) sp (sp) + 1; pull (pch) sp (sp) + 1; pull (pcl) inh 80 7 rts return from subroutine sp sp + 1 ; pull ( pch) sp sp + 1; pull (pcl) ??????inh 81 4 sbc # opr sbc opr sbc opr sbc opr ,x sbc opr ,x sbc ,x sbc opr ,sp sbc opr ,sp subtract with carry a (a) ? (m) ? (c) ?? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a2 b2 c2 d2 e2 f2 9ee2 9ed2 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 sec set carry bit c 1 ?????1inh 99 1 sei set interrupt mask i 1 ??1???inh 9b 2 sta opr sta opr sta opr ,x sta opr ,x sta ,x sta opr ,sp sta opr ,sp store a in m m (a) 0?? ? dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 b7 c7 d7 e7 f7 9ee7 9ed7 dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 sthx opr store h:x in m (m:m + 1) (h:x) 0 ? ? ? dir 35 dd 4 stop enable irq pin; stop oscillator i 0; stop oscillator ??0???inh 8e 1 stx opr stx opr stx opr ,x stx opr ,x stx ,x stx opr ,sp stx opr ,sp store x in m m (x) 0?? ? dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 bf cf df ef ff 9eef 9edf dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 sub # opr sub opr sub opr sub opr ,x sub opr ,x sub ,x sub opr ,sp sub opr ,sp subtract a (a) ? (m) ?? imm dir ext ix2 ix1 ix sp1 sp2 a0 b0 c0 d0 e0 f0 9ee0 9ed0 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 swi software interrupt pc (pc) + 1; push (pcl) sp (sp) ? 1; push (pch) sp (sp) ? 1; push (x) sp (sp) ? 1; push (a) sp (sp) ? 1; push (ccr) sp (sp) ? 1; i 1 pch interrupt vector high byte pcl interrupt vector low byte ??1???inh 83 9 tap transfer a to ccr ccr (a) inh 84 2 tax transfer a to x x (a) ??????inh 97 1 tpa transfer ccr to a a (ccr) ??????inh 85 1 table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 6 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . central processor unit (cpu) opcode map mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola central processor unit (cpu) 101 7.8 opcode map see table 7-2 . tst opr tsta tstx tst opr ,x tst ,x tst opr ,sp test for negative or zero (a) ? $00 or (x) ? $00 or (m) ? $00 0 ? ? ? dir inh inh ix1 ix sp1 3d 4d 5d 6d 7d 9e6d dd ff ff 3 1 1 3 2 4 tsx transfer sp to h:x h:x (sp) + 1 ??????inh 95 2 txa transfer x to a a (x) ??????inh 9f 1 txs transfer h:x to sp (sp) (h:x) ? 1 ??????inh 94 2 a accumulator n any bit c carry/borrow bit opr operand (one or two bytes) ccr condition code register pc program counter dd direct address of operand pch program counter high byte dd rr direct address of operand and relative offset of branch instruction pcl program counter low byte dd direct to direct addressing mode rel relative addressing mode dir direct addressing mode rel relative program counter offset byte dix+ direct to indexed with pos t increment addressing mode rr relati ve program counter offset byte ee ff high and low bytes of offset in indexed, 16-bit offs et addressing sp1 stack pointer , 8-bit offset addressing mode ext extended addressing mode sp2 stack pointer 16-bit offset addressing mode ff offset byte in indexed, 8-bit offset addressing sp stack pointer h half-carry bit u undefined h index register high byte v overflow bit hh ll high and low bytes of operand address in extended addressing x index register low byte i interrupt mask z zero bit ii immediate operand byte & logical and imd immediate source to direct des tination addressing mode | logical or imm immediate addressing mode logical exclusive or inh inherent addressing mode ( ) contents of ix indexed, no offset addressing mode ?( ) negation (two?s complement) ix+ indexed, no offset, post increment addressing mode # immediate value ix+d indexed with post increment to direct addressing mode ? sign extend ix1 indexed, 8-bit offset addressing mode loaded with ix1+ indexed, 8-bit offset, pos t increment addressing mode ? if ix2 indexed, 16-bit offset addressing mode : concatenated with m memory location set or cleared n negative bit ? not affected table 7-1. instruction set summary (sheet 7 of 7) source form operation description effect on ccr address mode opcode operand cycles vh i nzc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 102 central processor unit (cpu) motorola central processor unit (cpu) table 7-2. opcode map bit manipulation branch read-modify-write control register/memory dir dir rel dir inh inh ix1 sp1 ix inh inh imm dir ext ix2 sp2 ix1 sp1 ix 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 9e6 7 8 9 a b c d 9ed e 9ee f 0 5 brset0 3dir 4 bset0 2dir 3 bra 2rel 4 neg 2dir 1 nega 1inh 1 negx 1inh 4 neg 2ix1 5 neg 3 sp1 3 neg 1ix 7 rti 1inh 3 bge 2rel 2 sub 2imm 3 sub 2dir 4 sub 3ext 4 sub 3ix2 5 sub 4 sp2 3 sub 2ix1 4 sub 3 sp1 2 sub 1ix 1 5 brclr0 3dir 4 bclr0 2dir 3 brn 2rel 5 cbeq 3dir 4 cbeqa 3imm 4 cbeqx 3imm 5 cbeq 3ix1+ 6 cbeq 4 sp1 4 cbeq 2ix+ 4 rts 1inh 3 blt 2rel 2 cmp 2imm 3 cmp 2dir 4 cmp 3ext 4 cmp 3ix2 5 cmp 4 sp2 3 cmp 2ix1 4 cmp 3 sp1 2 cmp 1ix 2 5 brset1 3dir 4 bset1 2dir 3 bhi 2rel 5 mul 1inh 7 div 1inh 3 nsa 1inh 2 daa 1inh 3 bgt 2rel 2 sbc 2imm 3 sbc 2dir 4 sbc 3ext 4 sbc 3ix2 5 sbc 4 sp2 3 sbc 2ix1 4 sbc 3 sp1 2 sbc 1ix 3 5 brclr1 3dir 4 bclr1 2dir 3 bls 2rel 4 com 2dir 1 coma 1inh 1 comx 1inh 4 com 2ix1 5 com 3 sp1 3 com 1ix 9 swi 1inh 3 ble 2rel 2 cpx 2imm 3 cpx 2dir 4 cpx 3ext 4 cpx 3ix2 5 cpx 4 sp2 3 cpx 2ix1 4 cpx 3 sp1 2 cpx 1ix 4 5 brset2 3dir 4 bset2 2dir 3 bcc 2rel 4 lsr 2dir 1 lsra 1inh 1 lsrx 1inh 4 lsr 2ix1 5 lsr 3 sp1 3 lsr 1ix 2 ta p 1inh 2 txs 1inh 2 and 2imm 3 and 2dir 4 and 3ext 4 and 3ix2 5 and 4 sp2 3 and 2ix1 4 and 3 sp1 2 and 1ix 5 5 brclr2 3dir 4 bclr2 2dir 3 bcs 2rel 4 sthx 2dir 3 ldhx 3imm 4 ldhx 2dir 3 cphx 3imm 4 cphx 2dir 1 tpa 1inh 2 tsx 1inh 2 bit 2imm 3 bit 2dir 4 bit 3ext 4 bit 3ix2 5 bit 4 sp2 3 bit 2ix1 4 bit 3 sp1 2 bit 1ix 6 5 brset3 3dir 4 bset3 2dir 3 bne 2rel 4 ror 2dir 1 rora 1inh 1 rorx 1inh 4 ror 2ix1 5 ror 3 sp1 3 ror 1ix 2 pula 1inh 2 lda 2imm 3 lda 2dir 4 lda 3ext 4 lda 3ix2 5 lda 4 sp2 3 lda 2ix1 4 lda 3 sp1 2 lda 1ix 7 5 brclr3 3dir 4 bclr3 2dir 3 beq 2rel 4 asr 2dir 1 asra 1inh 1 asrx 1inh 4 asr 2ix1 5 asr 3 sp1 3 asr 1ix 2 psha 1inh 1 ta x 1inh 2 ais 2imm 3 sta 2dir 4 sta 3ext 4 sta 3ix2 5 sta 4 sp2 3 sta 2ix1 4 sta 3 sp1 2 sta 1ix 8 5 brset4 3dir 4 bset4 2dir 3 bhcc 2rel 4 lsl 2dir 1 lsla 1inh 1 lslx 1inh 4 lsl 2ix1 5 lsl 3 sp1 3 lsl 1ix 2 pulx 1inh 1 clc 1inh 2 eor 2imm 3 eor 2dir 4 eor 3ext 4 eor 3ix2 5 eor 4 sp2 3 eor 2ix1 4 eor 3 sp1 2 eor 1ix 9 5 brclr4 3dir 4 bclr4 2dir 3 bhcs 2rel 4 rol 2dir 1 rola 1inh 1 rolx 1inh 4 rol 2ix1 5 rol 3 sp1 3 rol 1ix 2 pshx 1inh 1 sec 1inh 2 adc 2imm 3 adc 2dir 4 adc 3ext 4 adc 3ix2 5 adc 4 sp2 3 adc 2ix1 4 adc 3 sp1 2 adc 1ix a 5 brset5 3dir 4 bset5 2dir 3 bpl 2rel 4 dec 2dir 1 deca 1inh 1 decx 1inh 4 dec 2ix1 5 dec 3 sp1 3 dec 1ix 2 pulh 1inh 2 cli 1inh 2 ora 2imm 3 ora 2dir 4 ora 3ext 4 ora 3ix2 5 ora 4 sp2 3 ora 2ix1 4 ora 3 sp1 2 ora 1ix b 5 brclr5 3dir 4 bclr5 2dir 3 bmi 2rel 5 dbnz 3dir 3 dbnza 2inh 3 dbnzx 2inh 5 dbnz 3ix1 6 dbnz 4 sp1 4 dbnz 2ix 2 pshh 1inh 2 sei 1inh 2 add 2imm 3 add 2dir 4 add 3ext 4 add 3ix2 5 add 4 sp2 3 add 2ix1 4 add 3 sp1 2 add 1ix c 5 brset6 3dir 4 bset6 2dir 3 bmc 2rel 4 inc 2dir 1 inca 1inh 1 incx 1inh 4 inc 2ix1 5 inc 3 sp1 3 inc 1ix 1 clrh 1inh 1 rsp 1inh 2 jmp 2dir 3 jmp 3ext 4 jmp 3ix2 3 jmp 2ix1 2 jmp 1ix d 5 brclr6 3dir 4 bclr6 2dir 3 bms 2rel 3 tst 2dir 1 tsta 1inh 1 tstx 1inh 3 tst 2ix1 4 tst 3 sp1 2 tst 1ix 1 nop 1inh 4 bsr 2rel 4 jsr 2dir 5 jsr 3ext 6 jsr 3ix2 5 jsr 2ix1 4 jsr 1ix e 5 brset7 3dir 4 bset7 2dir 3 bil 2rel 5 mov 3dd 4 mov 2dix+ 4 mov 3imd 4 mov 2ix+d 1 stop 1inh * 2 ldx 2imm 3 ldx 2dir 4 ldx 3ext 4 ldx 3ix2 5 ldx 4 sp2 3 ldx 2ix1 4 ldx 3 sp1 2 ldx 1ix f 5 brclr7 3dir 4 bclr7 2dir 3 bih 2rel 3 clr 2dir 1 clra 1inh 1 clrx 1inh 3 clr 2ix1 4 clr 3 sp1 2 clr 1ix 1 wait 1inh 1 txa 1inh 2 aix 2imm 3 stx 2dir 4 stx 3ext 4 stx 3ix2 5 stx 4 sp2 3 stx 2ix1 4 stx 3 sp1 2 stx 1ix inh inherent rel relative sp1 stack pointer, 8-bit offset imm immediate ix indexed, no offset sp2 stack pointer, 16-bit offset dir direct ix1 indexed, 8-bit offset ix+ indexed, no offset with ext extended ix2 indexed, 16-bit offset post increment dd direct-direct imd immediate-direct ix1+ indexed, 1-byte offset with ix+d indexed-direct dix+ direct-indexed post increment * pre-byte for stack pointer indexed instructions 0 high byte of opcode in hexadecimal low byte of opcode in hexadecimal 0 5 brset0 3dir cycles opcode mnemonic number of bytes / addressing mode msb lsb msb lsb f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola external interrupt (irq) 103 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 8. external interrupt (irq) 8.1 introduction the irq (external interrupt) module provides a maskable interrupt input. 8.2 features features of the irq module include: a dedicated external interrupt pin (irq ) irq interrupt control bits hysteresis buffer programmable edge-only or edge and level interrupt sensitivity automatic interrupt acknowledge internal pullup resistor 8.3 functional description a logic 0 applied to the external interrupt pin can latch a central processor unit (cpu) interrupt request. figure 8-2 shows the structure of the irq module. interrupt signals on the irq pin are latched into the irq latch. an interrupt latch remains set until one of the following actions occurs: vector fetch ? a vector fetch automatically generates an interrupt acknowledge signal that clears the latch that caused the vector fetch. software clear ? software can clear an interrupt latch by writing to the appropriate acknowledge bit in the interrupt status and control register (intscr). writing a logic 1 to t he ack bit clears the irq latch. reset ? a reset automatically clears the interrupt latch. the external interrupt pin is falling-e dge triggered and is software-configurable to be either falling-edge or falling-edge and lo w-level triggered. the mode bit in the intscr controls the triggering sensitivity of the irq pin. when an interrupt pin is edge-triggered only, the interrupt remains set until a vector fetch, software clear, or reset occurs. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 104 external interrupt (irq) motorola external interrupt (irq) figure 8-1. block diagram highlighting irq block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . external interrupt (irq) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola external interrupt (irq) 105 figure 8-2. irq module block diagram when an interrupt pin is both falling-edge and low-level triggered, the interrupt remains set until both of these events occur: vector fetch or software clear return of the interrupt pin to logic 1 the vector fetch or software clear may occur before or after the interrupt pin returns to logic 1. as long as the pin is low, the interrupt request remains pending. a reset will clear the latch and the mode control bit, thereby clearing the interrupt even if the pin stays low. when set, the imask bit in the intscr mask all external interrupt requests. a latched interrupt request is not presented to the interrupt priority logic unless the imask bit is clear. note: the interrupt mask (i) in the condition c ode register (ccr) masks all interrupt requests, including external interrupt requests. imask dq ck clr irq high interrupt to mode select logic request v dd mode voltage detect irqf to cpu for bil/bih instructions vector fetch decoder internal address bus reset v dd internal pullup device ack irq synchronizer addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $001d irq status and control register (intscr) see page 107. read:0000irqf0 imask mode write: ack reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 8-3. irq i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . external interrupt (irq) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 106 external interrupt (irq) motorola 8.4 irq pin a logic 0 on the irq pin can latch an interrupt request into the irq latch. a vector fetch, software clear, or reset clears the irq latch. if the mode bit is set, the irq pin is both falling-edge-sensitive and low-level-sensitive. with mode set, both of the following actions must occur to clear irq: vector fetch or software clear ? a vector fetch generates an interrupt acknowledge signal to clear the latch. software may generate the interrupt acknowledge signal by writing a logic 1 to the ack bit in the interrupt status and control register (intscr). the ack bi t is useful in applications that poll the irq pin and require software to clear the irq latch. writing to the ack bit prior to leaving an interrupt servic e routine can also prevent spurious interrupts due to noise. setting ack does not affect subsequent transitions on the irq pin. a falling edge that occurs after writing to the ack bit another interrupt request. if the irq mask bit, imask, is clear, the cpu loads the program counter with the vector address at locations $fffa and $fffb. return of the irq pin to logic 1 ? as long as the irq pin is at logic 0, irq remains active. the vector fetch or software clear and the return of the irq pin to logic 1 may occur in any order. the interrupt request remains pending as long as the irq pin is at logic 0. a reset will clear the latch and the mode control bit, thereby clearing the interrupt even if the pin stays low. if the mode bit is clear, the irq pin is falling-edge-sensitive only. with mode clear, a vector fetch or software cl ear immediately clears the irq latch. the irqf bit in the intscr register can be used to check for pending interrupts. the irqf bit is not affected by the imask bit, which makes it useful in applications where polling is preferred. use the bih or bil instruction to read the logic level on the irq pin. note: when using the level-sensitive interrupt trigger, avoid false interrupts by masking interrupt requests in the interrupt routine. 8.5 irq module during break interrupts the bcfe bit in the sim break flag control register (sbfcr) enables software to clear the latch during the break state. see section 19. development support . to allow software to clear the irq latch during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a latch is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . external interrupt (irq) irq status and control register mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola external interrupt (irq) 107 to protect cpu interrupt flags during the break state, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), writing to the ack bit in the irq status and control register during the break state has no effect on the irq interrupt flags. 8.6 irq status an d control register the irq status and control register (intsc r) controls and monitors operation of the irq module. the intscr: shows the state of the irq flag clears the irq latch masks irq interrupt request controls triggering sensitivity of the irq interrupt pin. irqf ? irq flag bit this read-only status bit is high when the irq interrupt is pending. 1 = irq interrupt pending 0 = irq interrupt not pending ack ? irq interrupt request acknowledge bit writing a logic 1 to this write-only bit clears the irq latch. ack always reads as logic 0. reset clears ack. imask ? irq interrupt mask bit writing a logic 1 to this read/write bit disables irq interrupt requests. reset clears imask. 1 = irq interrupt requests disabled 0 = irq interrupt requests enabled mode ? irq edge/level select bit this read/write bit controls the triggering sensitivity of the irq pin. reset clears mode. 1 = irq interrupt requests on falling edges and low levels 0 = irq interrupt requests on falling edges only address: $001d bit 7654321bit 0 read: irqf 0 imask mode write: ack reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 8-4. irq status and control register (intscr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . external interrupt (irq) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 108 external interrupt (irq) motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola keyboard interrupt module (kbi) 109 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 9. keyboard in terrupt module (kbi) 9.1 introduction the keyboard interrupt module (kbi) provides eight independently maskable external interrupts which are accessibl e via pta0?pta7. when a port pin is enabled for keyboard interrupt function, an internal pullup device is also enabled on the pin. 9.2 features features include: eight keyboard interrupt pins with separate keyboard interrupt enable bits and one keyboard interrupt mask hysteresis buffers programmable edge-only or edge- and level- interrupt sensitivity exit from low-power modes i/o (input/output) port bit(s) software configurable with pullup device(s) if configured as input port bit(s) 9.3 functional description writing to the kbie7?kbie0 bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register independently enables or disables each port a pin as a keyboard interrupt pin. enabling a keyboard interrupt pin also enabl es its internal pullup device. a logic 0 applied to an enabled keyboard interrupt pin latches a keyboard interrupt request. a keyboard interrupt is latched when one or more keyboard pins goes low after all were high. the modek bit in the keyboard status and control register controls the triggering mode of the keyboard interrupt. if the keyboard interrupt is edge-sens itive only, a falling edge on a keyboard pin does not latch an interrupt request if another keyboard pin is already low. to prevent losing an interrupt request on one pin because another pin is still low, software can disable the latter pin while it is low. if the keyboard interrupt is falling edge- and low-level sensitive, an interrupt request is present as long as any keyboard interrupt pin is low and the pin is keyboard interrupt enabled. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 110 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) motorola keyboard interrup t module (kbi) figure 9-1. block diagram highlighting kbi block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrupt module (kbi) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola keyboard interrupt module (kbi) 111 figure 9-2. keyboard module block diagram if the modek bit is set, the keyboard interrupt pins are both falling edge- and low-level sensitive, and both of the followi ng actions must occur to clear a keyboard interrupt request: vector fetch or software clear ? a vector fetch generates an interrupt acknowledge signal to clear the interrupt request. software may generate the interrupt acknowledge signal by writ ing a logic 1 to the ackk bit in the keyboard status and control register (intkbscr). the ackk bit is useful in applications that poll the keyboard inte rrupt pins and require software to clear the keyboard interrupt request. writing to the ackk bit prior to leaving an interrupt service routine can also prevent spurious interrupts due to noise. setting ackk does not affect subs equent transitions on the keyboard interrupt pins. a falling edge that occurs after writing to the ackk bit latches kb0ie kb7ie . . . keyboard interrupt dq ck clr v dd modek imaskk request vector fetch decoder ackk internal bus reset to pullup enable kbd7 kbd0 to pullup enable synchronizer keyf addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $001a keyboard status and control register (intkbscr) see page 114. read:0000 keyf 0 imaskk modek write: ackk reset:00000000 $001b keyboard interrupt enable register (intkbier) see page 115. read: kbie7 kbie6 kbie5 kbie4 kbie3 kbie2 kbie1 kbie0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 9-3. i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrup t module (kbi) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 112 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) motorola another interrupt request. if the keyboard interrupt mask bit, imaskk, is clear, the cpu loads the program counter with the vector address at locations $ffe0 and $ffe1. return of all enabled keyboard interrupt pins to logic 1 ? as long as any enabled keyboard interrupt pin is at logic 0, the keyboard interrupt remains set. the vector fetch or software clear and the return of all enabled keyboard interrupt pins to logic 1 may occur in any order. if the modek bit is clear, the keyboard inte rrupt pin is falling-edge-sensitive only. with modek clear, a vector fetch or software clear immediately clears the keyboard interrupt request. reset clears the keyboard interrupt request and the modek bit, clearing the interrupt request even if a keyboard interrupt pin stays at logic 0. the keyboard flag bit (keyf) in the keyboard status and control register can be used to see if a pending interrupt exists . the keyf bit is not affected by the keyboard interrupt mask bit (imaskk) which makes it useful in applications where polling is preferred. to determine the logic level on a keyboard interrupt pin, use the data direction register to configure the pin as an input and read the data register. note: setting a keyboard interrupt enable bit (kbiex) forces the corresponding keyboard interrupt pin to be an input, overriding the data direction register. however, the data direction register bit must be a logic 0 for software to read the pin. 9.4 keyboard initialization when a keyboard interrupt pin is enabled, it takes time for the internal pullup to reach a logic 1. therefore, a false interrupt can occur as soon as the pin is enabled. to prevent a false interrupt on keyboard initialization: 1. mask keyboard interrupts by setting the imaskk bit in the keyboard status and control register. 2. enable the kbi pins by setting the appropriate kbiex bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register. 3. write to the ackk bit in the keyboard st atus and control register to clear any false interrupts. 4. clear the imaskk bit. an interrupt signal on an edge-triggered pin can be acknowledged immediately after enabling the pin. an interrupt si gnal on an edge- and level-triggered interrupt pin must be acknowledged after a delay that depends on the external load. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrupt module (kbi) low-power modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola keyboard interrupt module (kbi) 113 another way to avoid a false interrupt: 1. configure the keyboard pins as outputs by setting the appropriate ddra bits in data direction register a. 2. write logic 1s to the appropriate port a data register bits. 3. enable the kbi pins by setting the appropriate kbiex bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register. 9.5 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the microcontroller unit (mcu) in low power-consumption standby modes. 9.5.1 wait mode the keyboard module remains ac tive in wait mode. cleari ng the imaskk bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of wait mode. 9.5.2 stop mode the keyboard module remains active in stop mode. clearing the imaskk bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of stop mode. 9.6 keyboard module du ring break interrupts the system integration module (sim) controls whether the keyboard interrupt latch can be cleared during the break state. the bcfe bit in the break flag control register (bfcr) enables software to cl ear status bits during the break state. to allow software to clear the keyboard interrupt latch during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a latch is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. to protect the latch during the break state, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), writ ing to the keyboard acknowledge bit (ackk) in the keyboard status and control register during the break state has no effect. see 9.7.1 keyboard status and control register . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrup t module (kbi) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 114 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) motorola 9.7 i/o registers these registers control and monitor operation of the keyboard module: keyboard status and control register (intkbscr) keyboard interrupt enable register (intkbier) 9.7.1 keyboard status and control register the keyboard status and control register: flags keyboard interrupt requests acknowledges keyboard interrupt requests masks keyboard interrupt requests controls keyboard interrupt triggering sensitivity bits 7?4 ? not used these read-only bits always read as logic 0s. keyf ? keyboard flag bit this read-only bit is set when a keyboard interrupt is pending. reset clears the keyf bit. 1 = keyboard interrupt pending 0 = no keyboard interrupt pending ackk ? keyboard acknowledge bit writing a logic 1 to this write-only bit clears the keyboard interrupt request. ackk always reads as logic 0. reset clears ackk. imaskk ? keyboard interrupt mask bit writing a logic 1 to this read/write bit prevents the output of the keyboard interrupt mask from generating interrupt requests. reset clears the imaskk bit. 1 = keyboard interrupt requests masked 0 = keyboard interrupt requests not masked modek ? keyboard triggering sensitivity bit this read/write bit controls the triggering sensitivity of the keyboard interrupt pins. reset clears modek. 1 = keyboard interrupt requests on falling edges and low levels 0 = keyboard interrupt requests on falling edges only address: $001a bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000keyf0 imaskk modek write: ackk reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 9-4. keyboard status and control register (intkbscr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrupt module (kbi) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola keyboard interrupt module (kbi) 115 9.7.2 keyboard interrupt enable register the keyboard interrupt enable register ena bles or disables each port a pin to operate as a keyboard interrupt pin. kbie7?kbie0 ? keyboard interrupt enable bits each of these read/write bits enables the corresponding keyboard interrupt pin to latch interrupt requests. reset clears the keyboard interrupt enable register. 1 = ptax pin enabled as keyboard interrupt pin 0 = ptax pin not enabled as keyboard interrupt pin address: $001b bit 7654321bit 0 read: kbie7 kbie6 kbie5 kbie4 kbie3 kbie2 kbie1 kbie0 write: reset:00000000 figure 9-5. keyboard interrupt enable register (intkbier) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . keyboard interrup t module (kbi) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 116 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-power modes 117 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 10. low-power modes 10.1 introduction the microcontroller (mcu) may enter two low-power modes: wait mode and stop mode. they are common to all hc08 mcus and are entered through instruction execution. this section describes how each module acts in the low-power modes. 10.1.1 wait mode the wait instruction puts the mcu in a low-power standby mode in which the central processor unit (cpu) clock is disa bled but the bus clock continues to run. power consumption can be further reduced by disabling the low-voltage inhibit (lvi) module through bits in the config1 register. see section 5. configuration register (config) . 10.1.2 stop mode stop mode is entered when a stop instruction is executed. the cpu clock is disabled and the bus clock is disabled if the osceninstop bit in the config2 register is at a logic 0. see section 5. configuration register (config) . 10.2 analog-to-digit al converter (adc) 10.2.1 wait mode the analog-to-digital converter (adc) continues normal operation during wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the adc can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if the adc is not required to bring the mcu out of wait mode, power down the adc by setting adch4?adch0 bits in the adc status and control register before executing the wait instruction. 10.2.2 stop mode the adc module is inactive after the execution of a stop instruction. any pending conversion is aborted. adc conversions resume when the mcu exits stop mode after an external interrupt. allow one conversion cycle to stabilize the analog circuitry. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 118 low-power modes motorola 10.3 break module (brk) 10.3.1 wait mode if enabled, the break (brk) module is active in wait mode. in the break routine, the user can subtract one from the return address on the stack if the sbsw bit in the break status register is set. 10.3.2 stop mode the break module is inactive in stop mode. a break interrupt causes exit from stop mode and sets the sbsw bit in the break status register. the stop instruction does not affect break module register states. 10.4 central processor unit (cpu) 10.4.1 wait mode the wait instruction: clears the interrupt mask (i bit) in the condition code register, enabling interrupts. after exit from wait mode by interrupt, the i bit remains clear. after exit by reset, the i bit is set. disables the cpu clock 10.4.2 stop mode the stop instruction: clears the interrupt mask (i bit) in the condition code register, enabling external interrupts. after exit from st op mode by external interrupt, the i bit remains clear. after exit by reset, the i bit is set. disables the cpu clock after exiting stop mode, the cpu clock begins running after the oscillator stabilization delay. 10.5 clock generator module (cgm) 10.5.1 wait mode the clock generator module (cgm) remains active in wait mode. before entering wait mode, software can disengage and turn off the pll by clearing the bcs and pllon bits in the pll control register (pctl). less power-sensitive applications can disengage the pll without turning it off. applications that require the pll to wake the mcu from wait mode also can deselect the pll output without turning off the pll. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes computer operating properly module (cop) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-power modes 119 10.5.2 stop mode if the oscstopen bit in the config register is cleared (default), then the stop instruction disables the cgm (oscillator and phase-locked loop) and holds low all cgm outputs (cgmxclk, cgmout, and cgmint). if the stop instruction is executed with the vco clock, cgmvclk, divided by two driving cgmout, the pll automatically clears the bcs bit in the pll control register (pctl), thereby selecting the crystal clock, cgmxclk, divided by two as the source of cgmout. when the mcu recovers from stop, the crystal clock divided by two drives cgmout and bcs remains clear. if the oscstopen bit in the config register is set, then the phase locked loop is shut off, but the oscillator will continue to operate in stop mode. 10.6 computer operatin g properly module (cop) 10.6.1 wait mode the cop remains active during wait mode. if cop is enabled, a reset will occur at cop timeout. 10.6.2 stop mode stop mode turns off the copclk input to the cop and clears the cop prescaler. service the cop immediately before entering or after exiting stop mode to ensure a full cop timeout period after entering or exiting stop mode. the stop bit in the config1 register enables the stop instruction. to prevent inadvertently turning off the cop with a stop instruction, disable the stop instruction by clearing the stop bit. 10.7 external inte rrupt module (irq) 10.7.1 wait mode the external interrupt (irq) module remains active in wait mode. clearing the imask1 bit in the irq status and control register enables irq cpu interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of wait mode. 10.7.2 stop mode the irq module remains active in stop mode. clearing the im ask1 bit in the irq status and control register enables irq cpu interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of stop mode. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 120 low-power modes motorola 10.8 keyboard interrupt module (kbi) 10.8.1 wait mode the keyboard interrupt (kbi) module remains active in wait mode. clearing the imaskk bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of wait mode. 10.8.2 stop mode the keyboard module remains active in stop mode. clearing the imaskk bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the mcu out of stop mode. 10.9 low-voltage in hibit module (lvi) 10.9.1 wait mode if enabled, the low-voltage inhibit (lvi) module remains active in wait mode. if enabled to generate resets, the lvi module can generate a reset and bring the mcu out of wait mode. 10.9.2 stop mode if enabled, the lvi module remains active in stop mode. if enabled to generate resets, the lvi module can generate a reset and bring the mcu out of stop mode. 10.10 enhanced serial communications inte rface module (esci) 10.10.1 wait mode the enhanced serial communications interf ace (esci), or sci module for short, module remains active in wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the sci module can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if sci module functions are not requir ed during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the module bef ore executing the wait instruction. 10.10.2 stop mode the sci module is inactive in stop mode. the stop instruction does not affect sci register states. sci module operation resumes after the mcu exits stop mode. because the internal clock is inactive during stop mode, entering stop mode during an sci transmission or reception results in invalid data. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes serial peripheral interface module (spi) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-power modes 121 10.11 serial pe ripheral interface module (spi) 10.11.1 wait mode the serial peripheral interface (spi) module remains active in wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the spi module can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if spi module functions are not requi red during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the spi module before executing the wait instruction. 10.11.2 stop mode the spi module is inactive in stop mode. the stop instruction does not affect spi register states. spi operation resumes after an external interrupt. if stop mode is exited by reset, any transfer in progress is aborted, and the spi is reset. 10.12 timer interface mo dule (tim1 and tim2) 10.12.1 wait mode the timer interface modules (tim) remain active in wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the tim can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if tim functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by stopping the tim before executing the wait instruction. 10.12.2 stop mode the tim is inactive in stop mode. the stop instruction does not affect register states or the state of the tim counter. tim operation resumes when the mcu exits stop mode after an external interrupt. 10.13 timebase module (tbm) 10.13.1 wait mode the timebase module (tbm) remains active after execution of the wait instruction. in wait mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the cpu. if the timebase functions are not required during wait mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before enabling the wait instruction. 10.13.2 stop mode the timebase module may remain active after execution of the stop instruction if the oscillator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 122 low-power modes motorola osceninstop bit in the config2 register. the timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. if the oscillator has not been enabled to operate in stop mode, the timebase module will not be active during stop mode. in stop mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the cpu. if the timebase functions are not requi red during stop mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before enabling the stop instruction. 10.14 exiting wait mode these events restart the cpu clock and load the program counter with the reset vector or with an interrupt vector: external reset ? a logic 0 on the rst pin resets the mcu and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $fffe and $ffff. external interrupt ? a high-to-low transition on an external interrupt pin (irq pin) loads the program counter with the contents of locations: $fffa and $fffb; irq pin. break interrupt ? in emulation mode, a break interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of $fffc and $fffd. computer operating properly (cop) m odule reset ? a timeout of the cop counter resets the mcu and loads the program counter with the contents of $fffe and $ffff. low-voltage inhibit (lvi) module rese t ? a power supply voltage below the v tripf voltage resets the mcu and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $fffe and $ffff. clock generator module (cgm) interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the icg loads the program counter with the contents of $fff8 and $fff9. keyboard interrupt (kbi) module ? a cpu interrupt request from the kbi module loads the program counter wi th the contents of $ffe0 and $ffe1. timer 1 interface (tim1) module interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the tim1 loads the program counter with the contents of: ? $fff2 and $fff3; tim1 overflow ? $fff4 and $fff5; tim1 channel 1 ? $fff6 and $fff7; tim1 channel 0 timer 2 interface (tim2) module interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the tim2 loads the program counter with the contents of: ? $ffec and $ffed; tim2 overflow ? $fff0 and $fff1; tim2 channel 0 serial peripheral interface (spi) module interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the spi loads the program counter with the contents of: ? $ffe8 and $ffe9; spi transmitter ? $ffea and $ffeb; spi receiver f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes exiting stop mode mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-power modes 123 serial communications interface (sci) module interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the sci loads the program counter with the contents of: ? $ffe2 and $ffe3; sci transmitter ? $ffe4 and $ffe5; sci receiver ? $ffe6 and $ffe7; sci receiver error analog-to-digital converter (adc) mo dule interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the adc loads the program counter with the contents of: $ffde and $ffdf; adc conversion complete. timebase module (tbm) interrupt ? a cpu interrupt request from the tbm loads the program counter with the contents of: $ffdc and $ffdd; tbm interrupt. 10.15 exiting stop mode these events restart the system clocks and load the program counter with the reset vector or with an interrupt vector: external reset ? a logic 0 on the rst pin resets the mcu and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $fffe and $ffff. external interrupt ? a high-to-low transition on an external interrupt pin loads the program counter with the contents of locations: ? $fffa and $fffb; irq pin ? $ffe0 and $ffe1; keyboard interrupt pins low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset ? a power supply voltage below the lvi tripf voltage resets the mcu and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $fffe and $ffff. break interrupt ? in emulation mode, a break interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of locations $fffc and $fffd. timebase module (tbm) interrupt ? a tbm interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of locations $ffdc and $ffdd when the timebase counter has rolled over. th is allows the tbm to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. upon exit from stop mode, the system clocks begin running after an oscillator stabilization delay. a 12-bit stop recovery counter inhibits the system clocks for 4096 cgmxclk cycles after the reset or external interrupt. the short stop recovery bit, ssrec, in the config1 register controls the oscillator stabilization delay during stop recovery. setting ssrec reduces stop recovery time from 4096 cgmxclk cycl es to 32 cgmxclk cycles. note: use the full stop recovery time (ssrec = 0) in applications that use an external crystal. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-power modes data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 124 low-power modes motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-voltage inhibit (lvi) 125 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 11. low-volt age inhibit (lvi) 11.1 introduction this section describes the low-voltage inhibit (lvi) module, which monitors the voltage on the v dd pin and can force a reset when the v dd voltage falls below the lvi trip falling voltage, v tripf . 11.2 features features of the lvi module include: programmable lvi reset selectable lvi trip voltage programmable stop mode operation 11.3 functional description figure 11-1 shows the structure of the lvi m odule. the lvi is enabled out of reset. the lvi module contains a bandgap reference circuit and comparator. clearing the lvi power disable bit, lvipwrd, enables the lvi to monitor v dd voltage. clearing the lvi reset disable bit, lvirstd, enabl es the lvi module to generate a reset when v dd falls below a voltage, v tripf . setting the lvi enable in stop mode bit, lvistop, enables the lvi to operate in stop mode. setting the lvi 5-v or 3-v trip point bit, lvi5or3, enables the trip point voltage, v tripf , to be configured for 5-v operation. clearing the lvi5or3 bit enables the trip point voltage, v tripf , to be configured for 3-v operation. the actual trip points are shown in section 20. electrical specifications . note: after a power-on reset (por) the lvi?s default mode of operation is 3 v. if a 5-v system is used, the user must set the lvi5or3 bit to raise the trip point to 5-v operation. note that this must be done after every power-on reset since the default will revert back to 3-v mode after each power-on reset. if the v dd supply is below the 5-v mode trip voltage but above the 3-v mode trip voltage when por is released, the part will operate because v tripf defaults to 3-v mode after a por. so, in a 5-v system care must be taken to ensure that v dd is above the 5-v mode trip voltage after por is released. if the user requires 5-v mode and sets the lvi5or3 bit after a power-on reset while the v dd supply is not above the v tripr for 5-v mode, the microcontroller unit (mcu) will immediately go into reset. the lvi in this case will hold the part in reset until either v dd goes above the rising 5-v trip point, v tripr , which will release reset f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-voltage inhibit (lvi) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 126 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) motorola or v dd decreases to approximately 0 v which will re-trigger the power-on reset and reset the trip point to 3-v operation. lvistop, lvipwrd, lvi5or3, and lvirstd are in the configuration register (config1). see figure 5-2. configuration register 1 (config1) for details of the lvi?s configuration bits. once an lv i reset occurs, the mcu remains in reset until v dd rises above a voltage, v tripr , which causes the mcu to exit reset. see 15.3.2.5 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset for details of the interaction between the sim and the lvi. the output of the comparator controls the state of the lviout flag in the lvi status register (lvisr). an lvi reset also drives the rst pin low to provide low-voltage protection to external peripheral devices. figure 11-1. lvi module block diagram low v dd detector lvipwrd stop instruction lvistop lvi reset lviout v dd > lvi trip = 0 v dd lvi trip = 1 from config from config1 v dd from config1 lvirstd lvi5or3 from config1 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $fe0c lvi status register (lvisr) see page 127. read:lviout0000000 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 11-2. lvi i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-voltage inhibit (lvi) lvi status register mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola low-voltage inhibit (lvi) 127 11.3.1 polled lvi operation in applications that can operate at v dd levels below the v tripf level, software can monitor v dd by polling the lviout bit. in the configuration register, the lvipwrd bit must be at logic 0 to enable the lvi module, and the lvirstd bit must be at logic 1 to disable lvi resets. 11.3.2 forced reset operation in applications that require v dd to remain above the v tripf level, enabling lvi resets allows the lvi module to reset the mcu when v dd falls below the v tripf level. in the configuration register, the lvipwrd and lvirstd bits must be at logic 0 to enable the lvi module and to enable lvi resets. 11.3.3 voltage hysteresis protection once the lvi has triggered (by having v dd fall below v tripf ), the lvi will maintain a reset condition until v dd rises above the rising trip point voltage, v tripr . this prevents a condition in which the mcu is co ntinually entering and exiting reset if v dd is approximately equal to v tripf . v tripr is greater than v tripf by the hysteresis voltage, v hys . 11.3.4 lvi trip selection the lvi5or3 bit in the configuration register selects whether the lvi is configured for 5-v or 3-v protection. note: the microcontroller is guaranteed to operate at a minimum supply voltage. the trip point (v tripf [5 v] or v tripf [3 v]) may be lower than this. see section 20. electrical specifications for the actual trip point voltages. 11.4 lvi status register the lvi status register (lvisr) indicates if the v dd voltage was detected below the v tripf level. address: $fe0c bit 7654321bit 0 read:lviout0000000 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 11-3. lvi status register (lvisr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . low-voltage inhibit (lvi) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 128 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) motorola lviout ? lvi output bit this read-only flag becomes set when the v dd voltage falls below the v tripf trip voltage (see table 11-1 ). reset clears the lviout bit. 11.5 lvi interrupts the lvi module does not generate interrupt requests. 11.6 low-power modes the stop and wait instructions put the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 11.6.1 wait mode if enabled, the lvi module remains active in wait mode. if enabled to generate resets, the lvi module can generate a reset and bring the mcu out of wait mode. 11.6.2 stop mode if enabled in stop mode (lvistop set), the lvi module remains active in stop mode. if enabled to generate resets, the lvi module can generate a reset and bring the mcu out of stop mode. table 11-1. lviout bit indication v dd lviout v dd > v tripr 0 v dd < v tripf 1 v tripf < v dd < v tripr previous value f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 129 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 12. input/output ports (ports) 12.1 introduction bidirectional input-output (i/o) pins form five parallel ports. all i/o pins are programmable as inputs or outputs. all i ndividual bits within port a, port c, and port d are software configurable with pullup devices if configured as input port bits. the pullup devices are automatically and dy namically disabled when a port bit is switched to output mode. note: connect any unused i/o pins to an appropriate logic level, either v dd or v ss . although the i/o ports do not require termin ation for proper operation, termination reduces excess current consumption and the possibility of electrostatic damage. not all port pins are bonded out in all packages. care sure be taken to make any unbonded port pins an output to reduce them from being floating inputs. addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0000 port a data register (pta) see page 132. read: pta7 pta6 pta5 pta4 pta3 pta2 pta1 pta0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0001 port b data register (ptb) see page 134. read: ptb7 ptb6 ptb5 ptb4 ptb3 ptb2 ptb1 ptb0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0002 port c data register (ptc) see page 136. read: 0 ptc6 ptc5 ptc4 ptc3 ptc2 ptc1 ptc0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0003 port d data register (ptd) see page 138. read: ptd7 ptd6 ptd5 ptd4 ptd3 ptd2 ptd1 ptd0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $0004 data direction register a (ddra) see page 132. read: ddra7 ddra6 ddra5 ddra4 ddra3 ddra2 ddra1 ddra0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 12-1. i/o port register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 130 input/output ports (ports) motorola $0005 data direction register b (ddrb) see page 135. read: ddrb7 ddrb6 ddrb5 ddrb4 ddrb3 ddrb2 ddrb1 ddrb0 write: reset:00000000 $0006 data direction register c (ddrc) see page 136. read: 0 ddrc6 ddrc5 ddrc4 ddrc3 ddrc2 ddrc1 ddrc0 write: reset:00000000 $0007 data direction register d (ddrd) see page 139. read: ddrd7 ddrd6 ddrd5 ddrd4 ddrd3 ddrd2 ddrd1 ddrd0 write: reset:00000000 $0008 port e data register (pte) see page 141. read: 0 0 pte5 pte4 pte3 pte2 pte1 pte0 write: reset: unaffected by reset $000c data direction register e (ddre) see page 142. read: 0 0 ddre5 ddre4 ddre3 ddre2 ddre1 ddre0 write: reset:00000000 $000d port a input pullup enable register (ptapue) see page 134. read: ptapue7 ptapue6 ptapue5 ptapue4 ptapue3 ptapue2 ptapue1 ptapue0 write: reset:00000000 $000e port c input pullup enable register (ptcpue) see page 138. read: 0 ptcpue6 ptcpue5 ptcpue4 ptcpue3 ptcpue2 ptcpue1 ptcpue0 write: reset:00000000 $000f port d input pullup enable register (ptdpue) see page 141. read: ptdpue7 ptdpue6 ptdpue5 ptdpue4 ptdpue3 ptdpue2 ptdpue1 ptdpue0 write: reset:00000000 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented figure 12-1. i/o port register summary (continued) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) introduction mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 131 table 12-1. port control register bits summary port bit ddr module control pin a 0 ddra0 kbd kbie0 pta0/kbd0 1 ddra1 kbie1 pta1/kbd1 2 ddra2 kbie2 pta2/kbd2 3 ddra3 kbie3 pta3/kbd3 4 ddra4 kbie4 pta4/kbd4 5 ddra5 kbie5 pta5/kbd5 6 ddra6 kbie6 pta6/kbd6 7 ddra7 kbie7 pta7/kbd7 b 0 ddrb0 adc adch4?adch0 ptb0/ad0 1 ddrb1 ptb1/ad1 2 ddrb2 ptb2/ad2 3 ddrb3 ptb3/ad3 4 ddrb4 ptb4/ad4 5 ddrb5 ptb5/ad5 6 ddrb6 ptb6/ad6 7 ddrb7 ptb7/ad7 c 0 ddrc0 ptc0 1 ddrc1 ptc1 2 ddrc2 ptc2 3 ddrc3 ptc3 4 ddrc4 ptc4 5 ddrc5 ptc5 6 ddrc6 ptc6 d 0 ddrd0 spi spe ptd0/ss 1 ddrd1 ptd1/miso 2 ddrd2 ptd2/mosi 3 ddrd3 ptd3/spsck 4 ddrd4 tim1 els0b:els0a ptd4/t1ch0 5 ddrd5 els1b:els1a ptd5/t1ch1 6 ddrd6 tim2 els0b:els0a ptd6/t2ch0 7 ddrd7 els1b:els1a ptd7/t2ch1 e 0 ddre0 sci ensci pte0/txd 1 ddre1 pte1/rxd 2 ddre2 pte2 3 ddre3 pte3 4 ddre4 pte4 5 ddre5 pte5 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 132 input/output ports (ports) motorola 12.2 port a port a is an 8-bit special-function port that shares all eight of its pins with the keyboard interrupt (kbi) module. port a also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.2.1 port a data register the port a data register (pta) contains a data latch for each of the eight port a pins. pta7?pta0 ? port a data bits these read/write bits are software progra mmable. data direction of each port a pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register a. reset has no effect on port a data. kbd7?kbd0 ? keyboard inputs the keyboard interrupt enable bits, kbie7?kbie0, in the keyboard interrupt control register (kbicr) enable the port a pins as external interrupt pins. see section 9. keyboard interrupt module (kbi) . 12.2.2 data direction register a data direction register a (ddra) determines whether each port a pin is an input or an output. writing a logic 1 to a ddra bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port a pin; a logic 0 disables the output buffer. ddra7?ddra0 ? data direction register a bits these read/write bits control port a data direction. reset clears ddra7?ddra0, configuring all port a pins as inputs. 1 = corresponding port a pin configured as output 0 = corresponding port a pin configured as input address: $0000 bit 7654321bit 0 read: pta7 pta6 pta5 pta4 pta3 pta2 pta1 pta0 write: reset: unaffected by reset alternate function: kbd7 kbd6 kbd5 kbd4 kbd3 kbd2 kbd1 kbd0 figure 12-2. port a data register (pta) address: $0004 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ddra7 ddra6 ddra5 ddra4 ddra3 ddra2 ddra1 ddra0 write: reset:00000000 figure 12-3. data direction register a (ddra) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port a mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 133 note: avoid glitches on port a pins by writing to the port a data register before changing data direction register a bits from 0 to 1. figure 12-4 shows the port a i/o logic. figure 12-4. port a i/o circuit when bit ddrax is a logic 1, reading add ress $0000 reads the ptax data latch. when bit ddrax is a logic 0, reading address $0000 reads the voltage level on the pin. the data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. table 12-2 summarizes the operation of the port a pins. 12.2.3 port a input pullup enable register the port a input pullup enable register (ptapue) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the eight port a pins. each bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register, ddra, bit be configured as an input. each pullup is automatically and dynamically disabled when a port bit?s ddra is configured for output mode. read ddra ($0004) write ddra ($0004) reset write pta ($0000) read pta ($0000) ptax ddrax ptax internal data bus v dd ptapuex internal pullup device table 12-2. port a pin functions ptapue bit ddra bit pta bit i/o pin mode accesses to ddra accesses to pta read/write read write 10 x (1) input, v dd (2) ddra7?ddra0 pin pta7?pta0 (3) 00x input, hi-z (4) ddra7?ddra0 pin pta7?pta0 (3) x 1 x output ddra7?ddra0 pta7?pta0 pta7?pta0 1. x = don?t care 2. i/o pin pulled up to v dd by internal pullup device 3. writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. hi-z = high impedance f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 134 input/output ports (ports) motorola ptapue7?ptapue0 ? port a input pullup enable bits these writable bits are software pr ogrammable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = corresponding port a pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = corresponding port a pin ha s internal pullup disconnected 12.3 port b port b is an 8-bit special-function port that shares six of its pins with the analog-to-digital converter (adc) module. 12.3.1 port b data register the port b data register (ptb) contains a data latch for each of the eight port pins. ptb7?ptb0 ? port b data bits these read/write bits are software-programmable. data direction of each port b pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register b. reset has no effect on port b data. ad7?ad0 ? analog-to-digital input bits ad7?ad0 are pins used for the input channels to the analog-to-digital converter module. the channel select bits in the adc status and control register define which port b pin will be used as an a dc input and overrides any control from the port i/o logic by forcing that pin as the input to the analog circuitry. note: care must be taken when reading port b while applying analog voltages to ad7?ad0 pins. if the appropriate adc ch annel is not enabled, excessive current drain may occur if analog voltages are applied to the ptbx/adx pin, while ptb is read as a digital input. those ports not selected as analog input channels are considered digital i/o ports. address: $000d bit 7654321bit 0 read: ptapue7 ptapue6 ptapue5 ptapue4 ptapue3 ptapue2 ptapue1 ptapue0 write: reset:00000000 figure 12-5. port a input pullup enable register (ptapue) address: $0001 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ptb7 ptb6 ptb5 ptb4 ptb3 ptb2 ptb1 ptb0 write: reset: unaffected by reset alternate function: ad7ad6ad5ad4ad3ad2ad1ad0 figure 12-6. port b data register (ptb) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port b mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 135 12.3.2 data direction register b data direction register b (ddrb) determines whether each port b pin is an input or an output. writing a logic 1 to a ddrb bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port b pin; a logic 0 disables the output buffer. ddrb7?ddrb0 ? data direction register b bits these read/write bits control port b data direction. reset clears ddrb7?ddrb0, configuring all port b pins as inputs. 1 = corresponding port b pin configured as output 0 = corresponding port b pin configured as input note: avoid glitches on port b pins by writing to the port b data register before changing data direction register b bits from 0 to 1. figure 12-8 shows the port b i/o logic. figure 12-8. port b i/o circuit when bit ddrbx is a logic 1, reading add ress $0001 reads the ptbx data latch. when bit ddrbx is a logic 0, reading address $0001 reads the voltage level on the pin. the data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. table 12-3 summarizes the operation of the port b pins. address: $0005 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ddrb7 ddrb6 ddrb5 ddrb4 ddrb3 ddrb2 ddrb1 ddrb0 write: reset:00000000 figure 12-7. data direction register b (ddrb) read ddrb ($0005) write ddrb ($0005) reset write ptb ($0001) read ptb ($0001) ptbx ddrbx ptbx internal data bus f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 136 input/output ports (ports) motorola 12.4 port c port c is a 7-bit, general-purpose bidirectional i/o port. port c also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.4.1 port c data register the port c data register (ptc) contains a data latch for each of the port c pins. ptc6 and ptc0 ? port c data bits these read/write bits are software-program mable. data direction of each port c pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register c. reset has no effect on port c data. 12.4.2 data direction register c data direction register c (ddrc) determ ines whether each port c pin is an input or an output. writing a logic 1 to a ddrc bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port c pin; a logic 0 disables the output buffer. table 12-3. port b pin functions ddrb bit ptb bit i/o pin mode accesses to ddrb accesses to ptb read/write read write 0 x (1) 1. x = don?t care input, hi-z (2) 2. hi-z = high impedance ddrb7?ddrb0 pin ptb7?ptb0 (3) 3. writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 1 x output ddrb7?ddrb0 ptb7?ptb0 ptb7?ptb0 address: $0002 bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 ptc6 ptc5 ptc4 ptc3 ptc2 ptc1 ptc0 write: reset: unaffected by reset = unimplemented r = reserved figure 12-9. port c data register (ptc) address: $0006 bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 ddrc6 ddrc5 ddrc4 ddrc3 ddrc2 ddrc1 ddrc0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 12-10. data direction register c (ddrc) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port c mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 137 ddrc6 and ddrc0 ? data direction register c bits these read/write bits control port c data direction. reset clears ddrc6 and ddrc0, configuring all po rt c pins as inputs. 1 = corresponding port c pin configured as output 0 = corresponding port c pin configured as input note: avoid glitches on port c pins by writi ng to the port c data register before changing data direction register c bits from 0 to 1. figure 12-11 shows the port c i/o logic. figure 12-11. port c i/o circuit when bit ddrcx is a logic 1, reading add ress $0002 reads the ptcx data latch. when bit ddrcx is a logic 0, reading add ress $0002 reads the voltage level on the pin. the data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. table 12-4 summarizes the operation of the port c pins. read ddrc ($0006) write ddrc ($0006) reset write ptc ($0002) read ptc ($0002) ptcx ddrcx ptcx internal data bus v dd internal ptcpuex pullup device table 12-4. port c pin functions ptcpue bit ddrc bit ptc bit i/o pin mode accesses to ddrc accesses to ptc read/write read write 10 x (1) input, v dd (2) ddrc6?ddrc0 pin ptc6?ptc0 (3) 00x input, hi-z (4) ddrc6?ddrc0 pin ptc6?ptc0 (3) x 1 x output ddrc6?ddrc0 ptc6?ptc0 ptc6?ptc0 1. x = don?t care 2. i/o pin pulled up to v dd by internal pullup device. 3. writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. hi-z = high impedance f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 138 input/output ports (ports) motorola 12.4.3 port c input pullup enable register the port c input pullup enable register (p tcpue) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the port c pins. ea ch bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register , ddrc, bit be configured as an input. each pullup is automatically an d dynamically disabled w hen a port bit?s ddrc is configured for output mode. ptcpue1 and ptcpue0 ? port c input pullup enable bits these writable bits are software pr ogrammable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = corresponding port c pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = corresponding port c pin internal pullup disconnected 12.5 port d port d is an 8-bit special-function port that shares four of its pins with the serial peripheral interface (spi) module and three of its pins with two timer interface (tim1 and tim2) modules. port d also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.5.1 port d data register the port d data register (ptd) contains a data latch for each of the eight port d pins. ptd7?ptd0 ? port d data bits these read/write bits are software-program mable. data direction of each port d pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register d. reset has no effect on port d data. address: $000e bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 ptcpue6 ptcpue5 ptcpue4 ptcpue3 ptcpue2 ptcpue1 ptcpue0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 12-12. port c input pullup enable register (ptcpue) address: $0003 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ptd7 ptd6 ptd5 ptd4 ptd3 ptd2 ptd1 ptd0 write: reset: unaffected by reset alternate function: t2ch1 t2ch0 t1ch1 t1ch0 spsck mosi miso ss figure 12-13. port d data register (ptd) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port d mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 139 t2ch1 and t2ch0 ? timer 2 channel i/o bits the ptd6/t2ch0?ptd7/t2ch1 pins are the tim2 input capture/output compare pins. the edge/level select bits, elsxb and elsxa, determine whether the ptd6/t2ch0?ptd7/t2ch1 pi ns are timer channel i/o pins or general-purpose i/o pin. see section 18. timer interface module (tim) . t1ch1 and t1ch0 ? timer 1 channel i/o bits the ptd4/t1ch0?ptd5/t1ch1 pins are the tim1 input capture/output compare pins. the edge/level select bits, elsxb and elsxa, determine whether the ptd4/t1ch0?ptd5/t1ch1 pi ns are timer channel i/o pins or general-purpose i/o pins. see section 18. timer interface module (tim) . spsck ? spi serial clock the ptd3/spsck pin is the serial cloc k input of the spi module. when the spe bit is clear, the ptd3/spsck pin is available for general-purpose i/o. mosi ? master out/slave in the ptd2/mosi pin is the master out/sla ve in terminal of the spi module. when the spe bit is clear, the ptd2/mosi pin is available for general-purpose i/o. miso ? master in/slave out the ptd1/miso pin is the master in/sla ve out terminal of the spi module. when the spi enable bit, spe, is clear, the spi module is disabled, and the ptd0/ss pin is available for general-purpose i/o. data direction register d (ddrd) does not a ffect the data direction of port d pins that are being used by the spi module. however, the ddrd bits always determine whether reading port d returns the states of the latches or the states of the pins. see table 12-5 . ss ? slave select the ptd0/ss pin is the slave select input of the spi module. when the spe bit is clear, or when the spi master bit, spmstr, is set, the ptd0/ss pin is available for general-pur pose i/o. when the spi is enabled, the ddrb0 bit in data direction register b (ddrb ) has no effect on the ptd0/ss pin. 12.5.2 data direction register d data direction register d (ddrd) determ ines whether each port d pin is an input or an output. writing a logic 1 to a ddrd bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port d pin; a logic 0 disables the output buffer. address: $0007 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ddrd7 ddrd6 ddrd5 ddrd4 ddrd3 ddrd2 ddrd1 ddrd0 write: reset:00000000 figure 12-14. data direction register d (ddrd) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 140 input/output ports (ports) motorola ddrd7?ddrd0 ? data direction register d bits these read/write bits control port d data direction. reset clears ddrd7?ddrd0, configuring al l port d pins as inputs. 1 = corresponding port d pin configured as output 0 = corresponding port d pin configured as input note: avoid glitches on port d pins by writi ng to the port d data register before changing data direction register d bits from 0 to 1. figure 12-15 shows the port d i/o logic. figure 12-15. port d i/o circuit when bit ddrdx is a logic 1, reading add ress $0003 reads the ptdx data latch. when bit ddrdx is a logic 0, reading add ress $0003 reads the voltage level on the pin. the data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. table 12-5 summarizes the operation of the port d pins. read ddrd ($0007) write ddrd ($0007) reset write ptd ($0003) read ptd ($0003) ptdx ddrdx ptdx internal data bus vdd internal ptdpuex pullup device table 12-5. port d pin functions ptdpue bit ddrd bit ptd bit i/o pin mode accesses to ddrd accesses to ptd read/write read write 10 x (1) input, v dd (2) ddrd7?ddrd0 pin ptd7?ptd0 (3) 00x input, hi-z (4) ddrd7?ddrd0 pin ptd7?ptd0 (3) x 1 x output ddrd7?ddrd0 ptd7?ptd0 ptd7?ptd0 1. x = don?t care 2. i/o pin pulled up to v dd by internal pullup device. 3. writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. hi-z = high imp[edance f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port e mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 141 12.5.3 port d input pullup enable register the port d input pullup enable register (p tdpue) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the eight port d pi ns. each bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register, ddrd, bit be configured as an input. each pullup is automatica lly and dynamicall y disabled when a port bit?s ddrd is configured for output mode. ptdpue7?ptdpue0 ? port d input pullup enable bits these writable bits are software pr ogrammable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = corresponding port d pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = corresponding port d pin has internal pullup disconnected 12.6 port e port e is a 6-bit special-function port that shares two of its pins with the enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module. 12.6.1 port e data register the port e data register contains a data latch for each of the six port e pins. pte5?pte0 ? port e data bits these read/write bits are software-programmable. data direction of each port e pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register e. reset has no effect on port e data. address: $000f bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bit 0 read: ptdpue7 ptdpue6 ptdpue5 ptdpue4 ptdpue3 ptdpue2 ptdpue1 ptdpue0 write: reset:00000000 figure 12-16. port d input pullup enable register (ptdpue) address: $0008 bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 0 pte5 pte4 pte3 pte2 pte1 pte0 write: reset: unaffected by reset alternate function: rxd txd = unimplemented figure 12-17. port e data register (pte) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 142 input/output ports (ports) motorola note: data direction register e (ddre) does not af fect the data direction of port e pins that are being used by the esci module. however, the ddre bits always determine whether reading port e returns the states of the latches or the states of the pins. see table 12-6 . rxd ? sci receive data input the pte1/rxd pin is the receive data input for the esci module. when the enable sci bit, ensci, is clear, the esci module is disabled, and the pte1/rxd pin is available for general-purpose i/o. see section 14. enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module . txd ? sci transmit data output the pte0/txd pin is the transmit data output for the esci module. when the enable sci bit, ensci, is clear, the esci module is disabled, and the pte0/txd pin is available for general-purpose i/o. see section 14. enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module . 12.6.2 data direction register e data direction register e (ddre) determines whether each port e pin is an input or an output. writing a logic 1 to a ddre bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port e pin; a logic 0 disables the output buffer. ddre5?ddre0 ? data direction register e bits these read/write bits control port e data direction. reset clears ddre5?ddre0, configuring all port e pins as inputs. 1 = corresponding port e pin configured as output 0 = corresponding port e pin configured as input note: avoid glitches on port e pins by writing to the port e data register before changing data direction register e bits from 0 to 1. figure 12-19 shows the port e i/o logic. address: $000c bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 0 ddre5 ddre4 ddre3 ddre2 ddre1 ddre0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 12-18. data direction register e (ddre) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) port e mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola input/output ports (ports) 143 figure 12-19. port e i/o circuit when bit ddrex is a logic 1, reading add ress $0008 reads the ptex data latch. when bit ddrex is a logic 0, reading address $0008 reads the voltage level on the pin. the data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. table 12-6 summarizes the operation of the port e pins. table 12-6. port e pin functions ddre bit pte bit i/o pin mode accesses to ddre accesses to pte read/write read write 0 x (1) 1. x = don?t care input, hi-z (2) 2. hi-z = high impedance ddre5?ddre0 pin pte5?pte0 (3) 3. writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 1 x output ddre5?ddre0 pte5?pte0 pte5?pte0 read ddre ($000c) write ddre ($000c) reset write pte ($0008) read pte ($0008) ptex ddrex ptex internal data bus f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . input/output ports (ports) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 144 input/output ports (ports) motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 145 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 13. resets and interrupts 13.1 introduction resets and interrupts are responses to exceptional events during program execution. a reset re-initializes the micr ocontroller (mcu) to its startup condition. an interrupt vectors the program counter to a service routine. 13.2 resets a reset immediately returns the mcu to a known startup condition and begins program execution from a user-defined memory location. 13.2.1 effects a reset: immediately stops the operation of the instruction being executed initializes certain control and status bits loads the program counter with a user-defined reset vector address from locations $fffe and $ffff selects cgmxclk divided by four as the bus clock 13.2.2 external reset a logic 0 applied to the rst pin for a time, t rl , generates an external reset. an external reset sets the pin bit in the sy stem integration module (sim) reset status register. 13.2.3 internal reset sources: power-on reset (por) computer operating properly (cop) low-power reset circuits illegal opcode illegal address all internal reset sources pull the rst pin low for 32 cgmxclk cycles to allow resetting of external devices. the mcu is held in reset for an additional 32 cgmxclk cycles after releasing the rst pin. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 146 resets and interrupts motorola 13.2.3.1 powe r-on reset (por) a power-on reset (por) is an internal reset caused by a positive transition on the v dd pin. v dd at the por must go below v por to reset the mcu. this distinguishes between a reset and a por. the por is not a brown-out detector, low-voltage detector, or glitch detector. a power-on reset: holds the clocks to the central proc essor unit (cpu) and modules inactive for an oscillator stabilization delay of 4096 cgmxclk cycles drives the rst pin low during the oscillator stabilization delay releases the rst pin 32 cgmxclk cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay releases the cpu to begin the reset vector sequence 64 cgmxclk cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay sets the por and lvi bits in the sim reset status register and clears all other bits in the register figure 13-1. power-on reset recovery 13.2.3.2 computer operating properly (cop) reset a computer operating properly (cop) reset is an internal reset caused by an overflow of the cop counter. a cop reset sets the cop bit in the sim reset status register. to clear the cop counter and prevent a cop reset, write any value to the cop control register at location $ffff. porrst (1) osc1 cgmxclk cgmout rst pin 4096 cycles 32 cycles 1. porrst is an internally generated power-on reset pulse. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts resets mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 147 13.2.3.3 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset a low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset is an internal reset caused by a drop in the power supply voltage to the lvi tripf voltage. an lvi reset: holds the clocks to the cpu and m odules inactive for an oscillator stabilization delay of 4096 cgmxclk cycles after the power supply voltage rises to the lvi tripr voltage drives the rst pin low for as long as v dd is below the lvi tripr voltage and during the oscillator stabilization delay releases the rst pin 32 cgmxclk cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay releases the cpu to begin the reset vector sequence 64 cgmxclk cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay sets the lvi bit in the sim reset status register 13.2.3.4 illegal opcode reset an illegal opcode reset is an internal reset caused by an opcode that is not in the instruction set. an illegal opcode reset sets the ilop bit in the sim reset status register. if the stop enable bit, stop, in the mask option register is a logic 0, the stop instruction causes an illegal opcode reset. 13.2.3.5 illegal address reset an illegal address reset is an internal reset caused by opcode fetch from an unmapped address. an illegal address rese t sets the ilad bit in the sim reset status register. a data fetch from an unmapped address does not generate a reset. 13.2.4 system integration module (sim) reset status register this read-only register contains flags to show reset sources. all flag bits are automatically cleared following a read of t he register. reset service can read the sim reset status register to clear the register after power-on reset and to determine the source of any subsequent reset. the register is initialized on power-up as shown with the por bit set and all other bits cleared. during a por or any other internal reset, the rst pin is pulled low. after the pin is released, it will be sampl ed 32 cgmxclk cycles later. if the pin is not above a v ih at that time, then the pin bit in the srsr may be set in addition to whatever other bits are set. note: only a read of the sim reset status regist er clears all reset flags. after multiple resets from different sources without reading the register, multiple flags remain set. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 148 resets and interrupts motorola por ? power-on reset flag 1 = power-on reset since last read of srsr 0 = read of srsr since last power-on reset pin ? external reset flag 1 = external reset via rst pin since last read of srsr 0 = por or read of srsr since last external reset cop ? computer operating properly reset bit 1 = last reset caused by timeout of cop counter 0 = por or read of srsr since any reset ilop ? illegal opcode reset bit 1 = last reset caused by an illegal opcode 0 = por or read of srsr since any reset ilad ? illegal address reset bit 1 = last reset caused by an opcode fetch from an illegal address 0 = por or read of srsr since any reset modrst ? monitor mode entry module reset bit 1 = last reset caused by forced monitor mode entry. 0 = por or read of srsr since any reset lvi ? low-voltage inhibit reset bit 1 = last reset caused by low-power supply voltage 0 = por or read of srsr since any reset address: $fe01 bit 7654321bit 0 read: por pin cop ilop ilad modrst lvi 0 write: por:10000000 = unimplemented figure 13-2. sim reset status register (srsr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 149 13.3 interrupts an interrupt temporarily changes the sequen ce of program execution to respond to a particular event. an interrupt does no t stop the operation of the instruction being executed, but begins when the current instruction completes its operation. 13.3.1 effects an interrupt: saves the cpu registers on the stack. at the end of the interrupt, the rti instruction recovers the cpu registers from the stack so that normal processing can resume. sets the interrupt mask (i bit) to prevent additional interrupts. once an interrupt is latched, no other interrupt can take precedence, regardless of its priority. loads the program counter with a user-defined vector address figure 13-3. interrupt stacking order condition code register accumulator index register (low byte) (1) program counter (high byte) program counter (low byte) 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 stacking order 1. high byte of index register is not stacked. $00ff default address on reset unstacking order f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 150 resets and interrupts motorola after every instruction, the cpu checks al l pending interrupts if the i bit is not set. if more than one interrupt is pending when an instruction is done, the highest priority interrupt is serviced first. in the example shown in figure 13-4 , if an interrupt is pending upon exit from the interrupt service routine, the pending interrupt is serviced before the lda instruction is executed. figure 13-4 . interrupt recognition example the lda opcode is prefetched by both the int1 and int2 rti instructions. however, in the case of the int1 rti prefetch, this is a redundant operation. note: to maintain compatibility with the m6805 family, the h register is not pushed on the stack during interrupt entry. if the interrupt service routine modifies the h register or uses the indexed addressing mode, save the h register and then restore it prior to exiting the routine. see figure 13-5 for a flowchart depicting interrupt processing. 13.3.2 sources the sources in table 13-1 can generate cpu interrupt requests. cli lda int1 pulh rti int2 background #$ff pshh int1 interrupt service routine pulh rti pshh int2 interrupt service routine routine f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 151 figure 13-5. interrupt processing no no no yes no no yes no yes yes from reset break i bit set? irq interrupt cgm interrupt fetch next instruction unstack cpu registers stack cpu registers set i bit load pc with interrupt vector execute instruction yes yes i bit set? interrupt yes other interrupts no swi instruction rti instruction ? ? ? ? ? ? f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 152 resets and interrupts motorola 13.3.2.1 software interrupt (swi) instruction the software interrupt (swi) instruction causes a non-maskable interrupt. note: a software interrupt pushes pc onto the stack. an swi does not push pc ? 1, as a hardware interrupt does. table 13-1. interrupt sources source flag mask (1) int register flag priority (2) vector address reset none none none 0 $fffe ? $ffff swi instruction none none none 0 $fffc ? $fffd irq pin irqf imask1 if1 1 $fffa ? $fffb cgm change in lock pllf pllie if2 2 $fff8?$fff9 tim1 channel 0 ch0f ch0ie if3 3 $fff6?$fff7 tim1 channel 1 ch1f ch1ie if4 4 $fff4?$fff5 tim1 overflow tof toie if5 5 $fff2?$fff3 tim2 channel 0 ch0f ch0ie if6 6 $fff0?$fff1 tim2 channel 1 ch1f ch1ie if7 7 $ffee?$ffef tim2 overflow tof toie if8 8 $ffec?$ffed spi receiver full sprf sprie if9 9 $ffea?$ffeb spi overflow ovrf errie spi mode fault modf errie spi transmitter empty spt e sptie if10 10 $ffe8?$ffe9 sci receiver overrun or orie if11 11 $ffe6?$ffe7 sci noise flag nf neie sci framing error fe feie sci parity error pe peie sci receiver full scrf scrie if12 12 $ffe4?$ffe5 sci input idle idle ilie sci transmitter empty scte sctie if13 13 $ffe2?$ffe3 sci transmission complete tc tcie keyboard pin keyf imaskk if14 14 $ffe0?$ffe1 adc conversion complete coco aien if15 15 $ffde?$ffdf timebase tbif tbie if16 16 $ffdc?$ffdd 1. the i bit in the condition code register is a global mask for all interrupt sources except the swi instruction. 2. 0 = highest priority f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 153 13.3.2.2 break interrupt the break module causes the cpu to execute an swi instruction at a software-programmable break point. 13.3.2.3 irq pin a logic 0 on the irq pin latches an external interrupt request. 13.3.2.4 clock generator (cgm) the cgm can generate a cpu interrupt request every time the phase-locked loop circuit (pll) enters or leaves the locked state. when the lock bit changes state, the pll flag (pllf) is set. the pll interrupt enable bit (pllie) enables pllf cpu interrupt requests. lock is in the pll bandwidth control register. pllf is in the pll control register. 13.3.2.5 timer interface module 1 (tim1) tim1 cpu interrupt sources: tim1 overflow flag (tof) ? the tof bi t is set when the tim1 counter value rolls over to $0000 after matching the value in the tim1 counter modulo registers. the tim1 overflow interrupt enable bit, toie, enables tim1 overflow cpu interrupt requests. tof and toie are in the tim1 status and control register. tim1 channel flags (ch1f?ch0f) ? the chxf bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. the channel x interrupt enable bit, chxie, enables channel x tim1 cpu interrupt requests. chxf and chxie are in the tim1 channel x status and control register. 13.3.2.6 timer interface module 2 (tim2) tim2 cpu interrupt sources: tim2 overflow flag (tof) ? the tof bi t is set when the tim2 counter value rolls over to $0000 after matching the value in the tim2 counter modulo registers. the tim2 overflow interrupt enable bit, toie, enables tim2 overflow cpu interrupt requests. tof and toie are in the tim2 status and control register. tim2 channel flags (ch1f?ch0f) ? the chxf bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. the channel x interrupt enable bit, chxie, enables channel x tim2 cpu interrupt requests. chxf and chxie are in the tim2 channel x status and control register. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 154 resets and interrupts motorola 13.3.2.7 serial peri pheral interface (spi) spi cpu interrupt sources: spi receiver full bit (sprf) ? the sprf bit is set every time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. the spi receiver interrupt enable bit, sprie, enables sprf cpu interrupt requests. sprf is in the spi status and control register and sprie is in the spi control register. spi transmitter empty (spte) ? the spte bit is set every time a byte transfers from the transmit data regi ster to the shift register. the spi transmit interrupt enable bit, sptie, enables spte cpu interrupt requests. spte is in the spi status and control register and sptie is in the spi control register. mode fault bit (modf) ? the modf bit is set in a slave spi if the ss pin goes high during a transmission with the mode fault enable bit (modfen) set. in a master spi, the modf bit is set if the ss pin goes low at any time with the modfen bit set. the error interrupt enable bit, errie, enables modf cpu interrupt requests. modf, modfen, and errie are in the spi status and control register. overflow bit (ovrf) ? the ovrf bit is set if software does not read the byte in the receive data register before the next full byte enters the shift register. the error interrupt enable bit, errie, enables ovrf cpu interrupt requests. ovrf and errie are in the spi status and control register. 13.3.2.8 serial communications interface (sci) sci cpu interrupt sources: sci transmitter empty bit (scte) ? scte is set when the sci data register transfers a character to the transmit shi ft register. the sci transmit interrupt enable bit, sctie, enables transmitter cpu interrupt requests. scte is in sci status register 1. sctie is in sci control register 2. transmission complete bit (tc) ? tc is set when the transmit shift register and the sci data register are empty and no break or idle character has been generated. the transmission complete interrupt enable bit, tcie, enables transmitter cpu interrupt requests. tc is in sci status register 1. tcie is in sci control register 2. sci receiver full bit (scrf) ? scrf is set when the receive shift register transfers a character to the sci data register. the sci receive interrupt enable bit, scrie, enables receiver cpu interrupts. scrf is in sci status register 1. scrie is in sci control register 2. idle input bit (idle) ? idle is set when 10 or 11 consecutive logic 1s shift in from the rxd pin. the idle line interrupt enable bit, ilie, enables idle cpu interrupt requests. idle is in sci status register 1. ilie is in sci control register 2. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 155 receiver overrun bit (or) ? or is set when the receive shift register shifts in a new character before the previous character was read from the sci data register. the overrun interrupt enable bit, orie, enables or to generate sci error cpu interrupt requests. or is in sci status register 1. orie is in sci control register 3. noise flag (nf) ? nf is set when the sci detects noise on incoming data or break characters, including start, data, and stop bits. the noise error interrupt enable bit, neie, enables nf to generate sci error cpu interrupt requests. nf is in sci status register 1. neie is in sci control register 3. framing error bit (fe) ? fe is set w hen a logic 0 occurs where the receiver expects a stop bit. the framing error interrupt enable bit, feie, enables fe to generate sci error cpu interrupt requests. fe is in sci status register 1. feie is in sci control register 3. parity error bit (pe) ? pe is set when the sci detects a parity error in incoming data. the parity error interrupt enable bit, peie, enables pe to generate sci error cpu interrupt requests. pe is in sci status register 1. peie is in sci control register 3. 13.3.2.9 kbd0 ?kbd7 pins a logic 0 on a keyboard interrupt pin latches an external interrupt request. 13.3.2.10 analog-to-digital converter (adc) when the aien bit is set, the adc module is capable of generating a cpu interrupt after each adc conversion. the coco bit is not used as a conversion complete flag when interrupts are enabled. 13.3.2.11 timebase module (tbm) the timebase module can interrupt the cpu on a regular basis with a rate defined by tbr2?tbr0. when the timebase counter chain rolls over, the tbif flag is set. if the tbie bit is set, enabling the timebase interrupt, the counter chain overflow will generate a cpu interrupt request. interrupts must be acknowledged by writing a logic 1 to the tack bit. 13.3.3 interrupt status registers the flags in the interrupt status registers identify maskable interrupt sources. table 13-2 summarizes the interrupt sources and the interrupt status register flags that they set. the interrupt status registers can be useful for debugging. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 156 resets and interrupts motorola 13.3.3.1 interrupt status register 1 if6?if1 ? interrupt flags 6?1 these flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in table 13-2 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present bit 1 and bit 0 ? always read 0 table 13-2. interrupt source flags interrupt source interrupt status register flag reset ? swi instruction ? irq pin if1 cgm change of lock if2 tim1 channel 0 if3 tim1 channel 1 if4 tim1 overflow if5 tim2 channel 0 if6 reserved if7 tim2 overflow if8 spi receive if9 spi transmit if10 sci error if11 sci receive if12 sci transmit if13 keyboard if14 adc conversion complete if15 timebase if16 address: $fe04 bit 7654321bit 0 read: if6 if5 if4 if3 if2 if1 0 0 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r = reserved figure 13-6. interrupt status register 1 (int1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola resets and interrupts 157 13.3.3.2 interrupt status register 2 if14?if7 ? interrupt flags 14?7 these flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in table 13-2 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present 13.3.3.3 interrupt status register 3 if20?if15 ? interrupt flags 20?15 this flag indicates the presence of an interrupt request from the source shown in table 13-2 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present bits 7?6 ? always read 0 address: $fe05 bit 7654321bit 0 read: if14 if13 if12 if11 if10 if9 if8 if7 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r = reserved figure 13-7. interrupt status register 2 (int2) address: $fe06 bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 0 if20 if19 if18 if17 if16 if15 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r = reserved figure 13-8. interrupt status register 3 (int3) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . resets and interrupts data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 158 resets and interrupts motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 159 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 14. enhanced serial commu nications interface (esci) module 14.1 introduction the enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module allows asynchronous communications with peripheral devices and other microcontroller units (mcu). 14.2 features features include: full-duplex operation standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (nrz) format programmable baud rates programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length separately enabled transmitter and receiver separate receiver and transmitter central processor unit (cpu) interrupt requests programmable transmitter output polarity two receiver wakeup methods: ? idle line wakeup ? address mark wakeup interrupt-driven operation with eight interrupt flags: ? transmitter empty ? transmission complete ? receiver full ? idle receiver input ? receiver overrun ? noise error ? framing error ? parity error receiver framing error detection hardware parity checking 1/16 bit-time noise detection f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 160 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola enhanced serial communi cations interface (esci) figure 14-1. block diagram highlighting esci block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module pin name conventions mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 161 14.3 pin name conventions the generic names of the esci input/output (i/o) pins are: rxd (receive data) txd (transmit data) esci i/o lines are implemented by sharing parallel i/o port pins. the full name of an esci input or output reflects the name of the shared port pin. table 14-1 shows the full names and the generic names of t he esci i/o pins. the generic pin names appear in the text of this section. 14.4 functional description figure 14-2 shows the structure of the esci module. the esci allows full-duplex, asynchronous, nrz serial communication between the mcu and remote devices, including other mcus. the transmitter and receiver of the esci operate independently, although they use the same baud rate generator. during normal operation, the cpu monitors the status of the esci, writes the data to be transmitted, and processes received data. the baud rate clock source for the esci can be selected via the configuration bit, scibdsrc, of the config2 register ($001e). for reference, a summary of the esci module input/output registers is provided in figure 14-3 . table 14-1. pin name conventions generic pin names rxd txd full pin names pte1/rxd pte0/txd f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 162 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola figure 14-2. esci module block diagram scte tc scrf idle or nf fe pe sctie tcie scrie ilie te re rwu sbk r8 t8 orie feie peie bkf rpf esci data receive shift register esci data register transmit shift register neie m wake ilty flag control transmit control receive control data selection control wakeup pty pen register transmitter interrupt control receiver interrupt control error interrupt control control ensci loops ensci internal bus txinv loops 4 16 pre- scaler baud rate generator bus clock rxd txd arbiter- sci_txd rxd linr lint cgmxclk escibdsrc from config2 sl sl=1 -> sci_clk = busclk sl=0 -> sci_clk = cgmxclk (4x busclk) sci_clk bus_clk aclk bit in sciactl sl enhanced prescaler f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 163 addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0009 esci prescaler register (scpsc) see page 187. read: pds2 pds1 pds0 pssb4 pssb3 pssb2 pssb1 pssb0 write: reset:00000000 $000a esci arbiter control register (sciactl) see page 191. read: am1 alost am0 aclk afin arun arovfl ard8 write: reset:00000000 $000b esci arbiter data register (sciadat) see page 192. read: ard7 ard6 ard5 ard4 ard3 ard2 ard1 ard0 write: reset:00000000 $0013 esci control register 1 (scc1) see page 176. read: loops ensci txinv m wake ilty pen pty write: reset:00000000 $0014 esci control register 2 (scc2) see page 178. read: sctie tcie scrie ilie te re rwu sbk write: reset:00000000 $0015 esci control register 3 (scc3) see page 180. read: r8 t8 r r orie neie feie peie write: reset:u0000000 $0016 esci status register 1 (scs1) see page 181. read: scte tc scrf idle or nf fe pe write: reset:11000000 $0017 esci status register 2 (scs2) see page 184. read:000000bkfrpf write: reset:00000000 $0018 esci data register (scdr) see page 185. read: r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset $0019 esci baud rate register (scbr) see page 185. read: lint linr scp1 scp0 r scr2 scr1 scr0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 14-3. esci i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 164 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.4.1 data format the sci uses the standard non-return-to-zero mark/space data format illustrated in figure 14-4 . figure 14-4. sci data formats 14.4.2 transmitter figure 14-5 shows the structure of the sci transmitter and the registers are summarized in figure 14-3 . the baud rate clock source for the esci can be selected via the configuration bit, scibdsrc. 14.4.2.1 character length the transmitter can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data. the state of the m bit in esci control register 1 (scc1) determines character length. when transmitting 9-bit data, bit t8 in esci control regist er 3 (scc3) is the ninth bit (bit 8). 14.4.2.2 character transmission during an esci transmission, the transmit shi ft register shifts a character out to the txd pin. the esci data register (scdr) is the write-only buffer between the internal data bus and the transmit shift register. to initiate an esci transmission: 1. enable the esci by writing a logic 1 to the enable esci bit (ensci) in esci control register 1 (scc1). 2. enable the transmitter by writing a l ogic 1 to the transmitter enable bit (te) in esci control register 2 (scc2). 3. clear the esci transmitter empty bit (scte) by first reading esci status register 1 (scs1) and then writing to the scdr. for 9-bit data, also write the t8 bit in scc3. 4. repeat step 3 for each subsequent transmission. bit 5 bit 0 bit 1 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 6 bit 7 parity or data bit parity or data bit next start bit next start bit stop bit stop bit 8-bit data format (bit m in scc1 clear) 9-bit data format (bit m in scc1 set) start bit start bit f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 165 figure 14-5. esci transmitter at the start of a transmission, transmitte r control logic automatically loads the transmit shift register with a preamble of logic 1s. after the preamble shifts out, control logic transfers the s cdr data into the transmit shift register. a logic 0 start bit automatically goes into the least signifi cant bit (lsb) position of the transmit shift register. a logic 1 stop bit goes into the most significant bit (msb) position. the esci transmitter empty bit, scte, in scs1 becomes set when the scdr transfers a byte to the transmit shift register. the scte bit indicates that the scdr can accept new data from the internal data bus. if the esci transmit interrupt enable bit, sctie, in scc2 is also set, the scte bit generates a transmitter cpu interrupt request. when the transmit shift register is not trans mitting a character, the txd pin goes to the idle condition, logic 1. if at any time software clears the ensci bit in esci control register 1 (scc1), the transmitte r and receiver relinquish control of the port e pins. pen pty h876543210l 11-bit transmit stop start t8 scte sctie tcie sbk tc bus clock parity generation msb esci data register load from scdr shift enable preamble (all ones) break (all zeros) transmitter control logic shift register tc sctie tcie scte transmitter cpu interrupt request m ensci loops te txinv internal bus 4 pre- scaler scp1 scp0 scr2 scr1 scr0 baud divider 16 sci_txd pre- scaler pds1 pds2 pds0 pssb3 pssb4 pssb2 pssb1 pssb0 lint f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 166 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.4.2.3 break characters writing a logic 1 to the send break bit, sbk, in scc2 loads the transmit shift register with a break character. for txinv = 0 (output not inverted), a transmitted break character contains all logic 0s and has no start, stop, or parity bit. break character length depends on the m bit in s cc1 and the linr bits in scbr. as long as sbk is at logic 1, transmitter logic c ontinuously loads break characters into the transmit shift register. after software clears the sbk bit, the shift register finishes transmitting the last break character and then transmits at least one logic 1. the automatic logic 1 at the end of a break c haracter guarantees the recognition of the start bit of the next character. when linr is cleared in scbr, the esci recognizes a break character when a start bit is followed by eight or nine logic 0 data bits and a logic 0 where the stop bit should be, resulting in a total of 10 or 11 consecutive logic 0 data bits. when linr is set in scbr, the esci recognizes a brea k character when a start bit is followed by 9 or 10 logic 0 data bits and a logic 0 where the stop bit should be, resulting in a total of 11 or 12 consecutive logic 0 data bits. receiving a break character has these effects on esci registers: sets the framing error bit (fe) in scs1 sets the esci receiver full bit (scrf) in scs1 clears the esci data register (scdr) clears the r8 bit in scc3 sets the break flag bit (bkf) in scs2 may set the overrun (or), noise flag (nf), parity error (pe), or reception in progress flag (rpf) bits 14.4.2.4 idle characters for txinv = 0 (output not inverted), a transmitted idle character contains all logic 1s and has no start, stop, or parity bit. idle character length depends on the m bit in scc1. the preamble is a synchronizi ng idle character that begins every transmission. if the te bit is cleared during a transmi ssion, the txd pin becomes idle after completion of the transmission in progre ss. clearing and then setting the te bit during a transmission queues an idle charac ter to be sent after the character currently being transmitted. note: when a break sequence is followed immediat ely by an idle character, this sci design exhibits a condition in which the break character length is reduced by one half bit time. in this instance, the break sequence will consist of a valid start bit, eight or nine data bits (as defined by the m bit in scc1) of logic 0 and one half data bit length of logic 0 in the stop bit position followed immediately by the idle character. to ensure a break character of the proper length is transmitted, always queue up a byte of data to be transmitted while the final break sequence is in progress. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 167 when queueing an idle character, return the te bit to logic 1 before the stop bit of the current character shifts out to the txd pin. setting te after the stop bit appears on txd causes data previously written to the scdr to be lost. a good time to toggle the te bit for a queued idle character is when the scte bit becomes set and just before writing the next byte to the scdr. 14.4.2.5 inversion of transmitted output the transmit inversion bit (txinv) in esci control register 1 (scc1) reverses the polarity of transmitted data. all transmitted values including idle, break, start, and stop bits, are inverted when txinv is at logic 1. see 14.8.1 esci control register 1 . 14.4.2.6 transmitter interrupts these conditions can generate cpu interrupt requests from the esci transmitter: esci transmitter empty (scte) ? the sc te bit in scs1 indicates that the scdr has transferred a character to t he transmit shift register. scte can generate a transmitter cpu interrupt request. setting the esci transmit interrupt enable bit, sctie, in scc2 enables the scte bit to generate transmitter cpu interrupt requests. transmission complete (tc) ? the tc bit in scs1 indicates that the transmit shift register and the scdr are empty and that no break or idle character has been generated. the tr ansmission complete interrupt enable bit, tcie, in scc2 enables the tc bit to generate transmitter cpu interrupt requests. 14.4.3 receiver figure 14-6 shows the structure of the esci receiver. the receiver i/o registers are summarized in figure 14-3 . 14.4.3.1 character length the receiver can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data. the state of the m bit in esci control register 1 (scc1) determines character length. when receiving 9-bit data, bit r8 in esci control register 3 (scc3) is the ninth bit (bit 8). when receiving 8-bit data, bit r8 is a copy of the eighth bit (bit 7). f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 168 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola figure 14-6. esci receiver block diagram all ones all zeros m wake ilty pen pty bkf rpf h876543210l 11-bit receive shift register stop start data recovery or orie nf neie fe feie pe peie scrie scrf ilie idle wakeup logic parity checking msb error cpu cpu interrupt esci data register r8 scrie ilie rwu scrf idle internal bus pre- scaler baud divider 4 16 scp1 scp0 scr2 scr1 scr0 rxd bus clock pre- scaler pds1 pds2 pds0 pssb3 pssb4 pssb2 pssb1 pssb0 linr request interrupt request orie neie feie peie or nf fe pe f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 169 14.4.3.2 character reception during an esci reception, the receive shift register shifts characters in from the rxd pin. the esci data register (scdr) is the read-only buffer between the internal data bus and the receive shift register. after a complete character shifts into the receive shift register, the data portion of the character transfers to the scdr. the esci receiver full bit, scrf, in esci status register 1 (scs1) becomes set, indicating that the received byte can be read. if the esci receive interrupt enable bit, scrie, in scc2 is also set, the scrf bit generates a receiver cpu interrupt request. 14.4.3.3 data sampling the receiver samples the rxd pin at the rt clock rate. the rt clock is an internal signal with a frequency 16 times the baud rate. to adjust for baud rate mismatch, the rt clock is resynchronized at these times (see figure 14-7 ): after every start bit after the receiver detects a data bit change from logic 1 to logic 0 (after the majority of data bit samples at rt8, rt9, and rt10 returns a valid logic 1 and the majority of the next rt8, rt9, and rt10 samples returns a valid logic 0) to locate the start bit, data recovery logic does an asynchronous search for a logic 0 preceded by three logic 1s. when the falling edge of a possible start bit occurs, the rt clock begins to count to 16. figure 14-7. receiver data sampling to verify the start bit and to detect noise, data recovery logic takes samples at rt3, rt5, and rt7. table 14-2 summarizes the results of the start bit verification samples. rt clock reset rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt1 rt2 rt3 rt4 rt5 rt8 rt7 rt6 rt11 rt10 rt9 rt15 rt14 rt13 rt12 rt16 rt1 rt2 rt3 rt4 start bit qualification start bit verification data sampling samples rt clock rt clock state start bit lsb rxd f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 170 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola if start bit verification is no t successful, the rt clock is reset and a new search for a start bit begins. to determine the value of a data bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at rt8, rt9, and rt10. table 14-3 summarizes the results of the data bit samples. note: the rt8, rt9, and rt10 samples do not affect start bit verification. if any or all of the rt8, rt9, and rt10 start bit samples are logic 1s following a successful start bit verification, the noise flag (nf) is set and the receiver assumes that the bit is a start bit. to verify a stop bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at rt8, rt9, and rt10. table 14-4 summarizes the results of the stop bit samples. table 14-2. start bit verification rt3, rt5, and rt7 samples sta rt bit verification noise flag 000 yes 0 001 yes 1 010 yes 1 011 no 0 100 yes 1 101 no 0 110 no 0 111 no 0 table 14-3. data bit recovery rt8, rt9, and rt10 samples d ata bit determination noise flag 000 0 0 001 0 1 010 0 1 011 1 1 100 0 1 101 1 1 110 1 1 111 1 0 table 14-4. stop bit recovery rt8, rt9, and rt10 samples f raming error flag noise flag 000 1 0 001 1 1 010 1 1 011 0 1 100 1 1 101 0 1 110 0 1 111 0 0 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 171 14.4.3.4 framing errors if the data recovery logic does not detect a logic 1 where the stop bit should be in an incoming character, it sets the framin g error bit, fe, in scs1. a break character also sets the fe bit because a break character has no stop bit. the fe bit is set at the same time that the scrf bit is set. 14.4.3.5 baud rate tolerance a transmitting device may be operating at a baud rate below or above the receiver baud rate. accumulated bit time misalignment can cause one of the three stop bit data samples to fall outside the actual stop bit. then a noise error occurs. if more than one of the samples is outside the stop bit, a framing error occurs. in most applications, the baud rate tolerance is much more than the degree of misalignment that is likely to occur. as the receiver samples an incoming character, it resynchronizes the rt clock on any valid falling edge within the character. resynchronization within characters corrects misalignments between transmitter bit times and receiver bit times. slow data tolerance figure 14-8 shows how much a slow receiv ed character can be misaligned without causing a noise error or a framing error. the slow stop bit begins at rt8 instead of rt1 but arrives in time for the stop bit data samples at rt8, rt9, and rt10. figure 14-8. slow data for an 8-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 9 bit times 16 rt cycles + 10 rt cycles = 154 rt cycles. with the misaligned character shown in figure 14-8 , the receiver counts 154 rt cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 9 bit times 16 rt cycles + 3 rt cycles = 147 rt cycles. the maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 8-bit character with no errors is: for a 9-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 10 bit times 16 rt cycles + 10 rt cycles = 170 rt cycles. msb stop rt1 rt2 rt3 rt4 rt5 rt6 rt7 rt8 rt9 rt10 rt11 rt12 rt13 rt14 rt15 rt16 data samples receiver rt clock 154 147 ? 154 ------------------------- - 100 4.54% = f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 172 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola with the misaligned character shown in figure 14-8 , the receiver counts 170 rt cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times 16 rt cycles + 3 rt cycles = 163 rt cycles. the maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 9-bit character with no errors is: fast data tolerance figure 14-9 shows how much a fast receiv ed character can be misaligned without causing a noise error or a framing error. the fast stop bit ends at rt10 instead of rt16 but is still there for the stop bit data samples at rt8, rt9, and rt10. figure 14-9. fast data for an 8-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 9bittimes 16 rt cycles + 10 rt cycles = 154 rt cycles. with the misaligned character shown in figure 14-9 , the receiver counts 154 rt cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times 16 rt cycles = 160 rt cycles. the maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 8-bit character with no errors is for a 9-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 10 bit times 16 rt cycles + 10 rt cycles = 170 rt cycles. with the misaligned character shown in figure 14-9 , the receiver counts 170 rt cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 11 bit times 16 rt cycles = 176 rt cycles. the maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 9-bi t character with no errors is: 170 163 ? 170 ------------------------- - 100 4.12% = idle or next character stop rt1 rt2 rt3 rt4 rt5 rt6 rt7 rt8 rt9 rt10 rt11 rt12 rt13 rt14 rt15 rt16 data samples receiver rt clock 154 160 ? 154 ------------------------- - 100 3.90%. = 170 176 ? 170 ------------------------- - 100 3.53%. = f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 173 14.4.3.6 receiver wakeup so that the mcu can ignore transmissions intended only for other receivers in multiple-receiver systems, the receiver can be put into a standby state. setting the receiver wakeup bit, rwu, in scc2 puts the receiver into a standby state during which receiver interrupts are disabled. depending on the state of the wake bit in scc1, either of tw o conditions on the rxd pin can bring the receiver out of the standby state: 1. address mark ? an address mark is a logic 1 in the msb position of a received character. when the wake bit is set, an address mark wakes the receiver from the standby state by clearing the rwu bit. the address mark also sets the esci receiver full bit, scrf. software can then compare the character containing the address mark to the user-defined address of the receiver. if they are the same, the receiver remains awake and processes the characters that follow. if they are not the same, software can set the rwu bit and put the receiver back into the standby state. 2. idle input line condition ? when the wake bit is clear, an idle character on the rxd pin wakes the receiver from the standby state by clearing the rwu bit. the idle character that wakes the receiver does not set the receiver idle bit, idle, or the esci receiver full bit, scrf. the idle line type bit, ilty, determines whether the receiver begins counting logic 1s as idle character bits after the start bit or after the stop bit. note: with the wake bit clear, setting the rwu bit after the rxd pin has been idle will cause the receiver to wakeup. 14.4.3.7 receiver interrupts these sources can generate cpu interrupt requests from the esci receiver: esci receiver full (scrf) ? the scrf bit in scs1 indicates that the receive shift register has transferred a character to the scdr. scrf can generate a receiver cpu interrupt request. setting the esci receive interrupt enable bit, scrie, in scc2 enables the scrf bit to generate receiver cpu interrupts. idle input (idle) ? the idle bit in sc s1 indicates that 10 or 11 consecutive logic 1s shifted in from the rxd pin. the idle line interrupt enable bit, ilie, in scc2 enables the idle bit to generate cpu interrupt requests. 14.4.3.8 error interrupts these receiver error flags in scs1 can generate cpu interrupt requests: receiver overrun (or) ? the or bit indicates that the receive shift register shifted in a new character before the previous character was read from the scdr. the previous character remains in the scdr, and the new character is lost. the overrun interrupt enable bit, orie, in scc3 enables or to generate esci error cpu interrupt requests. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 174 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola noise flag (nf) ? the nf bit is set when the esci detects noise on incoming data or break characters, including start, data, and stop bits. the noise error interrupt enable bit, neie, in scc3 enables nf to generate esci error cpu interrupt requests. framing error (fe) ? the fe bit in scs1 is set when a logic 0 occurs where the receiver expects a stop bit. the framing error interrupt enable bit, feie, in scc3 enables fe to generate esci error cpu interrupt requests. parity error (pe) ? the pe bit in scs1 is set when the esci detects a parity error in incoming data. the parity error interrupt enable bit, peie, in scc3 enables pe to generate esci error cpu interrupt requests. 14.5 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 14.5.1 wait mode the esci module remains active in wait mode. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the esci module can brin g the mcu out of wait mode. if esci module functions are not requ ired during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the module bef ore executing the wait instruction. 14.5.2 stop mode the esci module is inactive in stop mode. the stop instruction does not affect esci register states. esci module operation resumes after the mcu exits stop mode. because the internal clock is inactive during stop mode, entering stop mode during an esci transmission or reception results in invalid data. 14.6 esci during br eak module interrupts the bcfe bit in the break flag control register (sbfcr) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. see section 19. development support . to allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. to protect status bits during the break stat e, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), software can read and write i/o registers during the break state without affecting status bits. some status bits have a two-step read/write clearing procedure. if software does the first step on such a bit before f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o signals mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 175 the break, the bit cannot change during the break state as long as bcfe is at logic 0. after the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. 14.7 i/o signals port e shares two of its pins with the esci module. the two esci i/o pins are: pte0/txd ? transmit data pte1/rxd ? receive data 14.7.1 pte0/txd (transmit data) the pte0/txd pin is the serial data out put from the esci transmitter. the esci shares the pte0/txd pin with port e. when the esci is enabled, the pte0/txd pin is an output regardless of the state of the ddre0 bit in data direction register e (ddre). 14.7.2 pte1/rxd (receive data) the pte1/rxd pin is the serial data input to the esci receiver. the esci shares the pte1/rxd pin with port e. when the esci is enabled, the pte1/rxd pin is an input regardless of the state of the ddre1 bit in data direction register e (ddre). 14.8 i/o registers these i/o registers control and monitor esci operation: esci control register 1, scc1 esci control register 2, scc2 esci control register 3, scc3 esci status register 1, scs1 esci status register 2, scs2 esci data register, scdr esci baud rate register, scbr esci prescaler register, scpsc esci arbiter control register, sciactl esci arbiter data register, sciadat : f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 176 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.8.1 esci control register 1 esci control register 1 (scc1): enables loop mode operation enables the esci controls output polarity controls character length controls esci wakeup method controls idle character detection enables parity function controls parity type loops ? loop mode select bit this read/write bit enables loop mode op eration. in loop mode the rxd pin is disconnected from the esci, and the trans mitter output goes into the receiver input. both the transmitter and the receiver must be enabled to use loop mode. reset clears the loops bit. 1 = loop mode enabled 0 = normal operation enabled ensci ? enable esci bit this read/write bit enables the esci and the esci baud rate generator. clearing ensci sets the scte and tc bits in esci status register 1 and disables transmitter interrupts. reset clears the ensci bit. 1 = esci enabled 0 = esci disabled txinv ? transmit inversion bit this read/write bit reverses the polarity of transmitted data. reset clears the txinv bit. 1 = transmitter output inverted 0 = transmitter output not inverted note: setting the txinv bit inverts all transmitted values including idle, break, start, and stop bits. address: $0013 bit 7654321bit 0 read: loops ensci txinv m wake ilty pen pty write: reset:00000000 figure 14-10. esci control register 1 (scc1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 177 m ? mode (character length) bit this read/write bit determines whether esci characters are eight or nine bits long (see table 14-5 ).the ninth bit can serve as a receiver wakeup signal or as a parity bit. reset clears the m bit. 1 = 9-bit esci characters 0 = 8-bit esci characters wake ? wakeup condition bit this read/write bit determines which condition wakes up the esci: a logic 1 (address mark) in the msb position of a received character or an idle condition on the rxd pin. reset clears the wake bit. 1 = address mark wakeup 0 = idle line wakeup ilty ? idle line type bit this read/write bit determines when the es ci starts counting logic 1s as idle character bits. the counting begins either after the start bit or after the stop bit. if the count begins after the start bit, t hen a string of logic 1s preceding the stop bit may cause false recognition of an idle character. beginning the count after the stop bit avoids false idle character recognition, but requires properly synchronized transmissions. reset clears the ilty bit. 1 = idle character bit count begins after stop bit 0 = idle character bit count begins after start bit pen ? parity enable bit this read/write bit enables the esci parity function (see table 14-5 ). when enabled, the parity function inserts a parity bit in the msb position (see table 14-3 ). reset clears the pen bit. 1 = parity function enabled 0 = parity function disabled pty ? parity bit this read/write bit determines whether the esci generates and checks for odd parity or even parity (see table 14-5 ). reset clears the pty bit. 1 = odd parity 0 = even parity note: changing the pty bit in the middle of a transmission or reception can generate a parity error. table 14-5. character format selection control bits character format m pen:pty start bits data bits pa rity stop bits character length 0 0 x 1 8 none 1 10 bits 1 0 x 1 9 none 1 11 bits 010 1 7 even 1 10 bits 0 1 1 1 7 odd 1 10 bits 110 1 8 even 1 11 bits 1 1 1 1 8 odd 1 11 bits f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 178 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.8.2 esci control register 2 esci control register 2 (scc2): enables these cpu interrupt requests: ? scte bit to generate transmitter cpu interrupt requests ? tc bit to generate transmitter cpu interrupt requests ? scrf bit to generate receiver cpu interrupt requests ? idle bit to generate receiver cpu interrupt requests enables the transmitter enables the receiver enables esci wakeup transmits esci break characters sctie ? esci transmit interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the scte bit to generate esci transmitter cpu interrupt requests. setting the sctie bit in scc2 enables the scte bit to generate cpu interrupt requests. reset clears the sctie bit. 1 = scte enabled to generate cpu interrupt 0 = scte not enabled to generate cpu interrupt tcie ? transmission complete interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the tc bit to generate esci transmitter cpu interrupt requests. reset clears the tcie bit. 1 = tc enabled to generate cpu interrupt requests 0 = tc not enabled to generate cpu interrupt requests scrie ? esci receive interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the scrf bit to generate esci receiver cpu interrupt requests. setting the scrie bit in scc2 enables the scrf bit to generate cpu interrupt requests. reset clears the scrie bit. 1 = scrf enabled to generate cpu interrupt 0 = scrf not enabled to generate cpu interrupt ilie ? idle line interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the idle bit to generate esci receiver cpu interrupt requests. reset clears the ilie bit. 1 = idle enabled to generate cpu interrupt requests 0 = idle not enabled to generate cpu interrupt requests address: $0014 bit 7654321bit 0 read: sctie tcie scrie ilie te re rwu sbk write: reset:00000000 figure 14-11. esci control register 2 (scc2) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 179 te ? transmitter enable bit setting this read/write bit begins the tr ansmission by sending a preamble of 10 or 11 logic 1s from the transmit shift register to the txd pin. if software clears the te bit, the transmitter completes any transmission in progress before the txd returns to the idle condition (logic 1). clearing and then setting te during a transmission queues an idle character to be sent after the character currently being transmitted. reset clears the te bit. 1 = transmitter enabled 0 = transmitter disabled note: writing to the te bit is not allowed when the enable esci bit (ensci) is clear. ensci is in esci control register 1. re ? receiver enable bit setting this read/write bit enables the receiver. clearing the re bit disables the receiver but does not affect receiver interrupt flag bits. reset clears the re bit. 1 = receiver enabled 0 = receiver disabled note: writing to the re bit is not allowed when the enable esci bit (ensci) is clear. ensci is in esci control register 1. rwu ? receiver wakeup bit this read/write bit puts the receiver in a standby state during which receiver interrupts are disabled. the wake bit in scc1 determines w hether an idle input or an address mark brings the receiver out of the standby state and clears the rwu bit. reset clears the rwu bit. 1 = standby state 0 = normal operation sbk ? send break bit setting and then clearing this read/write bit transmits a break character followed by a logic 1. the logic 1 after the br eak character guarantees recognition of a valid start bit. if sbk remains set, the transmitter continuously transmits break characters with no logi c 1s between them. reset clears the sbk bit. 1 = transmit break characters 0 = no break characters being transmitted note: do not toggle the sbk bit immediately after setting the scte bit. toggling sbk before the preamble begins causes the esci to send a break character instead of a preamble. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 180 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.8.3 esci control register 3 esci control register 3 (scc3): stores the ninth esci data bit received and the ninth esci data bit to be transmitted. enables these interrupts: ? receiver overrun ? noise error ? framing error ? parity error r8 ? received bit 8 when the esci is receiving 9-bit characters , r8 is the read-only ninth bit (bit 8) of the received character. r8 is received at the same time that the scdr receives the other 8 bits. when the esci is receiving 8-bit characters , r8 is a copy of the eighth bit (bit 7). reset has no effect on the r8 bit. t8 ? transmitted bit 8 when the esci is transmitting 9-bit characters, t8 is the read/write ninth bit (bit 8) of the transmitted character. t8 is loaded into the transmit shift register at the same time that the scdr is loaded into the transmit shift register. reset clears the t8 bit. orie ? receiver overrun interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables esci error cpu interrupt requests generated by the receiver overrun bit, or. reset clears orie. 1 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from or bit enabled 0 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from or bit disabled neie ? receiver noise error interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables esci error cpu interrupt requests generated by the noise error bit, ne. reset clears neie. 1 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from ne bit enabled 0 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from ne bit disabled address: $0015 bit 7654321bit 0 read: r8 t8 r r orie neie feie peie write: reset:u0000000 = unimplemented r = reserved u = unaffected figure 14-12. esci control register 3 (scc3) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 181 feie ? receiver framing error interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables esci error cpu interrupt requests generated by the framing error bit, fe. reset clears feie. 1 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from fe bit enabled 0 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from fe bit disabled peie ? receiver parity error interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables esci receiver cpu interrupt requests generated by the parity error bit, pe. reset clears peie. 1 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from pe bit enabled 0 = esci error cpu interrupt requests from pe bit disabled 14.8.4 esci status register 1 esci status register 1 (scs1) contai ns flags to signal these conditions: transfer of scdr data to transmit shift register complete transmission complete transfer of receive shift r egister data to scdr complete receiver input idle receiver overrun noisy data framing error parity error scte ? esci transmitter empty bit this clearable, read-only bit is set w hen the scdr transfers a character to the transmit shift register. scte can generate an esci transmitter cpu interrupt request. when the sctie bit in scc2 is set, scte generates an esci transmitter cpu interrupt request. in normal operation, clear the scte bit by reading scs1 with scte set and then writing to scdr. reset sets the scte bit. 1 = scdr data transferred to transmit shift register 0 = scdr data not transferred to transmit shift register address: $0016 bit 7654321bit 0 read: scte tc scrf idle or nf fe pe write: reset:11000000 = unimplemented figure 14-13. esci status register 1 (scs1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 182 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola tc ? transmission complete bit this read-only bit is set when the scte bit is set, and no data, preamble, or break character is being transmitted. tc generates an esci transmitter cpu interrupt request if the tcie bit in scc2 is also set. tc is cleared automatically when data, preamble, or break is queued and ready to be sent. there may be up to 1.5 transmitter clocks of latency between queueing data, preamble, and break and the transmission actually starting. reset sets the tc bit. 1 = no transmission in progress 0 = transmission in progress scrf ? esci receiver full bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when the data in the receive shift register transfers to the esci data register. scrf can generate an esci receiver cpu interrupt request. when the scrie bit in scc2 is set the scrf generates a cpu interrupt request. in normal operation, clear the scrf bit by reading scs1 with scrf set and then reading the scdr. reset clears scrf. 1 = received data available in scdr 0 = data not available in scdr idle ? receiver idle bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when 10 or 11 consecutive logic 1s appear on the receiver input. idle generates an esci receiver cpu interrupt request if the ilie bit in scc2 is also set. clea r the idle bit by reading scs1 with idle set and then reading the scdr. after the re ceiver is enabled, it must receive a valid character that sets the scrf bit before an idle condition can set the idle bit. also, after the idle bit has been cl eared, a valid character must again set the scrf bit before an idle condition can set the idle bit. reset clears the idle bit. 1 = receiver input idle 0 = receiver input active (or idle since the idle bit was cleared) or ? receiver overrun bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when software fails to read the scdr before the receive shift register receives the next character. the or bit generates an esci error cpu interrupt request if the orie bit in scc3 is also set. the data in the shift register is lost, but the data already in the scdr is not affected. clear the or bit by reading scs1 with or set and then reading the scdr. reset clears the or bit. 1 = receive shift register full and scrf = 1 0 = no receiver overrun software latency may allow an overrun to occur between reads of scs1 and scdr in the flag-clearing sequence. figure 14-14 shows the normal flag-clearing sequence and an example of an overr un caused by a delayed flag-clearing sequence. the delayed read of scdr does not clear the or bit because or was not set when scs1 was read. byte 2 caused the overrun and is lost. the next flag-cl earing sequence reads byte 3 in the scdr instead of byte 2. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 183 in applications that are subject to software latency or in which it is important to know which byte is lost due to an overrun, the flag-clearing routine can check the or bit in a second read of scs1 after reading the data register. nf ? receiver noise flag bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when the esci detects noise on the rxd pin. nf generates an nf cpu interrupt request if the neie bit in scc3 is also set. clear the nf bit by reading scs1 and then reading the scdr. reset clears the nf bit. 1 = noise detected 0 = no noise detected figure 14-14. flag clearing sequence fe ? receiver framing error bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when a logic 0 is accepted as the stop bit. fe generates an esci error cpu interrupt reques t if the feie bit in scc3 also is set. clear the fe bit by reading scs1 with fe set and then reading the scdr. reset clears the fe bit. 1 = framing error detected 0 = no framing error detected pe ? receiver parity error bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when the esci detects a parity error in incoming data. pe generates a pe cpu interrupt request if the peie bit in scc3 byte 1 normal flag clearing sequence read scs1 scrf = 1 read scdr byte 1 scrf = 1 scrf = 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 or = 0 read scs1 scrf = 1 or = 0 read scdr byte 2 scrf = 0 read scs1 scrf = 1 or = 0 scrf = 1 scrf = 0 read scdr byte 3 scrf = 0 byte 1 read scs1 scrf = 1 read scdr byte 1 scrf = 1 scrf = 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 or = 0 read scs1 scrf = 1 or = 1 read scdr byte 3 delayed flag clearing sequence or = 1 scrf = 1 or = 1 scrf = 0 or = 1 scrf = 0 or = 0 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 184 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola is also set. clear the pe bit by reading scs1 with pe set and then reading the scdr. reset clears the pe bit. 1 = parity error detected 0 = no parity error detected 14.8.5 esci status register 2 esci status register 2 (scs2) contai ns flags to signal these conditions: break character detected incoming data bkf ? break flag bit this clearable, read-only bit is set when the esci detects a break character on the rxd pin. in scs1, the fe and scrf bits are also set. in 9-bit character transmissions, the r8 bit in scc3 is cleared. bkf does not generate a cpu interrupt request. clear bkf by reading scs2 with bkf set and then reading the scdr. once cleared, bkf can become set again only after logic 1s again appear on the rxd pin followed by another break character. reset clears the bkf bit. 1 = break character detected 0 = no break character detected rpf ? reception in progress flag bit this read-only bit is set when the receiv er detects a logic 0 during the rt1 time period of the start bit search. rpf does not generate an interrupt request. rpf is reset after the receiver detects false start bits (usually from noise or a baud rate mismatch), or when the receiver detects an idle character. polling rpf before disabling the esci module or entering stop mode can show whether a reception is in progress. 1 = reception in progress 0 = no reception in progress address: $0017 bit 7654321bit 0 read:000000bkfrpf write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 14-15. esci status register 2 (scs2) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 185 14.8.6 esci data register the esci data register (scdr) is the buffer between the internal data bus and the receive and transmit shift registers. rese t has no effect on data in the esci data register. r7/t7:r0/t0 ? receive/transmit data bits reading address $0018 accesses the r ead-only received data bits, r7:r0. writing to address $0018 writes the data to be transmitted, t7:t0. reset has no effect on the esci data register. note: do not use read-modify-write instructions on the esci data register. 14.8.7 esci baud rate register the esci baud rate register (scbr) together with the esci prescaler register selects the baud rate for both the receiver and the transmitter. note: there are two prescalers available to adjust the baud rate. one in the esci baud rate register and one in the esci prescaler register. lint ? lin break symbol transmit enable this read/write bit selects the enhanced esci features for master nodes in the local interconnect network (lin) protocol (version 1.2) as shown in table 14-6 . reset clears lint. address: $0018 bit 7654321bit 0 read:r7r6r5r4r3r2r1r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset figure 14-16. esci data register (scdr) address: $0019 bit 7654321bit 0 read: lint linr scp1 scp0 r scr2 scr1 scr0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 14-17. esci baud rate register (scbr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 186 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola note: lin master nodes require significantly ti ghter timing tolerances than slave nodes. be sure to consult the current lin specif ication to ensure that timing requirements are met properly. generally, these timing to lerances require crystals or oscillators to be used, rather than internal clocking circuits. linr ? lin break symbol receiver bits this read/write bit selects the enhanced esci features for slave nodes in the local interconnect network (lin) protocol as shown in table 14-7 . reset clears linr. in lin (version 1.2) systems, the master node transmits a break character which will appear as 11.05?14.95 dominant bits to the slave node. a data character of 0x00 sent from the master might appear as 7.65?10.35 dominant bit times. this is due to the oscillator tolerance requirement that the slave node must be within 15% of the master node's oscillator. since a slave node cannot know if it is running faster or slower than the master node (prior to synchronization), the linr bit allows the slave node to diffe rentiate between a 0x00 character of 10.35 bits and a break character of 11.05 bits. the break symbol length must be verified in software in any case, but the linr bit serves as a filter, preventing false detections of break characters that are really 0x00 data characters. scp1 and scp0 ? esci baud ra te register prescaler bits these read/write bits select the baud rate register prescaler divisor as shown in table 14-8 . reset clears scp1 and scp0. table 14-6. esci lin master node control bits lint m functionality 0 x normal esci functionality 1 0 13-bit generation enabled for lin transmitter 1 1 14-bit generation enabled for lin transmitter table 14-7. esci lin slave node control bits linr m functionality 0 x normal esci functionality 1 0 11-bit break detect enabled for lin receiver 1 1 12-bit break detect enabled for lin receiver table 14-8. esci baud rate prescaling scp[1:0] baud rate register prescaler divisor (bpd) 00 1 01 3 10 4 11 13 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 187 scr2?scr0 ? esci baud rate select bits these read/write bits select the esci baud rate divisor as shown in table 14-9 . reset clears scr2?scr0. 14.8.8 esci prescaler register the esci prescaler register (scpsc) together with the esci baud rate register selects the baud rate for both the receiver and the transmitter. note: there are two prescalers available to adjust the baud rate. one in the esci baud rate register and one in the esci prescaler register. pds2?pds0 ? prescaler divisor select bits these read/write bits select the prescaler divisor as shown in table 14-10 . reset clears pds2?pds0. note: the setting of ?000? will bypass this pres caler. it is not recommended to bypass the prescaler while ensci is set, because the switching is not glitch free. table 14-9. esci baud rate selection scr[2:1:0] baud rate divisor (bd) 000 1 001 2 010 4 011 8 100 16 101 32 110 64 1 1 1 128 address: $0009 bit 7654321bit 0 read: pds2 pds1 pds0 pssb4 pssb3 pssb2 pssb1 pssb0 write: reset:00000000 figure 14-18. esci prescaler register (scpsc) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 188 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola pssb4?pssb0 ? clock insertion select bits these read/write bits select the number of clocks inserted in each 32 output cycle frame to achieve more timing resolution on the average prescaler frequency as shown in table 14-11 . reset clears pssb4?pssb0. use the following formula to calculate the esci baud rate: where: sci clock source = f bus or cgmxclk (selected by scibdsrc in the config2 register) bpd = baud rate register prescaler divisor bd = baud rate divisor pd = prescaler divisor pdfa = prescaler divisor fine adjust table 14-12 shows the esci baud rates that can be generated with a 4.9152-mhz bus frequency. table 14-10. esci prescaler division ratio ps[2:1:0] prescaler divisor (pd) 0 0 0 bypass this prescaler 001 2 010 3 011 4 100 5 101 6 110 7 111 8 baud rate sci clock source 64 bpd bd pd pdfa + () ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - = f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 189 table 14-11. esci prescaler divisor fine adjust pssb[4:3:2:1:0] prescaler di visor fine adjust (pdfa) 00000 0/32 = 0 0 0 0 0 1 1/32 = 0.03125 0 0 0 1 0 2/32 = 0.0625 0 0 0 1 1 3/32 = 0.09375 00100 4/32 = 0.125 0 0 1 0 1 5/32 = 0.15625 0 0 1 1 0 6/32 = 0.1875 0 0 1 1 1 7/32 = 0.21875 01000 8/32 = 0.25 0 1 0 0 1 9/32 = 0.28125 0 1 0 1 0 10/32 = 0.3125 0 1 0 1 1 11/32 = 0.34375 0 1 1 0 0 12/32 = 0.375 0 1 1 0 1 13/32 = 0.40625 0 1 1 1 0 14/32 = 0.4375 0 1 1 1 1 15/32 = 0.46875 10000 16/32 = 0.5 1 0 0 0 1 17/32 = 0.53125 1 0 0 1 0 18/32 = 0.5625 1 0 0 1 1 19/32 = 0.59375 1 0 1 0 0 20/32 = 0.625 1 0 1 0 1 21/32 = 0.65625 1 0 1 1 0 22/32 = 0.6875 1 0 1 1 1 23/32 = 0.71875 1 1 0 0 0 24/32 = 0.75 1 1 0 0 1 25/32 = 0.78125 1 1 0 1 0 26/32 = 0.8125 1 1 0 1 1 27/32 = 0.84375 1 1 1 0 0 28/32 = 0.875 1 1 1 0 1 29/32 = 0.90625 1 1 1 1 0 30/32 = 0.9375 1 1 1 1 1 31/32 = 0.96875 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 190 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola table 14-12. esci baud rate selection examples ps[2:1:0] pssb[4:3:2:1:0] scp[1:0] prescaler divisor (bpd) scr[2:1:0] baud rate divisor (bd) baud rate (f bus = 4.9152 mhz) 000 xxxxx 00 1 000 1 76,800 111 00000 00 1 000 1 9600 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 9562.65 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 9525.58 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 8563.07 000 xxxxx 00 1 001 2 38,400 000 xxxxx 00 1 010 4 19,200 000 xxxxx 00 1 011 8 9600 000 xxxxx 00 1 100 16 4800 000 xxxxx 00 1 101 32 2400 000 xxxxx 00 1 110 64 1200 000 xxxxx 00 1 111 128 600 000 xxxxx 01 3 000 1 25,600 000 xxxxx 01 3 001 2 12,800 000 xxxxx 01 3 010 4 6400 000 xxxxx 01 3 011 8 3200 000 xxxxx 01 3 100 16 1600 000 xxxxx 01 3 101 32 800 000 xxxxx 01 3 110 64 400 000 xxxxx 01 3 111 128 200 000 xxxxx 10 4 000 1 19,200 000 xxxxx 10 4 001 2 9600 000 xxxxx 10 4 010 4 4800 000 xxxxx 10 4 011 8 2400 000 xxxxx 10 4 100 16 1200 000 xxxxx 10 4 101 32 600 000 xxxxx 10 4 110 64 300 000 xxxxx 10 4 111 128 150 000 xxxxx 11 13 000 1 5908 000 xxxxx 11 13 001 2 2954 000 xxxxx 11 13 010 4 1477 000 xxxxx 11 13 011 8 739 000 xxxxx 11 13 100 16 369 000 xxxxx 11 13 101 32 185 000 xxxxx 11 13 110 64 92 000 xxxxx 11 13 111 128 46 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module esci arbiter mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 191 14.9 esci arbiter the esci module comprises an arbiter module designed to support software for communication tasks as bus arbitration, baud rate recovery and break time detection. the arbiter module consists of an 9-bit counter with 1-bit overflow and control logic. the cpu can control operati on mode via the esci arbiter control register (sciactl). 14.9.1 esci arbiter control register am1 and am0 ? arbiter mode select bits these read/write bits select the mode of the arbiter module as shown in table 14-13 . reset clears am1 and am0. alost ? arbitration lost flag this read-only bit indicates loss of arbitration. clear alost by writing a logic 0 to am1. reset clears alost. aclk ? arbiter counter clock select bit this read/write bit selects the arbiter counter clock source. reset clears aclk. 1 = arbiter counter is clocked with one half of the esci input clock generated by the esci prescaler 0 = arbiter counter is clocked with one half of the bus clock afin? arbiter bit time measurement finish flag this read-only bit indicates bit time m easurement has finished. clear afin by writing any value to sciactl. reset clears afin. 1 = bit time measurement has finished 0 = bit time measurement not yet finished address: $000a bit 7654321bit 0 read: am1 alost am0 aclk afin arun arovfl ard8 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 14-19. esci arbiter control register (sciactl) table 14-13. esci arbiter selectable modes am[1:0] esci arbiter mode 0 0 idle / counter reset 0 1 bit time measurement 1 0 bus arbitration 1 1 reserved / do not use f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 192 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola arun? arbiter counter running flag this read-only bit indicate s the arbiter counter is running. reset clears arun. 1 = arbiter counter running 0 = arbiter counter stopped arovfl? arbiter counter overflow bit this read-only bit indicates an arbite r counter overflow. clear arovfl by writing any value to sciactl. writi ng logic 0s to am1 and am0 resets the counter keeps it in this idle state. reset clears arovfl. 1 = arbiter counter overflow has occurred 0 = no arbiter counter overflow has occurred ard8? arbiter counter msb this read-only bit is the msb of the 9-bit arbiter counter. clear ard8 by writing any value to sciactl. reset clears ard8. 14.9.2 esci arbiter data register ard7?ard0 ? arbiter least significant counter bits these read-only bits are the eight lsbs of the 9-bit arbiter counter. clear ard7?ard0 by writing any value to scia ctl. writing logic 0s to am1 and am0 permanently resets the counter and keeps it in this idle state. reset clears ard7?ard0. 14.9.3 bit time measurement two bit time measurement modes, described here, are available according to the state of aclk. 1. aclk = 0 ? the counter is clocked with one half of the bus clock. the counter is started when a falling edge on the rxd pin is detected. the counter will be stopped on the next fa lling edge. arun is set while the counter is running, afin is set on the second falling edge on rxd (for instance, the counter is stopped). this mode is used to recover the received baud rate. see figure 14-21 . 2. aclk = 1 ? the counter is clocked with one half of the esci input clock generated by the esci prescaler. the counter is started when a logic 0 is detected on rxd (see figure 14-22 ). a logic 0 on rxd on enabling the bit time measurement with aclk = 1 leads to immediate start of the counter (see figure 14-23 ). the counter will be stopped on the next rising edge of rxd. this mode is used to measure the length of a received break. address: $000b bit 7654321bit 0 read: ard7 ard6 ard5 ard4 ard3 ard2 ard1 ard0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 14-20. esci arbiter data register (sciadat) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module esci arbiter mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola enhanced serial communicat ions interface (esci) module 193 figure 14-21. bit time measurement with aclk = 0 figure 14-22. bit time measurement with aclk = 1, scenario a figure 14-23. bit time measurement with aclk = 1, scenario b cpu writes sciactl counter starts, counter stops, measured time cpu reads result rxd with $20 arun = 1 afin = 1 out of sciadat cpu writes sciactl with $30 counter starts, arun = 1 counter stops, afin = 1 measured time cpu reads result out rxd of sciadat cpu writes sciactl counter starts, counter stops, measured time cpu reads result rxd out of sciadat afin = 1 arun = 1 with $30 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . enhanced serial communicati ons interface (esci) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 194 enhanced serial communications interface (esci) module motorola 14.9.4 arbitration mode if am[1:0] is set to 10, the arbiter module operates in arbitration mode. on every rising edge of sci_txd (output of the esci module, internal chip signal), the counter is started. when the counter reaches $38 (aclk = 0) or $08 (aclk = 1), rxd is statically sensed. if in this case , rxd is sensed low (for example, another bus is driving the bus dominant) alost is set. as long as alost is set, the txd pin is forced to 1, resultin g in a seized transmission. if sci_txd is sensed logic 0 without havi ng sensed a logic 0 before on rxd, the counter will be reset, arbitration operation will be restarted after the next rising edge of sci_txd. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 195 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 15. system inte gration module (sim) 15.1 introduction this section describes the system integration module (sim). together with the central processor unit (cpu), the sim c ontrols all microcontroller unit (mcu) activities. a block diagram of the sim is shown in figure 15-2 . table 15-1 is a summary of the sim input/output (i/o) registers. the sim is a system state controller that coordinates cpu and exception timing. the sim is responsible for: bus clock generation and control for cpu and peripherals: ? stop/wait/reset/break entry and recovery ? internal clock control master reset control, including power-on reset (por) and computer operating properly (cop) timeout interrupt control: ? acknowledge timing ? arbitration control timing ? vector address generation cpu enable/disable timing modular architecture expandable to 128 interrupt sources table 15-1 shows the internal signal names used in this section. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 196 system integration module (sim) motorola system integration module (sim) figure 15-1. block diagram highlight sim block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) introduction mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 197 figure 15-2. sim block diagram stop/wait clock control clock generators por control reset pin control sim reset status register interrupt control and priority decode module stop module wait cpu stop (from cpu) cpu wait (from cpu) simoscen (to cgm) cgmout (from cgm) internal clocks master reset control reset pin logic lvi (from lvi module) illegal opcode (from cpu) illegal address (from address map decoders) cop (from cop module) interrupt sources cpu interface reset control sim counter cgmxclk (from cgm) 2 v dd internal pullup device forced monitor mode entry table 15-1. signal name conventions signal name description cgmxclk buffered version of osc1 fr om clock generator module (cgm) cgmvclk pll output cgmout pll-based or osc1-based clock output from cgm module (bus clock = cgmout divided by two) iab internal address bus idb internal data bus porrst signal from the power-on reset module to the sim irst internal reset signal r/w read/write signal f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 198 system integration module (sim) motorola 15.2 sim bus clock co ntrol and generation the bus clock generator provides system clock signals for the cpu and peripherals on the mcu. the system clocks are gener ated from an incoming clock, cgmout, as shown in figure 15-4 . this clock originates from ei ther an external oscillator or from the on-chip pll. 15.2.1 bus timing in user mode , the internal bus frequency is eith er the crystal oscillator output (cgmxclk) divided by four or the p ll output (cgmvclk) divided by four. 15.2.2 clock startup from por or lvi reset when the power-on reset module or the low-voltage inhibit module generates a reset, the clocks to the cpu and peripherals are inactive and held in an inactive phase until after the 4096 cgmxclk cycle por timeout has completed. the rst pin is driven low by the sim during this entire period. the ibus clocks start upon completion of the timeout. addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $fe00 break status register (bsr) see page 212. read: rrrrrr sbsw r write: note (1) reset:00000000 1. writing a logic 0 clears sbsw. $fe01 sim reset status register (srsr) see page 213. read: por pin cop ilop ilad modrst lvi 0 write: por:10000000 $fe03 break flag control register (bfcr) see page 214. read: bcferrrrrrr write: reset: 0 $fe04 interrupt status register 1 (int1) see page 208. read: if6 if5 if4 if3 if2 if1 0 0 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 $fe05 interrupt status register 2 (int2) see page 208. read: if14 if13 if12 if11 if10 if9 if8 if7 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 $fe06 interrupt status register 3 (int3) see page 208. read: 0 0 if20 if19 if18 if17 if16 if15 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 15-3. sim i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) reset and system initialization mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 199 figure 15-4. system clock signals 15.2.3 clocks in stop mode and wait mode upon exit from stop mode by an interrupt or reset, the sim allows cgmxclk to clock the sim counter. the cpu and peripheral clocks do not become active until after the stop delay timeout. this timeout is selectable as 4096 or 32 cgmxclk cycles. see 15.6.2 stop mode . in wait mode, the cpu clocks are inactive. the sim also produces two sets of clocks for other modules. refer to the wa it mode subsection of each module to see if the module is active or inactive in wait mode. some modules can be programmed to be active in wait mode. 15.3 reset and syst em initialization the mcu has these reset sources: power-on reset module (por) external reset pin (rst ) computer operating properly module (cop) low-voltage inhibit module (lvi) illegal opcode illegal address forced monitor mode entry reset (modrst) 2 bus clock generators sim sim counter simoscen oscillator (osc) osc2 osc1 phase-locked loop (pll) cgmxclk cgmrclk it12 to tbm,tim1,tim2, adc osceninstop from config to rest of chip it23 to rest of chip f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 200 system integration module (sim) motorola all of these resets produce the vector $fffe:$ffff ($fefe:$feff in monitor mode) and assert the internal reset signal (irst). irst causes all registers to be returned to their default values and all modules to be returned to their reset states. an internal reset clears the sim counter (see 15.4 sim counter ), but an external reset does not. each of the resets sets a corresponding bit in the sim reset status register (srsr). see 15.7 sim registers . 15.3.1 external pin reset the rst pin circuit includes an internal pul lup device. pulling the asynchronous rst pin low halts all processing. the pin bit of the sim reset status register (srsr) is set as long as rst is held low for a minimum of 67 cgmxclk cycles, assuming that neither the por nor the lvi was the source of the reset. see table 15-2 for details. figure 15-5 shows the relative timing. figure 15-5. external reset timing 15.3.2 active resets from internal sources all internal reset sources actively pull the rst pin low for 32 cgmxclk cycles to allow resetting of external peripherals. t he internal reset signal irst continues to be asserted for an additional 32 cycles. see figure 15-6 . an internal reset can be caused by an illegal address, illega l opcode, cop timeout, lvi, or por. see figure 15-7 . note: for lvi or por resets, the sim cycles through 4096 + 32 cgmxclk cycles during which the sim forces the rst pin low. the internal re set signal then follows the sequence from the falling edge of rst shown in figure 15-6 . table 15-2. pin bit set timing reset type number of cycles required to set pin por/lvi 4163 (4096 + 64 + 3) all others 67 (64 + 3) rst iab pc vect h vect l cgmout f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) reset and system initialization mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 201 figure 15-6. internal reset timing the cop reset is asynchronous to the bus clock. figure 15-7. sources of internal reset the active reset feature allows the part to issue a reset to peripherals and other chips within a system built around the mcu. 15.3.2.1 power-on reset when power is first applied to the mcu, the power-on reset module (por) generates a pulse to indicate that power-on has occurred. the external reset pin (rst ) is held low while the sim counter counts out 4096 + 32 cgmxclk cycles. thirty-two cgmxclk cycles later, the cpu and memories are released from reset to allow the reset vector sequence to occur. at power-on, these events occur: a por pulse is generated. the internal reset signal is asserted. the sim enables cgmout. internal clocks to the cpu and modules are held inactive for 4096 cgmxclk cycles to allow stabilization of the oscillator. the rst pin is driven low during the oscillator stabilization time. the por bit of the sim reset status register (srsr) is set and all other bits in the register are cleared. irst rst rst pulled low by mcu iab 32 cycles 32 cycles vector high cgmxclk illegal address rst illegal opcode rst coprst lvi por internal reset modrst f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 202 system integration module (sim) motorola figure 15-8. por recovery 15.3.2.2 computer operating properly (cop) reset an input to the sim is reserved for the cop reset signal. the overflow of the cop counter causes an internal reset and sets the cop bit in the sim reset status register (srsr). the sim actively pulls down the rst pin for all internal reset sources. the cop module is disabled if the rst pin or the irq pin is held at v tst while the mcu is in monitor mode. the cop module can be disabled only through combinational logic conditioned with the high voltage signal on the rst or the irq pin. this prevents the cop from becoming disabled as a result of external noise. during a break state, v tst on the rst pin disables the cop module. 15.3.2.3 illegal opcode reset the sim decodes signals from the cpu to detect illegal instructions. an illegal instruction sets the ilop bit in the sim reset status register (srsr) and causes a reset. if the stop enable bit, stop, in the mask option register is logic 0, the sim treats the stop instruction as an illegal opco de and causes an illegal opcode reset. the sim actively pulls down the rst pin for all internal reset sources. 15.3.2.4 illegal address reset an opcode fetch from an unmapped address generates an illegal address reset. the sim verifies that the cpu is fetching an opcode prior to asserting the ilad bit in the sim reset status register (srsr) and resetting the mcu. a data fetch from an unmapped address does not generate a reset. the sim actively pulls down the rst pin for all internal reset sources. porrst osc1 cgmxclk cgmout rst iab 4096 cycles 32 cycles $fffe $ffff f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) sim counter mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 203 15.3.2.5 low-voltage inhibit (lvi) reset the low-voltage inhibit module (lvi) asserts its output to the sim when the v dd voltage falls to the lvi tripf voltage. the lvi bit in the sim reset status register (srsr) is set, and the external reset pin (rst ) is held low while the sim counter counts out 4096 + 32 cgmxclk cycles. thirty-two cgmxclk cycles later, the cpu is released from reset to allow the reset vector sequence to occur. the sim actively pulls down the rst pin for all internal reset sources. 15.3.2.6 monitor mode entry module reset (modrst) the monitor mode entry module reset (modrst) asserts its output to the sim when monitor mode is entered in the condition where the reset vectors are erased ($ff) (see 19.3.1.1 normal monitor mode ). when modrst gets asserted, an internal reset occurs. the sim actively pulls down the rst pin for all internal reset sources. 15.4 sim counter the sim counter is used by the power-on reset module (por) and in stop mode recovery to allow the oscillator time to stabilize before enabling the internal bus (ibus) clocks. the sim counter is 13 bits long. 15.4.1 sim counter during power-on reset the power-on reset module (por) detects power applied to the mcu. at power-on, the por circuit asserts the signal porrst. once the sim is initialized, it enables the clock generation module (cgm) to drive the bus clock state machine. 15.4.2 sim counter during stop mode recovery the sim counter also is used for stop mode recovery. the stop instruction clears the sim counter. after an interrupt, break, or reset, the sim senses the state of the short stop recovery bit, ssrec, in the mask option register. if the ssrec bit is a logic 1, then the stop recovery is reduced from the normal delay of 4096 cgmxclk cycles down to 32 cgmxclk cycles. this is ideal for applications using canned oscillators that do not require long start up times from stop mode. external crystal applications should use the full stop reco very time, that is, with ssrec cleared. 15.4.3 sim counter and reset states external reset has no effect on the sim counter. see 15.6.2 stop mode for details. the sim counter is free-running after all reset states. see 15.3.2 active resets from internal sources for counter control and internal reset recovery sequences. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 204 system integration module (sim) motorola 15.5 exception control normal, sequential program execution can be changed in three different ways: interrupts: ? maskable hardware cpu interrupts ? non-maskable software interrupt instruction (swi) reset break interrupts 15.5.1 interrupts at the beginning of an interrupt, the cpu saves the cpu register contents on the stack and sets the interrupt mask (i bit) to prevent additional interrupts. at the end of an interrupt, the rti instruction recovers the cpu register contents from the stack so that normal processing can resume. figure 15-9 shows interrupt entry timing. figure 15-10 shows interrupt recovery timing. interrupts are latched, and arbitration is performed in the sim at the start of interrupt processing. the arbitration result is a constant that the cpu uses to determine which vector to fetch. once an interrupt is latched by the sim, no other interrupt can take precedence, regardless of priority, until the latched interrupt is serviced (or the i bit is cleared). see figure 15-11 . figure 15-9 . interrupt entry timing figure 15-10. interrupt recovery timing module idb r/w interrupt dummy sp sp ? 1 sp ? 2 sp ? 3 sp ? 4 vect h vect l start addr iab dummy pc ? 1[7:0] pc ? 1[15:8] x a ccr v data h v data l opcode i bit idb r/w module interrupt sp ? 4 sp ? 3 sp ? 2 sp ? 1 sp pc pc + 1 iab ccr a x pc ? 1 [7:0] pc ? 1 [15:8] opcode operand i bit f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) exception control mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 205 figure 15-11. interrupt processing no no yes no no yes no yes as many interrupts i bit set? from reset break i bit set? irq interrupt? swi instruction? rti instruction? fetch next instruction unstack cpu registers stack cpu registers set i bit load pc with interrupt vector execute instruction yes yes as exist on chip interrupt? f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 206 system integration module (sim) motorola 15.5.1.1 hardware interrupts a hardware interrupt does not stop the current instruction. processing of a hardware interrupt begins after completion of the current instruction. when the current instruction is complete, the sim checks all pending hardware interrupts. if interrupts are not masked (i bit clear in the condition code register) and if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set, the sim proceeds with interrupt processing; otherwise, the next instruction is fetched and executed. if more than one interrupt is pending at the end of an instruction execution, the highest priority interrupt is serviced first. figure 15-12 demonstrates what happens when two interrupts are pending. if an interrupt is pending upon exit from the original interrupt service routine, the pending interrupt is serviced before the lda instruction is executed. figure 15-12 . interrupt recognition example the lda opcode is prefetched by both the int1 and int2 rti instructions. however, in the case of the int1 rti prefetch, this is a redundant operation. note: to maintain compatibility with the m6805 family, the h register is not pushed on the stack during interrupt entry. if the interrupt service routine modifies the h register or uses the indexed addressing m ode, software should save the h register and then restore it prior to exiting the routine. cli lda int1 pulh rti int2 background #$ff pshh int1 interrupt service routine pulh rti pshh int2 interrupt service routine routine f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) exception control mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 207 15.5.1.2 swi instruction the swi instruction is a non-maskable instruction that causes an interrupt regardless of the state of the interrupt mask (i bit) in the condition code register. note: a software interrupt pushes pc onto the st ack. a software interrupt does not push pc ? 1, as a hardware interrupt does. 15.5.1.3 interrupt status registers the flags in the interrupt status registers identify maskable interrupt sources. table 15-3 summarizes the interrupt sources and the interrupt status register flags that they set. the interrupt status registers can be useful for debugging. table 15-3. interrupt sources priority interrupt so urce interrupt status register flag highest reset ? swi instruction ? irq pin i1 icg clock monitor i2 tim1 channel 0 i3 tim1 channel 1 i4 tim1 overflow i5 tim2 channel 0 i6 tim2 channel 1 i7 tim2 overflow i8 spi receiver full i9 spi transmitter empty i10 sci receive error i11 sci receive i12 sci transmit i13 keyboard i14 adc conversion complete i15 lowest timebase module i16 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 208 system integration module (sim) motorola interrupt status register 1 i6?i1 ? interrupt flags 1?6 these flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in table 15-3 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present bit 0 and bit 1 ? always read 0 interrupt status register 2 i14?i7 ? interrupt flags 14?7 these flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in table 15-3 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present interrupt status register 3 bits 7?6 ? always read 0 i20?i15 ? interrupt flags 20?15 these flags indicate the presence of an interrupt request from the source shown in table 15-3 . 1 = interrupt request present 0 = no interrupt request present address: $fe04 bit 7654321bit 0 read:i6i5i4i3i2i1 0 0 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r= reserved figure 15-13. interrupt status register 1 (int1) address: $fe05 bit 7654321bit 0 read: i14 i13 i12 i11 i10 i9 i8 i7 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r= reserved figure 15-14. interrupt status register 2 (int2) address: $fe06 bit 7654321bit 0 read: 0 0 i20 i19 i18 i17 i16 i15 write:rrrrrrrr reset:00000000 r= reserved figure 15-15. interrupt status register 3 (int3) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) low-power modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 209 15.5.2 reset all reset sources always have equal and highest priority and cannot be arbitrated. 15.5.3 break interrupts the break module can stop normal prog ram flow at a software-programmable break point by asserting its break interrupt output (see section 18. timer interface module (tim) ). the sim puts the cpu into the break state by forcing it to the swi vector location. refer to the break interrupt subsection of each module to see how each module is affected by the break state. 15.5.4 status flag protection in break mode the sim controls whether status flags co ntained in other modules can be cleared during break mode. the user can select whether flags are protected from being cleared by properly initializing the break clear flag enable bit (bcfe) in the sim break flag control register (sbfcr). protecting flags in break mode ensures that set flags will not be cleared while in break mode. this protection allows registers to be freely read and written during break mode without losing status flag information. setting the bcfe bit enables the clearing mechanisms. once cleared in break mode, a flag remains cleared even when break mode is exited. status flags with a 2-step clearing mechanism ? for example, a read of one register followed by the read or write of another ? are protected, even when the first step is accomplished prior to entering break mode. upon leaving break mode, execution of the second step will clear the flag as normal. 15.6 low-power modes executing the wait or stop instruction puts the mcu in a low power-consumption mode for standby situations. the sim holds the cpu in a non-clocked state. the operation of eac h of these modes is described in the following subsections. both stop and wait clear the interrupt mask (i) in the condition code register, allowing interrupts to occur. 15.6.1 wait mode in wait mode, the cpu clocks are inacti ve while the peripheral clocks continue to run. figure 15-16 shows the timing for wait mode entry. a module that is active during wait mode can wakeup the cpu with an interrupt if the interrupt is enabled. stacking for the interrupt begins one cycle after the wait instruction during which the interrupt occu rred. in wait mode, the cpu clocks are inactive. refer to the wait mode subsection of each module to see if the module is f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 210 system integration module (sim) motorola active or inactive in wait mode. some modules can be programmed to be active in wait mode. wait mode also can be exited by a reset (or break in emulation mode). a break interrupt during wait mode sets the sim break stop/wait bit, sbsw, in the sim break status register (sbsr). if the co p disable bit, copd, in the mask option register is logic 0, then the computer operating properly module (cop) is enabled and remains active in wait mode. figure 15-16. wait mode entry timing figure 15-17 and figure 15-18 show the timing for wait recovery. figure 15-17. wait recovery from interrupt figure 15-18. wait recovery from internal reset wait addr + 1 same same iab idb previous data next opcode same wait addr same r/w note: previous data can be operand data or the wait opcode, depending on the last instruction. $6e0c $6e0b $00ff $00fe $00fd $00fc $a6 $a6 $01 $0b $6e $a6 iab idb exitstopwait note: exitsto pwait = rst pin or cpu interrupt iab idb rst $a6 $a6 $6e0b rst vct h rst vct l $a6 cgmxclk 32 cycles 32 cycles f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) low-power modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 211 15.6.2 stop mode in stop mode, the sim counter is reset and the system clocks are disabled. an interrupt request from a module can cause an exit from stop mode. stacking for interrupts begins after the selected stop recovery time has elapsed. reset also causes an exit from stop mode. the sim disables the clock generator module outputs (cgmout and cgmxclk) in stop mode, stopping the cpu and peripheral s. stop recovery time is selectable using the ssrec bit in the mask option register (mor). if ssrec is set, stop recovery is reduced from the normal del ay of 4096 cgmxclk cycles down to 32. this is ideal for applications using ca nned oscillators that do not require long startup times from stop mode. note: external crystal applications should use t he full stop recovery time by clearing the ssrec bit. the sim counter is held in reset from the execution of the stop instruction until the beginning of stop recovery. it is then used to time the recovery period. figure 15-19 shows stop mode entry timing. figure 15-20 shows stop mode recovery time from interrupt. note: to minimize stop current, all pins config ured as inputs should be driven to a logic 1 or logic 0. figure 15-19. stop mode entry timing figure 15-20. stop mode recovery from interrupt stop addr + 1 same same iab idb previous data next opcode same stop addr same r/w cpustop note: previous data can be operand data or the stop opcode, depending on the last instruction. cgmxclk int/break iab stop + 2 stop + 2 sp sp ? 1 sp ? 2 sp ? 3 stop +1 stop recovery period f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 212 system integration module (sim) motorola 15.7 sim registers the sim has three memory-mapped registers. table 15-4 shows the mapping of these registers. 15.7.1 break status register the break status register (bsr) contains a flag to indicate that a break caused an exit from wait mode. this register is only used in emulation mode. sbsw ? sim break stop/wait this status bit is useful in applications requiring a return to wait mode after exiting from a break interrupt. clear sbsw by writing a logic 0 to it. reset clears sbsw. 1 = wait mode was exited by break interrupt. 0 = wait mode was not exited by break interrupt. sbsw can be read within the break state sw i routine. the user can modify the return address on the stack by subtracting one from it. table 15-4. sim registers address register access mode $fe00 bsr user $fe01 srsr user $fe03 bfcr user address: $fe00 bit 7654321bit 0 read: rrrrrr sbsw r write: note (1) reset:00000000 r= reserved 1. writing a logic 0 clears sbsw. figure 15-21. break status register (bsr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) sim registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola system integr ation module (sim) 213 15.7.2 sim reset status register this register contains six flags that show the source of the last reset provided all previous reset status bits have been cleared. clear the sim reset status register by reading it. a power-on reset sets the por bit and clears all other bits in the register. por ? power-on reset bit 1 = last reset caused by por circuit 0 = read of srsr pin ? external reset bit 1 = last reset caused by external reset pin (rst ) 0 = por or read of srsr cop ? computer operating properly reset bit 1 = last reset caused by cop counter 0 = por or read of srsr ilop ? illegal opcode reset bit 1 = last reset caused by an illegal opcode 0 = por or read of srsr ilad ? illegal address rese t bit (opcode fetches only) 1 = last reset caused by an opcode fetch from an illegal address 0 = por or read of srsr modrst ? monitor mode entry module reset bit 1 = last reset caused by monitor mode entry when vector locations $fffe and $ffff are $ff after por while irq = v dd 0 = por or read of srsr lvi ? low-voltage inhibit reset bit 1 = last reset caused by the lvi circuit 0 = por or read of srsr address: $fe01 bit 7654321bit 0 read: por pin cop ilop ilad modrst lvi 0 write: reset:10000000 = unimplemented figure 15-22. sim reset status register (srsr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . system integration module (sim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 214 system integration module (sim) motorola 15.7.3 break flag control register the break control register (bfcr) contai ns a bit that enables software to clear status bits while the mcu is in a break state. bcfe ? break clear flag enable bit this read/write bit enables software to clear status bits by accessing status registers while the mcu is in a break state. to clear status bits during the break state, the bcfe bit must be set. 1 = status bits clearable during break 0 = status bits not clearable during break address: $fe03 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bcferrrrrrr write: reset: 0 r= reserved figure 15-23. break flag control register (bfcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 215 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 16. serial peripheral interface (spi) module 16.1 introduction this section describes the serial peripheral interface (spi) module, which allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communications with peripheral devices. 16.2 features features of the spi module include: full-duplex operation master and slave modes double-buffered operation with separate transmit and receive registers four master mode frequencies (maximum = bus frequency 2) maximum slave mode frequency = bus frequency serial clock with programmable polarity and phase two separately enabled interrupts: ? sprf (spi receiver full) ? spte (spi transmitter empty) mode fault error flag with cpu interrupt capability overflow error flag with cpu interrupt capability programmable wired-or mode i 2 c (inter-integrated circuit) compatibility i/o (input/output) port bit(s) software configurable with pullup device(s) if configured as input port bit(s) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 216 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola serial peripheral in terface (spi) module figure 16-1. block diagram highlighting spi block and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module pin name conventions mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 217 16.3 pin name conventions the text that follows describes th e spi. the spi i/o pin names are ss (slave select), spsck (spi serial clock), cgnd (clock ground), mosi (master out slave in), and miso (master in/slave out). the spi shares four i/o pins with four parallel i/o ports. the full names of the spi i/o pins are shown in table 16-1 . the generic pin names appear in the text that follows. . 16.4 functional description figure 16-2 summarizes the spi i/o registers and figure 16-3 shows the structure of the spi module. the spi module allows full-duplex, sy nchronous, serial communication between the mcu and peripheral devices, including other mcus. software can poll the spi status flags or spi operation can be interrupt driven. if a port bit is configured for input, then an internal pullup device may be enabled for that port bit. see 12.4.3 port c input pullup enable register . the following paragraphs describe the operation of the spi module. table 16-1. pin name conventions spi generic pin names: miso mosi ss spsck cgnd full spi pin names: spi ptd1/miso ptd2/mosi ptd0/ss ptd3/spsck v ss addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0010 spi control register (spcr) see page 235. read: sprie r spmstr cpol cpha spwom spe sptie write: reset:00101000 $0011 spi status and control register (spscr) see page 236. read: sprf errie ovrf modf spte modfen spr1 spr0 write: reset:00001000 $0012 spi data register (spdr) see page 238. read: r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset r = reserved = unimplemented figure 16-2. spi i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 218 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola figure 16-3. spi module block diagram transmitter cpu interrupt request reserved receiver/error cpu interrupt request 76543210 spr1 spmstr transmit data register shift register spr0 cgmout 2 clock select 2 clock divider 8 32 128 clock logic cpha cpol spi sprie spe spwom sprf spte ovrf reserved m s pin control logic receive data register sptie spe internal bus from sim modfen errie control modf spmstr mosi miso spsck ss f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 219 16.4.1 master mode the spi operates in master mode when the spi master bit, spmstr, is set. note: configure the spi modules as master or slave before enabling them. enable the master spi before enabling the slave spi. disable the slave spi before disabling the master spi. see 16.13.1 spi control register . only a master spi module can initiate transmissions. software begins the transmission from a master spi module by writing to the transmit data register. if the shift register is empty, the byte im mediately transfers to the shift register, setting the spi transmitter empty bit, spte. the byte begins shifting out on the mosi pin under the control of the serial clock. see figure 16-4 . figure 16-4. full-duplex master-slave connections the spr1 and spr0 bits control the baud rate generator and determine the speed of the shift register. (see 16.13.2 spi status and control register .) through the spsck pin, the baud rate generator of the mast er also controls the shift register of the slave peripheral. as the byte shifts out on the mosi pin of the master, another byte shifts in from the slave on the master?s miso pin. the transmission ends when the receiver full bit, sprf, becomes set. at the same time that sprf becomes set, the byte from the slave transfers to the receive data register. in normal operation, sprf signals the end of a transmission. software clears sprf by reading the spi status and control register with sprf set and then reading the spi data register. writing to the spi data register clears the spte bit. shift register shift register baud rate generator master mcu slave mcu v dd mosi mosi miso miso spsck spsck ss ss f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 220 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola 16.4.2 slave mode the spi operates in slave mode when the spmstr bit is clear. in slave mode, the spsck pin is the input for the serial cloc k from the master mcu. before a data transmission occurs, the ss pin of the slave spi must be at logic 0. ss must remain low until the transmission is complete. see 16.7.2 mode fault error . in a slave spi module, data enters the shift register under the control of the serial clock from the master spi module. after a byte enters the shift register of a slave spi, it transfers to the receive data register, and the sprf bit is set. to prevent an overflow condition, slave software then must read the receive data register before another full byte enters the shift register. the maximum frequency of the spsck for an spi configured as a slave is the bus clock speed (which is twice as fast as the fastest master spsck clock that can be generated). the frequen cy of the spsck for an spi co nfigured as a slave does not have to correspond to any spi baud rate. the baud rate only controls the speed of the spsck generated by an spi configured as a master. therefore, the frequency of the spsck for an spi configured as a slave can be any frequency less than or equal to the bus speed. when the master spi starts a transmission, the data in the slave shift register begins shifting out on the miso pin. the sl ave can load its shift register with a new byte for the next transmission by writing to its transmit data register. the slave must write to its transmit data register at leas t one bus cycle before the master starts the next transmission. otherwise, the byte already in the slave shift register shifts out on the miso pin. data written to the sl ave shift register during a transmission remains in a buffer until the end of the transmission. when the clock phase bit (cpha) is set, the first edge of spsck starts a transmission. when cpha is clear, the falling edge of ss starts a transmission. see 16.5 transmission formats . note: spsck must be in the proper idle state before the slave is enabled to prevent spsck from appearing as a clock edge. 16.5 transmission formats during an spi transmission, data is simu ltaneously transmitted (shifted out serially) and received (shifted in serially). a seri al clock synchronizes shifting and sampling on the two serial data lines. a slave select line allows selecti on of an individual slave spi device; slave devices that are not selected do not interfere with spi bus activities. on a master spi device, the slave select line can optionally be used to indicate multiple-master bus contention. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module transmission formats mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 221 16.5.1 clock phase and polarity controls software can select any of four combinations of serial clock (spsck) phase and polarity using two bits in the spi contro l register (spcr). the clock polarity is specified by the cpol control bit, which selects an active high or low clock and has no significant effect on the transmission format. the clock phase (cpha) control bit select s one of two fundamentally different transmission formats. the clock phase and polarity should be identical for the master spi device and the communicating slave device. in some cases, the phase and polarity are changed between transmi ssions to allow a master device to communicate with peripheral slav es having different requirements. note: before writing to the cpol bit or the cp ha bit, disable the spi by clearing the spi enable bit (spe). 16.5.2 transmission format when cpha = 0 figure 16-5 shows an spi transmission in which cp ha is logic 0. the figure should not be used as a replacement for data sheet parametric information. two waveforms are shown for spsck: one for cpol = 0 and another for cpol = 1. the diagram may be interpreted as a master or sl ave timing diagram since the serial clock (spsck), master in/slave out (miso), and master out/slave in (mosi) pins are directly connected bet ween the master and the slave. the miso signal is the output from the slave, and the mosi signal is the output from the master. the ss line is the slave select input to the slave. the slave spi drives its miso output only when its slave select input (ss ) is at logic 0, so that only the selected slave drives to the master. the ss pin of the master is not shown but is assumed to be inactive. the ss pin of the master must be high or must be reconfigured as general-purpose i/o not affecting the spi. (see 16.7.2 mode fault error .) when cpha = 0, the first spsck e dge is the msb capture strobe. therefore, the slave must begin driving its data before the first spsck edge, and a falling edge on the ss pin is used to start the slav e data transmission. the slave?s ss pin must be toggled back to high and then low again between each byte transmitted as shown in figure 16-6 . when cpha = 0 for a slave, the falling edge of ss indicates the beginning of the transmission. this causes the spi to leave its idle state and begin driving the miso pin with the msb of its data. once the transmission begins, no new data is allowed into the shift register from the transmi t data register. therefore, the spi data register of the slave must be loaded with transmit data before the falling edge of ss . any data written after the falling edge is stored in the transmit data register and transferred to the shift register after the current transmission. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 222 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola figure 16-5. transmission format (cpha = 0) figure 16-6. cpha/ss timing 16.5.3 transmission format when cpha = 1 figure 16-7 shows an spi transmission in which cp ha is logic 1. the figure should not be used as a replacement for data sheet parametric information. two waveforms are shown for spsck: one for cpol = 0 and another for cpol = 1. the diagram may be interpreted as a mast er or slave timing diagram since the serial clock (spsck), master in/slave out (miso), and master out/slave in (mosi) pins are directly connected between the ma ster and the slave. the miso signal is the output from the slave, and the mosi signal is the output from the master. the ss line is the slave select input to the sl ave. the slave spi drives its miso output only when its slave select input (ss ) is at logic 0, so that only the selected slave drives to the master. the ss pin of the master is not shown but is assumed to be inactive. the ss pin of the master must be high or must be reconfigured as general-purpose i/o not affecting the spi. (see 16.7.2 mode fault error .) when cpha = 1, the master begins driving its mosi pin on the first spsck edge. therefore, the slave uses the first spsc k edge as a start transmission signal. the ss pin can remain low between transmissions. this format may be preferable in systems having only one master and only one slave driving the miso data line. when cpha = 1 for a slave, the first edge of the spsck indicates the beginning of the transmission. this causes the spi to leave its idle state and begin driving the miso pin with the msb of its data. once the transmission begins, no new data is allowed into the shift register from the tr ansmit data register. therefore, the spi bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb 12345678 spsck cycle # for reference spsck; cpol = 0 spsck; cpol =1 mosi from master miso from slave ss ; to slave capture strobe byte 1 byte 3 miso/mosi byte 2 master ss slave ss cpha = 0 slave ss cpha = 1 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module transmission formats mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 223 data register of the slave must be loaded with transmit data before the first edge of spsck. any data written after the first edge is stored in the transmit data register and transferred to the shift regist er after the current transmission. figure 16-7. transmission format (cpha = 1) 16.5.4 transmission initiation latency when the spi is configured as a master (spmstr = 1), writing to the spdr starts a transmission. cpha has no effect on the delay to the start of the transmission, but it does affect the initial state of the spsck signal. when cpha = 0, the spsck signal remains inactive for the first half of the first spsck cycle. when cpha = 1, the first spsck cycle begins with an edge on the spsck line from its inactive to its active level. the spi clock rate (sel ected by spr1:spr0) affects the delay from the write to spdr and the start of the spi transmission. (see figure 16-8 .) the internal spi clock in the master is a free-running derivative of the internal mcu clock. to conserve power, it is enabled only when both the spe and spmstr bits are set. spsck edges occur halfway through the low time of the internal mcu clock. since the spi clock is free-running, it is uncertain where the write to the spdr occurs relative to the slower spsck. this uncertainty causes the variation in the initiation delay shown in figure 16-8 . this delay is no longer than a single spi bit time. that is, the maximum delay is two mcu bus cycles for div2, eight mcu bus cycles for div8, 32 mcu bus cycles for div32, and 128 mcu bus cycles for div128. bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb 12345678 spsck cycle # for reference spsck; cpol = 0 spsck; cpol =1 mosi from master miso from slave ss ; to slave capture strobe f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 224 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola figure 16-8. transmission start delay (master) write to spdr initiation delay bus mosi spsck cpha = 1 spsck cpha = 0 spsck cycle number msb bit 6 12 clock write to spdr earliest latest spsck = internal clock 2; earliest latest 2 possible start points spsck = internal clock 8; 8 possible start points earliest latest spsck = internal clock 32; 32 possible start points earliest latest spsck = internal clock 128; 128 possible start points write to spdr write to spdr write to spdr bus clock bit 5 3 bus clock bus clock bus clock initiation delay from write spdr to transfer begin f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module queuing transmission data mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 225 16.6 queuing transmission data the double-buffered transmit data register allows a data byte to be queued and transmitted. for an spi configured as a master, a queued data byte is transmitted immediately after the previous transmiss ion has completed. the spi transmitter empty flag (spte) indicates when the transmit data buffer is ready to accept new data. write to the transmit data register only when the spte bit is high. figure 16-9 shows the timing associated with doing ba ck-to-back transmissions with the spi (spsck has cpha: cpol = 1:0). figure 16-9. sprf/spte cpu interrupt timing the transmit data buffer allows back-to-b ack transmissions without the slave precisely timing its writes between transmis sions as in a system with a single data buffer. also, if no new data is written to the data buffer, the last value contained in the shift register is the nex t data word to be transmitted. for an idle master or idle slave that has no data loaded into its transmit buffer, the spte is set again no more than two bus c ycles after the transmit buffer empties into the shift register. this allows the us er to queue up a 16-bit value to send. for an already active slave, the load of the shift register cannot occur until the transmission is completed. this implies that a back-to-back write to the transmit data register is not possible. the spte indicates when the next write can occur. bit 3 mosi spsck spte write to spdr 1 cpu writes byte 2 to spdr, queueing byte 2 cpu writes byte 1 to spdr, clearing spte bit. byte 1 transfers from transmit data 3 1 2 2 3 5 register to shift register, setting spte bit. sprf read spscr msb bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 lsb msb bit 6 byte 2 transfers from transmit data cpu writes byte 3 to spdr, queueing byte byte 3 transfers from transmit data 5 8 10 8 10 4 first incoming byte transfers from shift 6 cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set. 4 6 9 second incoming byte transfers from shift 9 11 and clearing spte bit. register to shift register, setting spte bit. register to receive data register, setting sprf bit. 3 and clearing spte bit. register to shift register, setting spte bit. register to receive data register, setting sprf bit. 12 cpu reads spdr, clearing sprf bit. bit 5 bit 4 byte 1 byte 2 byte 3 7 12 read spdr 7 cpu reads spdr, clearing sprf bit. 11 cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set. cpha:cpol = 1:0 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 226 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola 16.7 error conditions the following flags signal spi error conditions: overflow (ovrf) ? failing to read the spi data register before the next full byte enters the shift register sets the ovrf bit. the new byte does not transfer to the receive data register, and the unread byte still can be read. ovrf is in the spi status and control register. mode fault error (modf) ? the modf bit indicates that the voltage on the slave select pin (ss ) is inconsistent with the mode of the spi. modf is in the spi status and control register. 16.7.1 overflow error the overflow flag (ovrf) becomes set if the receive data register still has unread data from a previous transmission when the capture strobe of bit 1 of the next transmission occurs. the bit 1 capture strobe occurs in the middle of spsck cycle 7 (see figure 16-5 and figure 16-7 .) if an overflow occurs, all data received after the overflow and before the ovrf bit is cleared does not transfer to the receive data register and does not set the spi receiver full bit (sprf). the unread data that transferred to the receive data register before the overflow occurred can still be read. therefore, an overflow error always indicates the loss of data. clear the overflow flag by reading the spi status and control register and then reading the spi data register. ovrf generates a receiver/error cpu interrupt request if the error interrupt enable bit (errie) is also set. the sprf, modf, and ovrf interrupts share the same cpu interrupt vector (see figure 16-12 .) it is not possible to enable modf or ovrf individually to generate a receiver/error cpu interrupt request. however, leaving modfen low prevents modf from being set. if the cpu sprf interrupt is enabled and the ovrf interrupt is not, watch for an overflow condition. figure 16-10 shows how it is possibl e to miss an overflow. the first part of figure 16-10 shows how it is possible to read the spscr and spdr to clear the sprf without problems. however, as illustrated by the second transmission example, the ovrf bit can be set in between the time that spscr and spdr are read. in this case, an overflow can be missed easily. since no more sprf interrupts can be generated until this ovrf is serviced, it is not obvious that bytes are being lost as more transmissions are completed. to prevent this, either enable the ovrf interrupt or do another read of the spsc r following the read of the spdr. this ensures that the ovrf was not set before the sprf was cleared and that future transmissions can set the sprf bit. figure 16-11 illustrates this process. generally, to avoid this second spscr read, enable the ovrf to the cpu by setting the errie bit. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module error conditions mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 227 figure 16-10. missed read of overflow condition figure 16-11. clearing sprf when ovrf interrupt is not enabled read read ovrf sprf byte 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 byte 1 sets sprf bit. cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set cpu reads byte 1 in spdr, byte 2 sets sprf bit. cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set byte 3 sets ovrf bit. byte 3 is lost. cpu reads byte 2 in spdr, clearing sprf bit, byte 4 fails to set sprf bit because 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 clearing sprf bit. but not ovrf bit. ovrf bit is not cleared. byte 4 is lost. and ovrf bit clear. and ovrf bit clear. spscr spdr read read ovrf sprf byte 1 byte 2 byte 3 byte 4 1 byte 1 sets sprf bit. cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set cpu reads byte 1 in spdr, cpu reads spscr again byte 2 sets sprf bit. cpu reads spscr with sprf bit set byte 3 sets ovrf bit. byte 3 is lost. cpu reads byte 2 in spdr, cpu reads spscr again cpu reads byte 2 spdr, byte 4 sets sprf bit. cpu reads spscr. cpu reads byte 4 in spdr, cpu reads spscr again 1 2 3 clearing sprf bit. 4 to check ovrf bit. 5 6 7 8 9 clearing sprf bit. to check ovrf bit. 10 clearing ovrf bit. 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 clearing sprf bit. to check ovrf bit. spi receive complete and ovrf bit clear. and ovrf bit clear. spscr spdr f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 228 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola 16.7.2 mode fault error setting the spmstr bit selects master mode and configur es the spsck and mosi pins as outputs and the miso pin as an input. clearing spmstr selects slave mode and configures the spsck and mosi pins as inputs and the miso pin as an output. the mode fault bit, modf, becomes set any time the state of the slave select pin, ss , is inconsistent with the mode selected by spmstr. to prevent spi pin contention and damage to t he mcu, a mode fault error occurs if: the ss pin of a slave spi goes high during a transmission the ss pin of a master spi goes low at any time for the modf flag to be set, the mode fault error enable bit (modfen) must be set. clearing the modfen bit does not clear the modf flag but does prevent modf from being set again after modf is cleared. modf generates a receiver/error cpu interrupt request if the error interrupt enable bit (errie) is also set. the sprf, modf, and ovrf interrupts share the same cpu interrupt vector. (see figure 16-12 .) it is not possible to enable modf or ovrf individually to generate a receiver/error cpu interrupt request. however, leaving modfen low prevents modf from being set. in a master spi with the mode fault enable bit (modfen) set, the mode fault flag (modf) is set if ss goes to logic 0. a mode fault in a master spi causes the following events to occur: if errie = 1, the spi generates an spi receiver/error cpu interrupt request. the spe bit is cleared. the spte bit is set. the spi state counter is cleared. the data direction register of the shared i/o port regains control of port drivers. note: to prevent bus contention with another master spi after a mode fault error, clear all spi bits of the data direction regist er of the shared i/o port before enabling the spi. when configured as a slave (spmstr = 0), the modf flag is set if ss goes high during a transmission. when cpha = 0, a transmission begins when ss goes low and ends once the incoming spsck goes back to its idle level following the shift of the eighth data bit. when cpha = 1, the transmission begins when the spsck leaves its idle level and ss is already low. the trans mission continues until the spsck returns to its idle level followin g the shift of the last data bit. see 16.5 transmission formats . note: setting the modf flag does not clear the spmstr bit. the spmstr bit has no function when spe = 0. reading spmstr when modf = 1 shows the difference between a modf occurring when the spi is a master and when it is a slave. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module interrupts mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 229 when cpha = 0, a modf occurs if a slave is selected (ss is at logic 0) and later unselected (ss is at logic 1) even if no spsck is sent to that slave. this happens because ss at logic 0 indicates the start of the transmission (miso driven out with the value of msb) for cpha = 0. when cpha = 1, a slave can be selected and then later unselected with no transmission occurring. therefore, modf does not occur since a transmission was never begun. in a slave spi (mstr = 0), the modf bit generates an spi receiver/error cpu interrupt request if the errie bit is set. the modf bit does not clear the spe bit or reset the spi in any way. software can abort the spi trans mission by clearing the spe bit of the slave. note: a logic 1 voltage on the ss pin of a slave spi puts the miso pin in a high impedance state. also, the sl ave spi ignores all incoming spsck clocks, even if it was already in the middle of a transmission. to clear the modf flag, read the spscr wi th the modf bit set and then write to the spcr register. this entire clearing mechanism must occur with no modf condition existing or else the flag is not cleared. 16.8 interrupts four spi status flags can be enabled to generate cpu interrupt requests. see table 16-2 . reading the spi status and control register with sprf set and then reading the receive data register clears sprf. the clearing mechanism for the spte flag is always just a write to the transmit data register. the spi transmitter interrupt enable bit (sptie) enables the spte flag to generate transmitter cpu interrupt requests, provided that the spi is enabled (spe = 1). the spi receiver interrupt enable bit (sprie) enables the sprf bit to generate receiver cpu interrupt requests, regard less of the state of the spe bit. see figure 16-12 . the error interrupt enable bit (errie) enables both the modf and ovrf bits to generate a receiver/error cpu interrupt request. table 16-2. spi interrupts flag request spte transmitter empty spi transmitter cpu interrupt request (sptie = 1, spe = 1) sprf receiver full spi receiver cpu interrupt request (sprie = 1) ovrf overflow spi receiver/error interrupt request (errie = 1) modf mode fault spi receiver/error interrupt request (errie = 1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 230 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola the mode fault enable bit (modfen) can prevent the modf flag from being set so that only the ovrf bit is enabled by the errie bit to generate receiver/error cpu interrupt requests. figure 16-12. spi interrupt request generation the following sources in the spi status and control register can generate cpu interrupt requests: spi receiver full bit (sprf) ? the sprf bit becomes set every time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. if the spi receiver interrupt enable bit, sprie, is also set, sprf generates an spi receiver/error cpu interrupt request. spi transmitter empty (spte) ? t he spte bit becomes set every time a byte transfers from the transmit data re gister to the shift register. if the spi transmit interrupt enable bit, sptie, is also set, spte generates an spte cpu interrupt request. 16.9 resetting the spi any system reset completely resets the sp i. partial resets occur whenever the spi enable bit (spe) is low. whenever spe is low, the following occurs: the spte flag is set. any transmission currently in progress is aborted. the shift register is cleared. the spi state counter is cleared, making it ready for a new complete transmission. all the spi port logic is defaul ted back to being general-purpose i/o. spte sptie sprf sprie spe cpu interrupt request cpu interrupt request not available spi transmitter not available spi receiver/error errie modf ovrf f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module low-power modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 231 these items are reset only by a system reset: all control bits in the spcr register all control bits in the spscr regi ster (modfen, errie, spr1, and spr0) the status flags sprf, ovrf, and modf by not resetting the control bits when spe is low, the user can clear spe between transmissions without having to set all co ntrol bits again when spe is set back high for the next transmission. by not resetting the sprf, ovrf, and modf fl ags, the user can still service these interrupts after the spi has been disabled. the user can disable the spi by writing 0 to the spe bit. the spi can also be disabled by a mode fault occurring in an spi that was configured as a master with the modfen bit set. 16.10 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 16.10.1 wait mode the spi module remains active after the execution of a wait instruction. in wait mode the spi module registers are not ac cessible by the cpu. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the spi module can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if spi module functions are not requi red during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the spi module before executing the wait instruction. to exit wait mode when an overflow c ondition occurs, enable the ovrf bit to generate cpu interrupt requests by setting the error interrupt enable bit (errie). see 16.8 interrupts . 16.10.2 stop mode the spi module is inactive after the execution of a stop instruction. the stop instruction does not affect register conditions. spi operation resumes after an external interrupt. if stop mode is exit ed by reset, any transfer in progress is aborted, and the spi is reset. 16.11 spi during break interrupts the system integration module (sim) contro ls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. the bcfe bit in the sim break flag control register (sbfcr) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. see section 15. system integration module (sim) . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 232 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola to allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. to protect status bits during the break stat e, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), software can read and write i/o registers during the break state without affecting status bits. some status bits have a 2-step read/write clearing procedure. if software does the first step on such a bit before the break, the bit cannot change during the break state as long as bcfe is at logic 0. after the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. since the spte bit cannot be cleared during a break with the bcfe bit cleared, a write to the transmit data register in break mode does not initiate a transmission nor is this data transferred into the shift register. therefore, a write to the spdr in break mode with the bcfe bit cleared has no effect. 16.12 i/o signals the spi module has five i/o pins and shares four of them with a parallel i/o port. they are: miso ? data received mosi ? data transmitted spsck ? serial clock ss ? slave select cgnd ? clock ground (internally connected to v ss ) the spi has limited inter-integrated circuit (i 2 c) capability (requiring software support) as a master in a single-master environment. to communicate with i 2 c peripherals, mosi becomes an open-drain output when the spwom bit in the spi control register is set. in i 2 c communication, the mosi and miso pins are connected to a bidirectional pin from the i 2 c peripheral and through a pullup resistor to v dd . 16.12.1 miso (master in/slave out) miso is one of the two spi module pins that transmits serial data. in full duplex operation, the miso pin of the master sp i module is connected to the miso pin of the slave spi module. the master spi si multaneously receives data on its miso pin and transmits data from its mosi pin. slave output data on the miso pin is enab led only when the spi is configured as a slave. the spi is configured as a slave when its spmstr bit is logic 0 and its ss pin is at logic 0. to support a multiple-slave system, a logic 1 on the ss pin puts the miso pin in a high-impedance state. when enabled, the spi controls data direct ion of the miso pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared i/o port. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module i/o signals mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 233 16.12.2 mosi (master out/slave in) mosi is one of the two spi module pins t hat transmits serial data. in full-duplex operation, the mosi pin of the master sp i module is connected to the mosi pin of the slave spi module. the master spi simultaneously transmits data from its mosi pin and receives data on its miso pin. when enabled, the spi controls data direct ion of the mosi pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared i/o port. 16.12.3 spsck (serial clock) the serial clock synchronizes data tr ansmission between master and slave devices. in a master mcu, the spsck pin is the clock output. in a slave mcu, the spsck pin is the clock input. in full-duplex oper ation, the master and slave mcus exchange a byte of data in eight serial clock cycles. when enabled, the spi controls data direction of the spsck pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared i/o port. 16.12.4 ss (slave select) the ss pin has various functions depending on the current state of the spi. for an spi configured as a slave, the ss is used to select a slave. for cpha = 0, the ss is used to define the start of a transmission. (see 16.5 transmission formats .) since it is used to indicate the start of a transmission, the ss must be toggled high and low between each byte transmitted fo r the cpha = 0 format. however, it can remain low between transmissions for the cpha = 1 format. see figure 16-13 . figure 16-13. cpha/ss timing when an spi is configured as a slave, the ss pin is always configured as an input. it cannot be used as a general-purpose i/o regardless of the state of the modfen control bit. however, the modfen bit can still prevent the state of the ss from creating a modf error. see 16.13.2 spi status and control register . note: a logic 1 voltage on the ss pin of a slave spi puts the miso pin in a high-impedance state. the slave spi ignor es all incoming spsck clocks, even if it was already in the middle of a transmission. when an spi is configured as a master, the ss input can be used in conjunction with the modf flag to prevent multiple masters from driving mosi and spsck. byte 1 byte 3 miso/mosi byte 2 master ss slave ss cpha = 0 slave ss cpha = 1 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 234 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola (see 16.7.2 mode fault error .) for the state of the ss pin to set the modf flag, the modfen bit in the spsck register must be set. if the modfen bit is low for an spi master, the ss pin can be used as a general-purpose i/o under the control of the data direction register of the shar ed i/o port. with modfen high, it is an input-only pin to the spi regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared i/o port. the cpu can always read the state of the ss pin by configuring the appropriate pin as an input and reading the port data register. see table 16-3 . 16.12.5 cgnd (clock ground) cgnd is the ground return for the serial clock pin, spsck, and the ground for the port output buffers. it is in ternally connected to v ss as shown in table 16-1 . 16.13 i/o registers three registers control and monitor spi operation: spi control register (spcr) spi status and control register (spscr) spi data register (spdr) 16.13.1 spi control register the spi control register: enables spi module interrupt requests configures the spi module as master or slave selects serial clock polarity and phase configures the spsck, mosi, and miso pins as open-drain outputs enables the spi module table 16-3. spi configuration spe spmstr modfen spi conf iguration state of ss logic 0 x (1)) 1. x = don?t care x not enabled general-purpose i/o; ss ignored by spi 1 0 x slave input-only to spi 1 1 0 master without modf general-purpose i/o; ss ignored by spi 1 1 1 master with modf input-only to spi f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 235 sprie ? spi receiver interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables cpu interrupt requests generated by the sprf bit. the sprf bit is set when a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. reset clears the sprie bit. 1 = sprf cpu interrupt requests enabled 0 = sprf cpu interrupt requests disabled spmstr ? spi master bit this read/write bit selects master mode operation or slave mode operation. reset sets the spmstr bit. 1 = master mode 0 = slave mode cpol ? clock polarity bit this read/write bit determines the logic state of the spsck pin between transmissions. (see figure 16-5 and figure 16-7 .) to transmit data between spi modules, the spi modules must hav e identical cpol values. reset clears the cpol bit. cpha ? clock phase bit this read/write bit controls the timing relationship between the serial clock and spi data. (see figure 16-5 and figure 16-7 .) to transmit data between spi modules, the spi modules must have ident ical cpha values. when cpha = 0, the ss pin of the slave spi module must be set to logic 1 between bytes. (see figure 16-13 .) reset sets the cpha bit. spwom ? spi wired-or mode bit this read/write bit disables the pull up devices on pins spsck, mosi, and miso so that those pins become open-drain outputs. 1 = wired-or spsck, mosi, and miso pins 0 = normal push-pull spsck, mosi, and miso pins spe ? spi enable this read/write bit enables the spi modul e. clearing spe causes a partial reset of the spi. (see 16.9 resetting the spi .) reset clears the spe bit. 1 = spi module enabled 0 = spi module disabled address: $0010 bit 7654321bit 0 read: sprie r spmstr cpol cpha spwom spe sptie write: reset:00101000 r = reserved = unimplemented figure 16-14. spi control register (spcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 236 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola sptie? spi transmit interrupt enable this read/write bit enables cpu interrupt requests generated by the spte bit. spte is set when a byte transfers from the transmit data register to the shift register. reset clears the sptie bit. 1 = spte cpu interrupt requests enabled 0 = spte cpu interrupt requests disabled 16.13.2 spi status and control register the spi status and control register co ntains flags to si gnal these conditions: receive data register full failure to clear sprf bit before next byte is received (overflow error) inconsistent logic level on ss pin (mode fault error) transmit data register empty the spi status and control register also co ntains bits that perform these functions: enable error interrupts enable mode fault error detection select master spi baud rate sprf ? spi receiver full bit this clearable, read-only flag is set each time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. sprf generates a cpu interrupt request if the sprie bit in the spi control register is set also. during an sprf cpu interrupt, the cpu clears sprf by reading the spi status and control register with sprf set and then reading the spi data register. reset clears the sprf bit. 1 = receive data register full 0 = receive data register not full errie ? error interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables the modf and ovrf bits to generate cpu interrupt requests. reset clears the errie bit. 1 = modf and ovrf can generate cpu interrupt requests 0 = modf and ovrf cannot generate cpu interrupt requests address: $0011 bit 7654321bit 0 read: sprf errie ovrf modf spte modfen spr1 spr0 write: reset:00001000 = unimplemented figure 16-15. spi status and control register (spscr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral interface (spi) module i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola serial peripheral interface (spi) module 237 ovrf ? overflow bit this clearable, read-only flag is set if software does not read the byte in the receive data register before the next full byte enters the shift register. in an overflow condition, the byte already in the receive data register is unaffected, and the byte that shifted in last is lost. clear the ovrf bit by reading the spi status and control register with ovrf set and then reading the receive data register. reset clears the ovrf bit. 1 = overflow 0 = no overflow modf ? mode fault bit this clearable, read-only flag is set in a slave spi if the ss pin goes high during a transmission with the modfen bit set. in a master spi, the modf flag is set if the ss pin goes low at any time with the modfen bit set. clear the modf bit by reading the spi status and control regi ster (spscr) with modf set and then writing to the spi control register (spcr). reset clears the modf bit. 1 = ss pin at inappropriate logic level 0 = ss pin at appropriate logic level spte ? spi transmitter empty bit this clearable, read-only flag is set each time the transmit data register transfers a byte into the shift register. spte generates an spte cpu interrupt request or an spte dma service request if the sptie bit in the spi control register is set also. note: do not write to the spi data register unless the spte bit is high. during an spte cpu interrupt, the cpu clears the spte bit by writing to the transmit data register. reset sets the spte bit. 1 = transmit data register empty 0 = transmit data register not empty modfen ? mode fault enable bit this read/write bit, when set to 1, allows the modf flag to be set. if the modf flag is set, clearing the modfen does no t clear the modf flag. if the spi is enabled as a master and the modfen bit is low, then the ss pin is available as a general-purpose i/o. if the modfen bit is set, then this pin is not available as a general-purpose i/o. when the spi is enabled as a slave, the ss pin is not available as a general-purpose i/o regardless of the value of modfen. see 16.12.4 ss (slave select) . if the modfen bit is low, the level of the ss pin does not affect the operation of an enabled spi configured as a master. for an enabled spi configured as a slave, having modfen low only prevents the modf flag from being set. it does not affect any other part of spi operation. see 16.7.2 mode fault error . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . serial peripheral in terface (spi) module data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 238 serial peripheral interface (spi) module motorola spr1 and spr0 ? spi baud rate select bits in master mode, these read/write bits select one of four baud rates as shown in table 16-4 . spr1 and spr0 have no effect in slave mode. reset clears spr1 and spr0. use this formula to calculate the spi baud rate: where: cgmout = base clock output of the clock generator module (cgm) bd = baud rate divisor 16.13.3 spi data register the spi data register consists of the read-only receive data register and the write-only transmit data register. writing to the spi data register writes data into the transmit data register. reading the spi da ta register reads data from the receive data register. the transmit data and receive data registers are separate registers that can contain different values. see figure 16-3 . r7?r0/t7?t0 ? receive/transmit data bits note: do not use read-modify-write instructions on the spi data register since the register read is not the same as the register written. table 16-4. spi master baud rate selection spr1 and spr0 baud rate divisor (bd) 00 2 01 8 10 32 11 128 baud rate cgmout 2bd -------------------------- = address: $0012 bit 7654321bit 0 read:r7r6r5r4r3r2r1r0 write: t7 t6 t5 t4 t3 t2 t1 t0 reset: unaffected by reset figure 16-16. spi data register (spdr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timebase module (tbm) 239 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 17. timebase module (tbm) 17.1 introduction this section describes the timebase module (tbm). the tbm will generate periodic interrupts at user selectable rates using a counter clocked by the external clock source. this tbm version uses 15 divider stages, eight of which are user selectable. a configuration option bit to select an additional 128 divide of the external clock source can be selected. see section 5. configuration register (config) 17.2 features features of the tbm module include: external clock or an additional divide-by-128 selected by configuration option bit as clock source software configurable periodic interrupts with divide-by: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 2048, 8192, and 32768 taps of the selected clock source configurable for operation during stop mode to allow periodic wakeup from stop 17.3 functional description this module can generate a periodic interrupt by dividing the clock source supplied from the clock generator module, cgmxclk. the counter is initialized to all 0s when tbon bit is cleared. the counter, shown in figure 17-1 , starts counting when the tbon bit is set. when the counter overflows at the tap selected by tbr2?tbr0, the tbif bit gets set. if the tbie bit is set, an interrupt request is sent to the cpu. the tbif flag is cleared by writing a 1 to the tack bit. the first time the tbif flag is set after enabling the timebase module, the interrupt is generated at approximately half of the overflow period. subsequent events occur at the exact period. the timebase module may remain active after execution of the stop instruction if the crystal oscillator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the osceninstop bit in the configuration r egister. the timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timebase module (tbm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 240 timebase module (tbm) motorola 17.4 interrupts the timebase module can periodi cally interrupt the cpu with a rate defined by the selected tbmclk and the select bits tbr2?tbr0. when the timebase counter chain rolls over, the tbif flag is set. if the tbie bit is set, enabling the timebase interrupt, the counter chain overflow will generate a cpu interrupt request. figure 17-1. timebase block diagram note: interrupts must be acknowledged by writing a logic 1 to the tack bit. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 sel 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 tbif tbr1 tbr0 tbie tbmint tbon 2 r tack tbr2 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 tbmclk from cgm module tbmclksel from config2 divide by 128 prescaler 0 1 cgmxclk f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timebase module (tbm) tbm interrupt rate mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timebase module (tbm) 241 17.5 tbm interrupt rate the interrupt rate is determined by the equation: where: f tbmclk = frequency supplied from the clock generator (cgm) module divider = divider value as determined by tbr2?tbr0 settings, see table 17-1 as an example, a clock source of 4.9152 mhz, with the tmclksel set for divide-by-128 and the tbr2?tbr0 set to {011}, the divider tap is1 and the interrupt rate calculates to: 1/(4.9152 x 10 6 /128) = 26 s note: do not change tbr2?tbr0 bits while the timebase is enabled (tbon = 1). 17.6 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power- consumption standby modes. 17.6.1 wait mode the timebase module remains active after ex ecution of the wait instruction. in wait mode the timebase register is not accessible by the cpu. if the timebase functions are not required during wait mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before executing the wait instruction. table 17-1. timebase divider selection tbr2 tbr1 tbr0 divider tap tmbclksel 01 0 0 0 32,768 4,194,304 0 0 1 8192 1,048,576 0 1 0 2048 262144 0 1 1 128 16,384 1 0 0 64 8192 1 0 1 32 4096 1 1 0 16 2048 1 1 1 8 1024 t tbmrate 1 f tbmrate -------------------------------- divider f tbmclk --------------------------- - == f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timebase module (tbm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 242 timebase module (tbm) motorola 17.6.2 stop mode the timebase module may remain active after execution of the stop instruction if the internal clock generator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the osceninstop bit in the configuratio n register. the timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. if the internal clock generator has not been enabled to operate in stop mode, the timebase module will not be active during stop mode. in stop mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the cpu. if the timebase functions are not r equired during stop mode, reduce power consumption by disabli ng the timebase module before executing the stop instruction. 17.7 timebase c ontrol register the timebase has one register, the timebas e control register (tbcr), which is used to enable the timebase interrupts and set the rate. tbif ? timebase interrupt flag this read-only flag bit is set when t he timebase counter has rolled over. 1 = timebase interrupt pending 0 = timebase interrupt not pending tbr2?tbr0 ? timebase divider selection bits these read/write bits select the tap in the counter to be used for timebase interrupts as shown in table 17-1 . note: do not change tbr2?tbr0 bits while the timebase is enabled (tbon = 1). tack? timebase acknowledge bit the tack bit is a write-only bit and always reads as 0. writing a logic 1 to this bit clears tbif, the timebase interrupt flag bi t. writing a logic 0 to this bit has no effect. 1 = clear timebase interrupt flag 0 = no effect address: $001c bit 7654321bit 0 read: tbif tbr2 tbr1 tbr0 0 tbie tbon r write: tack reset:00000000 = unimplemented r = reserved figure 17-2. timebase control register (tbcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timebase module (tbm) timebase control register mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timebase module (tbm) 243 tbie ? timebase interrupt enabled bit this read/write bit enables the timebase interrupt when the tbif bit becomes set. reset clears the tbie bit. 1 = timebase interrupt is enabled. 0 = timebase interrupt is disabled. tbon ? timebase enabled bit this read/write bit enables the timebase. timebase may be turned off to reduce power consumption when its function is not necessary. the counter can be initialized by clearing and then setting this bit. reset clears the tbon bit. 1 = timebase is enabled. 0 = timebase is disabled and t he counter initialized to 0s. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timebase module (tbm) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 244 timebase module (tbm) motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 245 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 18. timer inte rface module (tim) 18.1 introduction this section describes the timer interface (tim) module. the tim is a two-channel timer that provides a timing reference with input capture, output compare, and pulse-width-modulation functions. figure 18-1 is a block diagram of the tim. this particular mcu has two timer interface modules which are denoted as tim1 and tim2. figure 18-1. tim block diagram prescaler prescaler select internal 16-bit comparator ps2 ps1 ps0 16-bit comparator 16-bit latch tch0h:tch0l ms0a els0b els0a tof toie 16-bit comparator 16-bit latch tch1h:tch1l channel 0 channel 1 tmodh:tmodl trst tstop tov0 ch0ie ch0f els1b els1a tov1 ch1ie ch1max ch1f ch0max ms0b 16-bit counter internal bus bus clock ms1a t[1,2]ch0 t[1,2]ch1 interrupt logic port logic interrupt logic interrupt logic port logic f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 246 timer interface module (tim) motorola timer interface module (tim) figure 18-2. block diagram highlighting tim blocks and pins monitor module m68hc08 cpu control and status registers ? 64 bytes user flash ? 15,872 bytes user ram ? 1024 bytes monitor rom ? 350 bytes user flash vector space ? 44 bytes porta ddra ddrc portc ddrd portd ddre porte internal bus osc1 osc2 rst (3) irq (3) pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 (1) ptb7/ad7 ptb6/ad6 ptb5/ad5 ptb4/ad4 ptb3/ad3 ptb2/ad2 ptb1/ad1 ptb0/ad0 ptc6 (1) ptc5 (1) ptc4 (1), (2) ptc3 (1), (2) ptc2 (1), (2) ptc1 (1), (2) ptc0 (1), (2) ptd7/t2ch1 (1) ptd6/t2ch0 (1) ptd5/t1ch1 (1) ptd4/t1ch0 (1) ptd3/spsck (1) ptd2/mosi (1) ptd1/miso (1) ptd0/ss (1) pte1/rxd pte0/txd security module power v ss v dd v ssa v dda 1. ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. higher current drive port pins 3. pin contains integrated pullup device monitor mode entry module ddrb portb v ddad /v refh v ddad /v refl pte5?pte2 flash programming routines rom ? 406 bytes clock generator module cgmxfc phase locked loop 32?100 khz oscillator cpu registers arithmetic/logic unit (alu) system integration module single external interrupt module 10-bit analog-to-digital converter module power-on reset module programmable timebase module single breakpoint break module dual voltage low-voltage inhibit module 8-bit keyboard interrupt module 2-channel timer interface module 1 2-channel timer interface module 2 enhanced serial comunications interface module computer operating properly module serial peripheral interface module data bus switch module memory map module configuration register 1?2 module f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) features mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 247 18.2 features features of the tim include: two input capture/output compare channels: ? rising-edge, falling-edge, or any-edge input capture trigger ? set, clear, or toggle output compare action buffered and unbuffered pulse-width-modulation (pwm) signal generation programmable tim clock input with 7- frequency internal bus clock prescaler selection free-running or modulo up-count operation toggle any channel pin on overflow tim counter stop and reset bits 18.3 pin name conventions the text that follows describes both ti mers, tim1 and tim2. the tim input/output (i/o) pin names are t[1,2]ch0 (timer c hannel 0) and t[1,2]ch1 (timer channel 1), where ?1? is used to indicate tim1 and ?2? is used to indicate tim2. the two tims share four i/o pins with four port d i/o port pins. the full names of the tim i/o pins are listed in table 18-1 . the generic pin names appear in the text that follows. note: references to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. for example, tch0 may refer generically to t1ch0 and t2ch0, and tch1 may refer to t1ch1 and t2ch1. 18.4 functional description figure 18-1 shows the structure of the tim. the central component of the tim is the 16-bit tim counter that can operate as a free-running counter or a modulo up-counter. the tim counter provides t he timing reference for the input capture and output compare functions. the tim counter modulo registers, tmodh:tmodl, control the modulo value of the tim counter. software can read the tim counter value at any time wi thout affecting the counting sequence. the two tim channels (per timer) are programmable independently as input capture or output compare channels. if a c hannel is configured as input capture, table 18-1. pin name conventions tim generic pin names: t[1,2]ch0 t[1,2]ch1 full tim pin names: tim1 ptd4/t1ch0 ptd5/t1ch1 tim2 ptd6/t2ch0 ptd7/t2ch1 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 248 timer interface module (tim) motorola then an internal pullup device may be enabled for that channel. see 12.5.3 port d input pullup enable register . figure 18-3 summarizes the timer registers. note: references to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. for example, tsc may generically refer to both t1sc and t2sc. addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $0020 timer 1 status and control register (t1sc) see page 256. read: tof toie tstop 00 ps2 ps1 ps0 write: 0 trst reset:00100000 $0021 timer 1 counter register high (t1cnth) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 $0022 timer 1 counter register low (t1cntl) see page 258. read:bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $0023 timer 1 counter modulo register high (t1modh) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:11111111 $0024 timer 1 counter modulo register low (t1modl) see page 259. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:11111111 $0025 timer 1 channel 0 status and control register (t1sc0) see page 259. read: ch0f ch0ie ms0b ms0a els0b els0a tov0 ch0max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0026 timer 1 channel 0 register high (t1ch0h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0027 timer 1 channel 0 register low (t1ch0l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0028 timer 1 channel 1 status and control register (t1sc1) see page 259. read: ch1f ch1ie 0 ms1a els1b els1a tov1 ch1max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0029 timer 1 channel 1 register high (t1ch1h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset = unimplemented figure 18-3. tim i/o register summary (sheet 1 of 2) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 249 $002a timer 1 channel 1 register low (t1ch1l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $002b timer 2 status and control register (t2sc) see page 256. read: tof toie tstop 00 ps2 ps1 ps0 write: 0 trst reset:00100000 $002c timer 2 counter register high (t2cnth) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 $002d timer 2 counter register low (t2cntl) see page 258. read:bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $002e timer 2 counter modulo register high (t2modh) see page 258. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:11111111 $002f timer 2 counter modulo register low (t2modl) see page 259. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:11111111 $0030 timer 2 channel 0 status and control register (t2sc0) see page 259. read: ch0f ch0ie ms0b ms0a els0b els0a tov0 ch0max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0031 timer 2 channel 0 register high (t2ch0h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0032 timer 2 channel 0 register low (t2ch0l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0033 timer 2 channel 1 status and control register (t2sc1) see page 259. read: ch1f ch1ie 0 ms1a els1b els1a tov1 ch1max write: 0 reset:00000000 $0034 timer 2 channel 1 register high (t2ch1h) see page 262. read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset $0035 timer 2 channel 1 register low (t2ch1l) see page 262. read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 = unimplemented figure 18-3. tim i/o register summary (sheet 2 of 2) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 250 timer interface module (tim) motorola 18.4.1 tim counter prescaler the tim clock source can be one of the seven prescaler outputs. the prescaler generates seven clock rates from the internal bus clock. the prescaler select bits, ps[2:0], in the tim status and control register select the tim clock source. 18.4.2 input capture with the input capture function, the tim ca n capture the time at which an external event occurs. when an active edge occurs on the pin of an input capture channel, the tim latches the contents of the tim counter into the tim channel registers, tchxh:tchxl. the polarity of the active edge is programmable. input captures can generate tim cpu interrupt requests. 18.4.3 output compare with the output compare function, the tim can generate a periodic pulse with a programmable polarity, duration, and fr equency. when the counter reaches the value in the registers of an output compare channel, the tim can set, clear, or toggle the channel pin. output compares can generate tim cpu interrupt requests. 18.4.3.1 unbuffere d output compare any output compare channel can generate unbuffered output compare pulses as described in 18.4.3 output compare . the pulses are unbuffered because changing the output compare value requires writing the new value over the old value currently in the tim channel registers. an unsynchronized write to the tim ch annel registers to change an output compare value could cause incorrect operation for up to two counter overflow periods. for example, writing a new value before the counter reaches the old value but after the counter reaches the new value prevents any compare during that counter overflow period. also, using a tim overflow interrupt routine to write a new, smaller output compare value may cause the compare to be missed. the tim may pass the new value before it is written. use the following methods to synchroni ze unbuffered changes in the output compare value on channel x: when changing to a smaller value, enable channel x output compare interrupts and write the new value in the output compare interrupt routine. the output compare interrupt occurs at the end of the current output compare pulse. the interrupt routine has until the end of the counter overflow period to write the new value. when changing to a larger output compare value, enable tim overflow interrupts and write the new value in the tim overflow interrupt routine. the tim overflow interrupt occurs at the end of the current counter overflow f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 251 period. writing a larger value in an output compare interrupt routine (at the end of the current pulse) could cause two output compares to occur in the same counter overflow period. 18.4.3.2 buffered output compare channels 0 and 1 can be linked to form a buffered output compare channel whose output appears on the tch0 pin. the tim channel registers of the linked pair alternately control the output. setting the ms0b bit in tim channel 0 stat us and control register (tsc0) links channel 0 and channel 1. the output compare value in the tim channel 0 registers initially controls the output on the tch0 pin. writing to the tim channel 1 registers enables the tim channel 1 registers to synchronously control the output after the tim overflows. at each subsequent overflow, the tim channel registers (0 or 1) that control the output are the ones written to last. tsc0 controls and monitors the buffered output compare function, and tim channel 1 status and control register (tsc1) is unused. while the ms0b bit is set, the channel 1 pin, tch1, is available as a general-purpose i/o pin. note: in buffered output compare operation, do not write new output compare values to the currently active channel registers. user software should track the currently active channel to prevent writing a new val ue to the active channel. writing to the active channel registers is the same as generating unbuffered output compares. 18.4.4 pulse width modulation (pwm) by using the toggle-on-overflow feature with an output compare channel, the tim can generate a pwm signal. the value in the tim counter modulo registers determines the period of the pwm si gnal. the channel pin toggles when the counter reaches the value in the tim count er modulo registers. the time between overflows is the period of the pwm signal. as figure 18-4 shows, the output compare value in the tim channel registers determines the pulse width of the pw m signal. the time between overflow and output compare is the pulse width. program the tim to clear the channel pin on output compare if the state of the pwm pulse is logic 1. program the tim to set the pin if the state of the pwm pulse is logic 0. the value in the tim counter modulo registers and the selected prescaler output determines the frequency of the pwm output. the frequency of an 8-bit pwm signal is variable in 256 increments. writing $00ff (255) to the tim counter modulo registers produces a pwm period of 256 times the internal bus clock period if the prescaler select value is $000. see 18.9.1 tim status and control register . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 252 timer interface module (tim) motorola figure 18-4. pwm period and pulse width the value in the tim channel registers determines the pulse width of the pwm output. the pulse width of an 8-bit pwm signal is variable in 256 increments. writing $0080 (128) to the tim channel registers produces a duty cycle of 128/256 or 50%. 18.4.4.1 unbuffered pwm signal generation any output compare channel can generate unbuffered pwm pulses as described in 18.4.4 pulse width modulation (pwm) . the pulses are unbuffered because changing the pulse width requires writing t he new pulse width value over the old value currently in the tim channel registers. an unsynchronized write to the tim channel registers to change a pulse width value could cause incorrect operation for up to two pwm periods. for example, writing a new value before the counter re aches the old value but after the counter reaches the new value prevents any compar e during that pwm period. also, using a tim overflow interrupt routine to wr ite a new, smaller pulse width value may cause the compare to be missed. the ti m may pass the new value before it is written. use the following methods to synchronize unbuffered changes in the pwm pulse width on channel x: when changing to a shorter pulse wi dth, enable channel x output compare interrupts and write the new value in the output compare interrupt routine. the output compare interrupt occurs at the end of the current pulse. the interrupt routine has until the end of the pwm period to write the new value. when changing to a longer pulse width, enable tim overflow interrupts and write the new value in the tim overflow interrupt routine. the tim overflow interrupt occurs at the end of the current pwm period. writing a larger value in an output compare interrupt routine (at the end of the current pulse) could cause two output compares to occur in the same pwm period. tchx period pulse width overflow overflow overflow output compare output compare output compare f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) functional description mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 253 note: in pwm signal generation, do not program the pwm channel to toggle on output compare. toggling on output compare prevents reliable 0% duty cycle generation and removes the ability of the channel to self-correct in the event of software error or noise. toggling on output compare also can cause incorrect pwm signal generation when changing the pwm pulse width to a new, much larger value. 18.4.4.2 buffered pwm signal generation channels 0 and 1 can be linked to form a buffered pwm channel whose output appears on the tch0 pin. the tim channel registers of the linked pair alternately control the pulse width of the output. setting the ms0b bit in tim channel 0 stat us and control register (tsc0) links channel 0 and channel 1. the tim channel 0 registers initially control the pulse width on the tch0 pin. writing to the tim channel 1 registers enables the tim channel 1 registers to synchronously control the pulse width at the beginning of the next pwm period. at each subsequent overflow, the tim channel registers (0 or 1) that control the pulse width are the ones written to last. tsc0 controls and monitors the buffered pwm function, and tim channel 1 status and control register (tsc1) is unused. while the ms0b bit is set, t he channel 1 pin, tch1, is available as a general-purpose i/o pin. note: in buffered pwm signal generation, do not write new pulse width values to the currently active channel registers. user software should track the currently active channel to prevent writing a new value to the active channel. writing to the active channel registers is the same as generating unbuffered pwm signals. 18.4.4.3 pwm initialization to ensure correct operation when generating unbuffered or buffered pwm signals, use the following initialization procedure: 1. in the tim status and control register (tsc): a. stop the tim counter by setting the tim stop bit, tstop. b. reset the tim counter and prescaler by setting the tim reset bit, trst. 2. in the tim counter modulo registers (tmodh:tmodl), write the value for the required pwm period. 3. in the tim channel x registers (tchxh:tchxl), write the value for the required pulse width. 4. in tim channel x status and control register (tscx): a. write 0:1 (for unbuffered output compare or pwm signals) or 1:0 (for buffered output compare or pwm signals) to the mode select bits, msxb:msxa. see table 18-3 . b. write 1 to the toggle-on-overflow bit, tovx. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 254 timer interface module (tim) motorola c. write 1:0 (to clear output on compare) or 1:1 (to set output on compare) to the edge/level select bits, elsxb:elsxa. the output action on compare must force the output to the complement of the pulse width level. see table 18-3 . note: in pwm signal generation, do not program the pwm channel to toggle on output compare. toggling on output compare prevents reliable 0% duty cycle generation and removes the ability of the channel to self-correct in the event of software error or noise. toggling on output compare can also cause incorrect pwm signal generation when changing the pwm pulse width to a new, much larger value. 5. in the tim status control register (tsc), clear the tim stop bit, tstop. setting ms0b links channels 0 and 1 and configures them for buffered pwm operation. the tim channel 0 registers (tch0h:tch0l) initially control the buffered pwm output. tim status control register 0 (tscr0) controls and monitors the pwm signal from the linked channels. clearing the toggle-on-overflow bit, tovx, inhibits output toggles on tim overflows. subsequent output compares try to force the output to a state it is already in and have no effect. the result is a 0% duty cycle output. setting the channel x maximum duty cycle bit (chxmax) and setting the tovx bit generates a 100% duty cycle output. see 18.9.4 tim channel status and control registers . 18.5 interrupts the following tim sources can generate interrupt requests: tim overflow flag (tof) ? the tof bit is set when the tim counter reaches the modulo value programmed in the tim counter modulo registers. the tim overflow interrupt enable bit, toie, enables tim overflow cpu interrupt requests. tof and toie are in the tim status and control register. tim channel flags (ch1f:ch0f) ? the chxf bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. channel x tim cpu interrupt requests are controlled by the channel x interrupt enable bit, chxie. channel x tim cpu interrupt requests are enabled when chxie = 1. chxf and chxie are in the tim channel x status and control register. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) low-power modes mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 255 18.6 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power-consumption standby modes. 18.6.1 wait mode the tim remains active after the execution of a wait instruction. in wait mode, the tim registers are not accessible by the cpu. any enabled cpu interrupt request from the tim can bring the mcu out of wait mode. if tim functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by stopping the tim before executing the wait instruction. 18.6.2 stop mode the tim is inactive after the execution of a stop instruction. the stop instruction does not affect register conditions or the state of the tim counter. tim operation resumes when the mcu exits stop mode after an external interrupt. 18.7 tim during break interrupts a break interrupt stops the tim counter. the system integration module (sim) contro ls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. the bcfe bit in the sim break flag control register (sbfcr) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. see 15.7.3 break flag control register . to allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a logic 1 to the bcfe bit. if a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the mcu exits the break state. to protect status bits during the break stat e, write a logic 0 to the bcfe bit. with bcfe at logic 0 (its default state), software can read and write i/o registers during the break state without affecting status bits. some status bits have a 2-step read/write clearing procedure. if software does the first step on such a bit before the break, the bit cannot change during the br eak state as long as bcfe is at logic 0. after the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. 18.8 i/o signals port d shares four of its pins with the tim. the four tim channel i/o pins are t1ch0, t1ch1, t2ch0, and t2ch1 as described in 18.3 pin name conventions . each channel i/o pin is programmable inde pendently as an input capture pin or an output compare pin. t1ch0 and t2ch0 can be configured as buffered output compare or buffered pwm pins. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 256 timer interface module (tim) motorola 18.9 i/o registers note: references to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. for example, tsc may generically refer to both t1sc and t2sc. these i/o registers control and monitor operation of the tim: tim status and control register (tsc) tim counter registers (tcnth:tcntl) tim counter modulo registers (tmodh:tmodl) tim channel status and control registers (tsc0 and tsc1) tim channel registers (tch0h:tch0l, tch1h:tch1l) 18.9.1 tim status and control register the tim status and control register (tsc): enables tim overflow interrupts flags tim overflows stops the tim counter resets the tim counter prescales the tim counter clock tof ? tim overflow flag bit this read/write flag is set when the tim counter reaches the modulo value programmed in the tim counter modulo registers. clear tof by reading the tim status and control register when tof is set and then writing a logic 0 to tof. if another tim overflow occurs before the clearing sequence is complete, then writing logic 0 to tof has no effect. therefore, a tof interrupt request cannot be lost due to inadvertent clearing of tof. reset clears the tof bit. writing a logic 1 to tof has no effect. 1 = tim counter has reached modulo value 0 = tim counter has not reached modulo value address: t1sc, $0020 and t2sc, $002b bit 7654321bit 0 read: tof toie tstop 00 ps2 ps1 ps0 write: 0 trst reset:00100000 = unimplemented figure 18-5. tim status and control register (tsc) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 257 toie ? tim overflow interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables tim overfl ow interrupts when the tof bit becomes set. reset clears the toie bit. 1 = tim overflow interrupts enabled 0 = tim overflow interrupts disabled tstop ? tim stop bit this read/write bit stops the tim counter. counting resumes when tstop is cleared. reset sets the tstop bit, sto pping the tim counter until software clears the tstop bit. 1 = tim counter stopped 0 = tim counter active note: do not set the tstop bit before entering wa it mode if the tim is required to exit wait mode. trst ? tim reset bit setting this write-only bit resets the tim counter and the tim prescaler. setting trst has no effect on any other registers. counting resumes from $0000. trst is cleared automatically after t he tim counter is reset and always reads as logic 0. reset clears the trst bit. 1 = prescaler and tim counter cleared 0 = no effect note: setting the tstop and trst bits simultaneous ly stops the tim counter at a value of $0000. ps[2:0] ? prescaler select bits these read/write bits select one of the seven prescaler outputs as the input to the tim counter as table 18-2 shows. reset clears the ps[2:0] bits. table 18-2. prescaler selection ps2 ps1 ps0 tim clock source 0 0 0 internal bus clock 1 0 0 1 internal bus clock 2 0 1 0 internal bus clock 4 0 1 1 internal bus clock 8 1 0 0 internal bus clock 16 1 0 1 internal bus clock 32 1 1 0 internal bus clock 64 1 1 1 not available f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 258 timer interface module (tim) motorola 18.9.2 tim counter registers the two read-only tim counter registers contain the high and low bytes of the value in the tim counter. reading the high byte (tcnth) latches the contents of the low byte (tcntl) into a buffer. subsequent reads of tcnth do not affect the latched tcntl value until tcntl is read. reset clears the tim counter registers. setting the tim reset bit (trst) also clears the tim counter registers. note: if you read tcnth during a break interrupt, be sure to unlatch tcntl by reading tcntl before exiting the break interrupt. otherwise, tcntl retains the value latched during the break. 18.9.3 tim counter modulo registers the read/write tim modulo registers contain the modulo value for the tim counter. when the tim counter reaches the modulo value, the overflow flag (tof) becomes set, and the tim counter resumes counting from $0000 at the next timer clock. writing to the high byte (tmodh) inhibits the tof bit and overflow interrupts until the low byte (tmodl) is written. reset sets the tim counter modulo registers. address: t1cnth, $0021 and t2cnth, $002c bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 18-6. tim counter registers high (tcnth) address: t1cntl, $0022 and t2cntl, $002d bit 7654321bit 0 read:bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 18-7. tim counter registers low (tcntl) address: t1modh, $0023 and t2modh, $002e bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset:11111111 figure 18-8. tim counter modulo register high (tmodh) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 259 note: reset the tim counter before writing to the tim counter modulo registers. 18.9.4 tim channel status and control registers each of the tim channel status and control registers: flags input captures and output compares enables input capture and output compare interrupts selects input capture, output compare, or pwm operation selects high, low, or toggling output on output compare selects rising edge, falling edge, or any edge as the active input capture trigger selects output toggling on tim overflow selects 0% and 100% pwm duty cycle selects buffered or unbuffered output compare/pwm operation chxf ? channel x flag bit when channel x is an input capture channel, this read/write bit is set when an active edge occurs on the channel x pi n. when channel x is an output compare channel, chxf is set when the value in the tim counter registers matches the value in the tim channel x registers. address: t1modl, $0024 and t2modl, $002f bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset:11111111 figure 18-9. tim counter modulo register low (tmodl) address: t1sc0, $0025 and t2sc0, $0030 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ch0f ch0ie ms0b ms0a els0b els0a tov0 ch0max write: 0 reset:00000000 figure 18-10. tim channel 0 status and control register (tsc0) address: t1sc1, $0028 and t2sc1, $0033 bit 7654321bit 0 read: ch1f ch1ie 0 ms1a els1b els1a tov1 ch1max write: 0 reset:00000000 figure 18-11. tim channel 1 status and control register (tsc1) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 260 timer interface module (tim) motorola when tim cpu interrupt requests are enabled (chxie = 1), clear chxf by reading tim channel x status and control register with chxf set and then writing a logic 0 to chxf. if another interrupt request occurs before the clearing sequence is complete, then writing logic 0 to chxf has no effect. therefore, an interrupt request cannot be lost due to inadvertent clearing of chxf. reset clears the chxf bit. writing a logic 1 to chxf has no effect. 1 = input capture or output compare on channel x 0 = no input capture or output compare on channel x chxie ? channel x interrupt enable bit this read/write bit enables tim cpu interrupt service requests on channel x. reset clears the chxie bit. 1 = channel x cpu interrupt requests enabled 0 = channel x cpu interrupt requests disabled msxb ? mode select bit b this read/write bit selects buffered output compare/pwm operation. msxb exists only in the tim1 channel 0 and tim2 channel 0 status and control registers. setting ms0b disables the channel 1 status and control register and reverts tch1 to general-purpose i/o. reset clears the msxb bit. 1 = buffered output compare/pwm operation enabled 0 = buffered output compare/pwm operation disabled msxa ? mode select bit a when elsxb:a 00, this read/write bit selects either input capture operation or unbuffered output compare/pwm operation. see table 18-3 . 1 = unbuffered output compare/pwm operation 0 = input capture operation when elsxb:a = 00, this read/write bit selects the initial output level of the tchx pin. see table 18-3 . reset clears the msxa bit. 1 = initial output level low 0 = initial output level high note: before changing a channel function by wr iting to the msxb or msxa bit, set the tstop and trst bits in the tim status and control register (tsc). elsxb and elsxa ? edge/level select bits when channel x is an input capture channel, these read/write bits control the active edge-sensing logic on channel x. when channel x is an output compare channel, elsxb and elsxa control the channel x output behavior when an output compare occurs. when elsxb and elsxa are both clear, channel x is not connected to port d, and pin ptdx/tchx is available as a general-purpose i/o pin. table 18-3 shows how elsxb and elsxa work. reset clears the elsxb and elsxa bits. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) i/o registers mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola timer interface module (tim) 261 note: before enabling a tim channel register for input capture operation, make sure that the ptd/tchx pin is stable for at least two bus clocks. tovx ? toggle on overflow bit when channel x is an output compare channel, this read/write bit controls the behavior of the channel x output when the tim counter overflows. when channel x is an input capture channel, tovx has no effect. reset clears the tovx bit. 1 = channel x pin toggles on tim counter overflow. 0 = channel x pin does not toggl e on tim counter overflow. note: when tovx is set, a tim counter overfl ow takes precedence over a channel x output compare if both occur at the same time. chxmax ? channel x maximum duty cycle bit when the tovx bit is at logic 1, setting the chxmax bit forces the duty cycle of buffered and unbuffered pwm signals to 100%. as figure 18-12 shows, the chxmax bit takes effect in the cycle after it is set or cleared. the output stays at the 100% duty cycle level until the cycle after chxmax is cleared. figure 18-12. chxmax latency table 18-3. mode, edge, and level selection msxb:msxa elsxb:elsx a mode configuration x0 00 output preset pin under port control; initial output level high x1 00 pin under port control; initial output level low 00 01 input capture capture on rising edge only 00 10 capture on falling edge only 00 11 capture on rising or falling edge 01 01 output compare or pwm toggle output on compare 01 10 clear output on compare 01 11 set output on compare 1x 01 buffered output compare or buffered pwm toggle output on compare 1x 10 clear output on compare 1x 11 set output on compare output overflow tchx period chxmax overflow overflow overflow overflow compare output compare output compare output compare f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . timer interface module (tim) data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 262 timer interface module (tim) motorola 18.9.5 tim channel registers these read/write registers contain the captured tim counter value of the input capture function or the output compare value of the output compare function. the state of the tim channel registers after reset is unknown. in input capture mode (msxb:msxa = 0:0), reading the high byte of the tim channel x registers (tchxh) inhibits input captures until the low byte (tchxl) is read. in output compare mode (msxb:msxa 0:0), writing to the high byte of the tim channel x registers (tchxh) inhibits output compares until the low byte (tchxl) is written. address: t1ch0h, $0026 and t2ch0h, $0031 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset figure 18-13. tim channel 0 register high (tch0h) address: t1ch0l, $0027 and t2ch0l $0032 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset figure 18-14. tim channel 0 register low (tch0l) address: t1ch1h, $0029 and t2ch1h, $0034 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 bit 8 write: reset: indeterminate after reset figure 18-15. tim channel 1 register high (tch1h) address: t1ch1l, $002a and t2ch1l, $0035 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 7654321bit 0 write: reset: indeterminate after reset figure 18-16. tim channel 1 register low (tch1l) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 263 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 19. development support 19.1 introduction this section describes the break module, the monitor read-only memory (mon), and the monitor mode entry methods. 19.2 break module (brk) this subsection describes the break m odule. the break module can generate a break interrupt that stops normal program flow at a defined address to enter a background program. features of the break module include: accessible input/output (i/o) registers during the break interrupt central processor unit (cpu) generated break interrupts software-generated break interrupts computer operating properly (cop ) disabling during break interrupts 19.2.1 functional description when the internal address bus matches the value written in the break address registers, the break module is sues a breakpoint signal (bkpt ) to the system integration module (sim). the sim then c auses the cpu to load the instruction register with a software interrupt instruction (swi) after completion of the current cpu instruction. the program counter vectors to $fffc and $fffd ($fefc and $fefd in monitor mode). the following events can cause a break interrupt to occur: a cpu generated address (the address in the program counter) matches the contents of the break address registers. software writes a logic 1 to the brka bit in the break status and control register. when a cpu generated address matches the contents of the break address registers, the break interrupt begins after the cpu completes its current instruction. a return-from-interrupt instruction (rti) in the break routine ends the break interrupt and returns the microcontroller unit (mcu) to normal operation. figure 19-1 shows the structure of the break module. figure 19-2 provides a summary of the i/o registers. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 264 development support motorola figure 19-1. break module block diagram address bus[15:8] address bus[7:0] 8-bit comparator 8-bit comparator control break address register low break address register high address bus[15:0] bkpt (to sim) addr.register name bit 7654321bit 0 $fe00 break status register (bsr) see page 267. read: rrrrrr sbsw r write: note (1) reset: 0 $fe02 break auxiliary register (brkar) see page 267. read: bit 7bit 6bit 5bit 4bit 3bit 2bit 1bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $fe03 break flag control register (bfcr) see page 268. read: bcferrrrrrr write: reset: 0 $fe09 break address high register (brkh) see page 266. read: bit15 bit14 bit13 bit12 bit11 bit10 bit9 bit8 write: reset:00000000 $fe0a break address low register (brkl) see page 266. read: bit 7bit 6bit 5bit 4bit 3bit 2bit 1bit 0 write: reset:00000000 $fe0b break status and control register (brkscr) see page 266. read: brke brka 000000 write: reset:00000000 1. writing a logic 0 clears sbsw. = unimplemented r = reserved figure 19-2. break i/o register summary f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support break module (brk) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 265 19.2.1.1 flag protection during break interrupts the system integration module (sim) contro ls whether or not module status bits can be cleared during the break state. the bcfe bit in the break flag control register (bfcr) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. see 15.7.3 break flag control register and the break interrupts subsection for each module. 19.2.1.2 cpu during break interrupts the cpu starts a break interrupt by: loading the instruction register with the swi instruction loading the program counter with $fffc:$fffd ($fefc:$fefd in monitor mode) the break interrupt begins after completion of the cpu instruction in progress. if the break address register match occurs on the last cycle of a cpu instruction, the break interrupt begins immediately. 19.2.1.3 tim during break interrupts a break interrupt stops the timer counter. 19.2.1.4 cop during break interrupts the cop is disabled during a break inte rrupt with monitor mode when bdcop bit is set in break auxiliary register (brkar). 19.2.2 break module registers these registers control and monitor operation of the break module: break status and control register (brkscr) break address register high (brkh) break address register low (brkl) break status register (bsr) break flag control register (bfcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 266 development support motorola 19.2.2.1 break status and control register the break status and control register (brkscr) contains break module enable and status bits. brke ? break enable bit this read/write bit enables breaks on break address register matches. clear brke by writing a logic 0 to bit 7. reset clears the brke bit. 1 = breaks enabled on 16-bit address match 0 = breaks disabled brka ? break active bit this read/write status and control bit is set when a break address match occurs. writing a logic 1 to brka generates a break interrupt. clear brka by writing a logic 0 to it before exiting the break routine. reset clears the brka bit. 1 = break address match 0 = no break address match 19.2.2.2 break address registers the break address registers (brkh and brkl) contain the high and low bytes of the desired breakpoint address. reset clears the break address registers. address: $fe0b bit 7654321bit 0 read: brke brka 000000 write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 19-3. break status and control register (brkscr) address: $fe09 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 15 bit 14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 write: reset:00000000 figure 19-4. break address register high (brkh) address: $fe0a bit 7654321bit 0 read: bit 7bit 6bit 5bit 4bit 3bit 2bit 1bit 0 write: reset:00000000 figure 19-5. break address register low (brkl) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support break module (brk) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 267 19.2.2.3 break auxiliary register the break auxiliary register (brkar) cont ains a bit that enables software to disable the cop while the mcu is in a stat e of break interrupt with monitor mode. bdcop ? break disable cop bit this read/write bit disables the cop during a break interrupt. reset clears the bdcop bit. 1 = cop disabled during break interrupt 0 = cop enabled during break interrupt. 19.2.2.4 break status register the break status register (bsr) contains a flag to indicate that a break caused an exit from wait mode. this register is only used in emulation mode. sbsw ? sim break stop/wait this status bit is useful in applications requiring a return to wait mode after exiting from a break interrupt. clear sbsw by writing a logic 0 to it. reset clears sbsw. 1 = wait mode was exited by break interrupt 0 = wait mode was not exited by break interrupt sbsw can be read within the break state sw i routine. the user can modify the return address on the stack by subtracting one from it. address: $fe02 bit 7654321bit 0 read:0000000 bdcop write: reset:00000000 = unimplemented figure 19-6. break auxiliary register (brkar) address: $fe00 bit 7654321bit 0 read: rrrrrr sbsw r write: note (1) reset: 0 r = reserved 1. writing a logic 0 clears sbsw. figure 19-7. break status register (bsr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 268 development support motorola 19.2.2.5 break flag control register the break control register (bfcr) contai ns a bit that enables software to clear status bits while the mcu is in a break state. bcfe ? break clear flag enable bit this read/write bit enables software to clear status bits by accessing status registers while the mcu is in a break state. to clear status bits during the break state, the bcfe bit must be set. 1 = status bits clearable during break 0 = status bits not clearable during break 19.2.3 low-power modes the wait and stop instructions put the mcu in low power- consumption standby modes. if enabled, the break module will re main enabled in wait and stop modes. however, since the internal address bus does not increment in these modes, a break interrupt will never be triggered. 19.3 monitor rom (mon) this section describes the monitor rom (mon) and the monitor mode entry methods. the monitor rom allows complete testing of the microcontroller unit (mcu) through a single-wire interface wi th a host computer. monitor mode entry can be achieved without use of the higher test voltage, v tst , as long as vector addresses $fffe and $ffff are blank, thus reducing the hardware requirements for in-circuit programming. features of the monitor rom include: normal user-mode pin functionality one pin dedicated to serial communication between monitor read-only memory (rom) and host computer standard mark/space non-return-to-ze ro (nrz) communication with host computer standard communication baud rate (9,600 @ 2.4576-mhz bus frequency) address: $fe03 bit 7654321bit 0 read: bcferrrrrrr write: reset: 0 r = reserved figure 19-8. break flag control register (bfcr) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support monitor rom (mon) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 269 execution of code in random-access memory (ram) or flash flash memory security feature (1) flash memory programming interface 350 bytes monitor rom code size ($fe20 to $ff6a) monitor mode entry without high voltage, v tst , if reset vector is blank ($fffe and $ffff contain $ff) normal monitor mode entry if high voltage is applied to irq 19.3.1 functional description figure 19-9 shows a simplified diagram of the monitor mode. the monitor rom receives and executes commands from a host computer. figure 19-10 and figure 19-11 show example circuits used to enter monitor mode and communicate with a host computer via a standard rs-232 interface. simple monitor commands can access any memory address. in monitor mode, the mcu can execute code downloaded into ram by a host computer while most mcu pins retain normal operating mode functi ons. all communication between the host computer and the mcu is through the pta0 pin. a level-shifting and multiplexing interface is required between pta0 and th e host computer. pta0 is used in a wired-or configuration and requires a pullup resistor. table 19-1 shows the pin conditions for entering monitor mode. as specified in the table, monitor mode may be entered after a power-on reset (por) and will allow communication at 14,400 baud provided one of the following sets of conditions is met: if $fffe and $ffff does not contain $ff (programmed state): ? the external clock is 4.9152 mhz ?ptb4 = low ?irq = v tst if $fffe and $ffff do not contain $ff (programmed state): ? the external clock is 9.8304 mhz ? ptb4 = high ?irq = v tst if $fffe and $ffff contain $ff (erased state): ? the external clock is 32.768 khz ?irq = v ss the last two conditions are the forced monitor mode. 1. no security feature is absolutely secure. howe ver, motorola?s strategy is to make reading or copying the flash difficult for unauthorized users. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 270 development support motorola figure 19-9. simplified monitor mode entry flowchart monitor mode entry por reset pta0 = 1, pta1 = 0, ptb0 = 1, and ptb1 = 0? irq = v tst ? pta0 = 1, pta1 = 0, reset blank? yes no yes no forced monitor mode normal user mode normal monitor mode factory use only no no send 8 bytes security is reset por? yes yes yes no are all security bytes correct? no yes enable flash disable flash execute monitor code does reset occur? conditions from table 19-1 debugging and flash programming (if flash is enabled) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support monitor rom (mon) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 271 figure 19-10. normal monitor mode circuit figure 19-11. forced monitor mode circuit (irq = v dd ) 10 k 10 k 10 k 10 k rst irq pta0 osc1 8 7 db9 2 3 5 16 15 2 6 10 9 v dd c5 max232 v+ v? v dd c4 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 74hc125 74hc125 10 k ? v ss 0.1 f v dd c1+ c1? 5 4 1 f c2+ c2? + 3 1 1 f + + + c3 v dd n.c. v cc gnd 1 k ? osc2 47 pf 27 pf 9.8304 mhz 10 m ? v dda ptb4 ptb0 ptb1 pta1 v ssa v dd mc68hc908gr16 v tst 10 k rst irq pta0 osc1 8 7 db9 2 3 5 16 15 2 6 10 9 v dd c5 max232 v+ v? v dd c4 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 74hc125 74hc125 10 k ? v ss 0.1 f v dd c1+ c1? 5 4 1 f c2+ c2? + 3 1 1 f + + + c3 v dd n.c. v cc gnd osc2 47 pf 27 pf 9.8304 mhz 10 m ? v dda ptb4 ptb0 ptb1 pta1 v ssa mc68hc908gr16 n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 272 development support motorola figure 19-12. forced monitor mode circuit (irq = gnd) enter monitor mode with pi n configuration shown in table 19-1 by pulling rst low and then high. the rising edge of rst latches monitor mode. once monitor mode is latched, the values on the specified pins can change. once out of reset, the mcu waits for the host to send eight security bytes (see 19.3.2 security ). after the security bytes, the mcu sends a break signal (10 consecutive logic 0s) to the host, indicati ng that it is ready to receive a command. 19.3.1.1 normal monitor mode table 19-1 shows the pin conditions for entering monitor mode. if v tst is applied to irq and ptb4 is low upon monitor mode entry, the bus frequency is a divide-by-two of the input clock. if ptb4 is high with v tst applied to irq upon monitor mode entry, the bus frequency will be a divide-by-four of the input clock. holding the ptb4 pin lo w when entering monitor mode causes a bypass of a divide-by-two stage at the oscillator only if v tst is applied to irq . in this event, the cgmout frequency is equal to the cgmxclk frequency, and the osc1 input directly generates internal bu s clocks. in this case, the osc1 signal must have a 50% duty cycle at maximum bus frequency. when monitor mode was entered with v tst on irq , the computer operating properly (cop) is disabled as long as v tst is applied to either irq or rst . 10 k rst irq pta0 osc1 8 7 db9 2 3 5 16 15 2 6 10 9 v dd c5 max232 v+ v? v dd c4 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 74hc125 74hc125 10 k ? v ss 0.1 f v dd c1+ c1? 5 4 1 f c2+ c2? + 3 1 1 f + + + c3 v dd n.c. v cc gnd osc2 33 pf 15 pf 32.768 khz 10 m ? v dda ptb4 ptb0 ptb1 pta1 v ssa mc68hc908gr16 n.c. n.c. n.c. 10 k 4.7 k f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 273 development support monitor rom (mon) table 19-1. monitor mode signal requirements and options mode irq rst reset vector serial communication mode selection divider pll cop communication speed comments pta0 pta1 ptb0 ptb1 ptb4 external clock bus frequency baud rate ? x gnd x x x x x x x x x x x reset condition normal monitor v tst v dd or v tst x1 0100offdisabled 4.9152 mhz 2.4576 mhz 9600 v tst v dd or v tst x1 0101offdisabled 9.8304 mhz 2.4576 mhz 9600 forced monitor v dd v dd $ff (blank) 1 0 x x x off disabled 16 mhz 4 mhz 9600 gnd v dd $ff (blank) 10xxxondisabled 32.768 khz 2.4576 mhz 9600 user v dd or gnd v dd or v tst $ff (blank) x x x x x off enabled x x x user mode ? illegal address reset v dd or gnd v dd or v tst not $ff x x x x x x enabled x x x mon08 function [pin no.] v tst [6] rst [5] ? com [8] ssel [10] mod0 [12] mod1 [14] div4 [16] ?? osc1 [13] ?? 1. pta0 must have a pullup resistor to v dd in monitor mode. 2. communication speed in the table is an example to obtain a baud rate of 9600. baud rate using external oscillator is bus fre quency / 256. 3. external clock is an 32.768 khz crystal on osc1 and osc2 or a 32.768 khz, 4.9152 mhz, or 9. 8304 mhz canned oscillator on osc 1. 4. x = don?t care 5. mon08 pin refers to p&e microcomputer s ystems? mon08-cyclone 2 by 8-pin connector. nc 1 2 gnd nc 3 4 rst nc 5 6 irq nc 7 8 pta0 nc 9 10 pta1 nc 11 12 ptb0 osc1 13 14 ptb1 v dd 15 16 ptb4 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 274 development support motorola this condition states that as long as v tst is maintained on the irq pin after entering monitor mode, or if v tst is applied to rst after the initial reset to get into monitor mode (when v tst was applied to irq ), then the cop will be disabled. in the latter situation, after v tst is applied to the rst pin, v tst can be removed from the irq pin in the interest of freeing the irq for normal functionality in monitor mode. 19.3.1.2 forced monitor mode if entering monitor mode without high voltage on irq , then all port b pin requirements and conditions, including t he ptb4 frequency divisor selection, are not in effect. this is to reduce circuit requirements when performing in-circuit programming. note: once the reset vector has been programmed, the traditional method of applying a voltage, v tst , to irq must be used to enter monitor mode. an external oscillator of 9.8304 mhz is required for a baud rate of 9600, as the internal bus frequency is automatically se t to the external frequency divided by four. when the forced monitor mode is entered the cop is always disabled regardless of the state of irq or rst . 19.3.1.3 monitor vectors in monitor mode, the mcu uses different vectors for reset, swi (software interrupt), and break interrupt than those for user mode. the alternate vectors are in the $fe page instead of the $ff page and allow code execution from the internal monitor firmware instead of user code. table 19-2 summarizes the differences between user mode and monitor mode. table 19-2. mode differences modes functions reset vector high reset vector low break vector high break vector low swi vector high swi vector low user $fffe $ffff $fffc $fffd $fffc $fffd monitor $fefe $feff $fefc $fefd $fefc $fefd f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support monitor rom (mon) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 275 19.3.1.4 data format communication with the monitor rom is in standard non-return-to-zero (nrz) mark/space data format. transmit and receive baud rates must be identical. figure 19-13. monitor data format 19.3.1.5 break signal a start bit (logic 0) followed by nine logi c 0 bits is a break signal. when the monitor receives a break signal, it drives the pt a0 pin high for the duration of two bits and then echoes back the break signal. figure 19-14. break transaction 19.3.1.6 baud rate the communication baud rate is controlled by the crystal frequency or external clock and the state of the ptb4 pin (when irq is set to v tst ) upon entry into monitor mode. if monitor mode was entered with v dd on irq and the reset vector blank, then the baud rate is independent of ptb4. table 19-1 also lists external frequencies required to achieve a standard baud rate of 9600 bps. the effective baud rate is t he bus frequency divided by 256. if using a crystal as the clock source, be aware of the upper frequency limit that the internal clock module can handle. see 20.7 5.0-volt control timing or 20.8 3.3-volt control timing for this limit. bit 5 start bit bit 1 next stop bit start bit bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 7 bit 0 bit 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 missing stop bit 2-stop bit delay before zero echo f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 276 development support motorola 19.3.1.7 commands the monitor rom firmware uses these commands: read (read memory) write (write memory) iread (indexed read) iwrite (indexed write) readsp (read stack pointer) run (run user program) the monitor rom firmware echoes each re ceived byte back to the pta0 pin for error checking. an 11-bit delay at the end of each command allows the host to send a break character to cancel the command. a delay of two bit times occurs before each echo and before read, iread, or readsp data is returned. the data returned by a read command appears after the echo of the last byte of the command. note: wait one bit time after each ec ho before sending the next byte. figure 19-15. read transaction figure 19-16. write transaction read read echo from host address high address high address low address low data return 13, 2 11 4 4 notes: 2 = data return delay, 2 bit times 44 1 = echo delay, 2 bit times 3 = cancel command delay, 11 bit times 4 = wait 1 bit time before sending next byte. write write echo from host address high address high address low address low data data notes: 2 = cancel command delay, 11 bit times 3 = wait 1 bit time before sending next byte. 11 3 11 3 3 32, 3 1 = echo delay, 2 bit times f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support monitor rom (mon) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 277 a brief description of each m onitor mode command is given in table 19-3 through table 19-8 . table 19-3. read (read memory) command description read byte from memory operand 2-byte address in high-byte:low-byte order data returned returns contents of specified address opcode $4a command sequence table 19-4. write (write memory) command description write byte to memory operand 2-byte address in high-byte:low-byte order; low byte followed by data byte data returned none opcode $49 command sequence table 19-5. iread (indexed read) command description read next 2 bytes in memory from last address accessed operand 2-byte address in high byte:low byte order data returned returns contents of next two addresses opcode $1a command sequence read read echo sent to monitor address high address high address low data return address low write write echo from host address high address high address low address low data data iread iread echo from host data return data f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 278 development support motorola a sequence of iread or iwrite comman ds can access a block of memory sequentially over the full 64-kbyte memory map. table 19-6. iwrite (indexed write) command description write to last address accessed + 1 operand single data byte data returned none opcode $19 command sequence table 19-7. readsp (read stack pointer) command description reads stack pointer operand none data returned returns incremented stack pointer value (sp + 1) in high-byte:low-byte order opcode $0c command sequence table 19-8. run (run user program) command description executes pulh and rti instructions operand none data returned none opcode $28 command sequence iwrite iwrite echo data data from host readsp readsp echo from host sp return sp high low run run echo from host f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support monitor rom (mon) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola development support 279 the mcu executes the swi and pshh instructions when it enters monitor mode. the run command tells the mcu to execute the pulh and rti instructions. before sending the run command, the host can modify the stacked cpu registers to prepare to run the host program. the readsp command returns the incremented stack pointer value, sp + 1. the high and low bytes of the program counter are at addresses sp + 5 and sp + 6. figure 19-17. stack pointer at monitor mode entry 19.3.2 security a security feature discourages unauthori zed reading of flash locations while in monitor mode. the host can bypass the se curity feature at monitor mode entry by sending eight security bytes that matc h the bytes at locations $fff6?$fffd. locations $fff6?$fffd contain user-defined data. note: do not leave locations $fff6?$fffd blank. for security reasons, program locations $fff6?$fffd even if they are not used for vectors. during monitor mode entry, the mcu waits after the power-on reset for the host to send the eight security bytes on pin pta0 . if the received bytes match those at locations $fff6?$fffd, the host bypasses the security feature and can read all flash locations and execute code from fl ash. security remains bypassed until a power-on reset occurs. if the reset was not a power-on reset, security remains bypassed and security code entry is not required. see figure 19-18 . upon power-on reset, if the received bytes of the security code do not match the data at locations $fff6?$fffd, the host fails to bypass the security feature. the mcu remains in monitor mode, but reading a flash location returns an invalid value and trying to execute code from flash causes an illegal address reset. after receiving the eight security bytes from the host, the mcu transmits a break character, signifying that it is ready to receive a command. note: the mcu does not transmit a break character until after the host sends the eight security bytes. condition code register accumulator low byte of index register high byte of program counter low byte of program counter sp + 1 sp + 2 sp + 3 sp + 4 sp + 5 sp sp + 6 high byte of index register sp + 7 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . development support data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 280 development support motorola figure 19-18. monitor mode entry timing to determine whether the security code entered is correct, check to see if bit 6 of ram address $40 is set. if it is, then the correct security code has been entered and flash can be accessed. if the security sequence fails, the devic e should be reset by a power-on reset and brought up in monitor mode to attempt another entry. after failing the security sequence, the flash module can also be mass erased by executing an erase routine that was downloaded into internal ram. the mass erase operation clears the security code locations so that all eight security bytes become $ff (blank). byte 1 byte 1 echo byte 2 byte 2 echo byte 8 byte 8 echo command command echo pa0 rst v dd 4096 + 32 cgmxclk cycles 5 1 4 1 1 2 1 break notes: 2 = data return delay, 2 bit times 4 = wait 1 bit time before sending next byte 4 from host from mcu 1 = echo delay, 2 bit times 5 = wait until a clock is stable (if pll is enabled) and the monitor rom runs f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 281 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 20. electrical specifications 20.1 introduction this section contains electric al and timing specifications. 20.2 absolute maximum ratings maximum ratings are the extreme limits to which the mcu can be exposed without permanently damaging it. note: this device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings. refer to 20.5 5.0-vdc electrical characteristics and 20.6 3.3-vdc electrical characteristics for guaranteed operating conditions . note: this device contains circuitry to pr otect the inputs against damage due to high static voltages or electric fields; however , it is advised that normal precautions be taken to avoid application of any volta ge higher than maximum-rated voltages to this high-impedance circuit. for proper operation, it is recommended that v in and v out be constrained to the range v ss (v in or v out ) v dd . reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either v ss or v dd ). characteristic (1) 1. voltages referenced to v ss symbol value unit supply voltage v dd ?0.3 to + 6.0 v input voltage v in v ss ? 0.3 to v dd + 0.3 v maximum current per pin excluding those specified below i 15 ma maximum current for pins ptc0?ptc4 i ptc0?ptc4 25 ma maximum current into v dd i mvdd 150 ma maximum current out of v ss i mvss 150 ma storage temperature t stg ?55 to +150 c f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 282 electrical specifications motorola 20.3 functional o perating range 20.4 thermal characteristics characteristic sy mbol value unit operating temperature range t a ?40 to +125 c operating voltage range v dd 5.0 10% 3.3 10% v characteristic symbol value unit thermal resistance 32-pin lqfp 48-pin lqfp ja 95 95 c/w i/o pin power dissipation p i/o user determined w power dissipation (1) 1. power dissipation is a function of temperature. p d p d = (i dd v dd ) + p i/o = k/(t j + 273 c ) w constant (2) 2. k is a constant unique to the de vice. k can be determined for a known t a and measured p d . with this value of k, p d and t j can be determined for any value of t a . k p d (t a + 273 c) + p d 2 ja w / c average junction temperature t j t a + (p d ja ) c maximum junction temperature t jm 125 c f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 5.0-vdc electrical characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 283 20.5 5.0-vdc electri cal characteristics characteristic (1) symbol min typ (2) max unit output high voltage (i load = ?2.0 ma) all i/o pins (i load = ?10.0 ma) all i/o pins (i load = ?20.0 ma) pins ptc0?ptc4 only maximum combined i oh for port pta7?pta3, port ptc0?ptc1, port e, port ptd0?ptd3 maximum combined i oh for port pta2?pta0, port b, port ptc2?ptc6, port ptd4?ptd7 maximum total i oh for all port pins v oh v oh v oh i oh1 i oh2 i oht v dd ? 0.8 v dd ? 1.5 v dd ? 1.5 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 50 50 100 v v v ma ma ma output low voltage (i load = 1.6 ma) all i/o pins (i load = 10 ma) all i/o pins (i load = 20 ma) pins ptc0?ptc4 only maximum combined i oh for port pta7?pta3, port ptc0?ptc1, port e, port ptd0?ptd3 maximum combined i oh for port pta2?pta0, port b, port ptc2?ptc6, port ptd4?ptd7 maximum total i ol for all port pins v ol v ol v ol i ol1 i ol2 i olt ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 0.4 1.5 1.5 50 50 100 v v v ma ma ma input high voltage all ports, irq , rst , osc1 v ih 0.7 v dd ? v dd v input low voltage all ports, irq , rst , osc1 v il v ss ? 0.2 v dd v v dd supply current run (3) wait (4) stop (5) 25 c 25 c with tbm enabled (6) 25 c with lvi and tbm enabled (6) ?40 c to 125 c with tbm enabled (6) ?40 c to 125 c with lvi and tbm enabled (6) i dd ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 20 6 3 20 300 50 500 30 12 ? ? ? ? ? ma ma a a a a a i/o ports hi-z leakage current (7) i il ?10 ? +10 a input current i in ?1 ? +1 a pullup resistors (as input only) ports pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 , ptc6?ptc0, ptd7/t2ch1?ptd0/ss r pu 20 45 65 k ? capacitance ports (as input or output) c out c in ? ? ? ? 12 8 pf monitor mode entry voltage v tst v dd + 2.5 ? v dd + 4.0 v continued on next page f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 284 electrical specifications motorola low-voltage inhibit, trip falling voltage v tripf 3.9 4.25 4.50 v low-voltage inhibit, trip rising voltage v tripr 4.2 4.35 4.60 v low-voltage inhibit reset/recover hysteresis (v tripf + v hys = v tripr ) v hys ?60 ?mv por rearm voltage (8) v por 0 ? 100 mv por reset voltage (9) v porrst 0 700 800 mv por rise time ramp rate (10) r por 0.035 ? ? v/ms 1. v dd = 5.0 vdc 10%, v ss = 0 vdc, t a = t a (min) to t a (max), unless otherwise noted 2. typical values reflect average measur ements at midpoint of voltage range, 25 c only. 3. run (operating) i dd measured using external square wave clock source (f osc = 32 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. c l = 20 pf on osc2. all ports configur ed as inputs. osc2 capacitance linearly affects run i dd . measured with all modules enabled. 4. wait i dd measured using external square wave clock source (f osc = 32 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. c l = 20 pf on osc2. all ports configured as inputs. osc2 capacitance linearly affects wait i dd . measured with icg and lvi enabled. 5. stop i dd is measured with osc1 = v ss . 6. stop i dd with tbm enabled is measured using an external square wave clock source (f osc = 32 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. all inputs configured as inputs. 7. pullups and pulldowns are disabled. port b leakage is specified in 20.13 5.0-volt adc characteristics . 8. maximum is highest vo ltage that por is guaranteed. 9. maximum is highest vo ltage that por is possible. 10. if minimum v dd is not reached before the internal por reset is released, rst must be driven low externally until minimum v dd is reached. characteristic (1) symbol min typ (2) max unit f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 3.3-vdc electrical characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 285 20.6 3.3-vdc electri cal characteristics characteristic (1) symbol min typ (2) max unit output high voltage (i load = ?0.6 ma) all i/o pins (i load = ?4.0 ma) all i/o pins (i load = ?10.0 ma) pins ptc0?ptc4 only maximum combined i oh for port pta7?pta3, port ptc0?ptc1, port e, port ptd0?ptd3 maximum combined i oh for port pta2?pta0, port b, port ptc2?ptc6, port ptd4?ptd7 maximum total i oh for all port pins v oh v oh v oh i oh1 i oh2 i oht v dd ? 0.3 v dd ? 1.0 v dd ? 1.0 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 30 30 60 v v v ma ma ma output low voltage (i load = 1.6 ma) all i/o pins (i load = 10 ma) all i/o pins (i load = 20 ma) pins ptc0?ptc4 only maximum combined i oh for port pta7?pta3, port ptc0?ptc1, port e, port ptd0?ptd3 maximum combined i oh for port pta2?pta0, port b, port ptc2?ptc6, port ptd4?ptd7 maximum total i ol for all port pins v ol v ol v ol i ol1 i ol2 i olt ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 0.3 1.0 0.8 30 30 60 v v v ma ma ma input high voltage all ports, irq , rst , osc1 v ih 0.7 v dd ? v dd v input low voltage all ports, irq , rst , osc1 v il v ss ? 0.3 v dd v v dd supply current run (3) wait (4) stop (5) 25 c 25 c with tbm enabled (6) 25 c with lvi and tbm enabled (6) ?40 c to 125 c with tbm enabled (6) ?40 c to 125 c with lvi and tbm enabled (6) i dd ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 8 3 2 12 200 30 300 12 6 ? ? ? ? ? ma ma a a a a a i/o ports hi-z leakage current (7) i il ?10 ? +10 a input current i in ?1 ? +1 a pullup resistors (as input only) ports pta7/kbd7 ?pta0/kbd0 , ptc6?ptc0, ptd7/t2ch1?ptd0/ss r pu 20 45 65 k ? capacitance ports (as input or output) c out c in ? ? ? ? 12 8 pf monitor mode entry voltage v tst v dd + 2.5 ? v dd + 4.0 v continued on next page f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 286 electrical specifications motorola low-voltage inhibit, trip falling voltage v tripf 2.35 2.6 2.7 v low-voltage inhibit, trip rising voltage v tripr 2.4 2.66 2.8 v low-voltage inhibit reset/recover hysteresis (v tripf + v hys = v tripr ) v hys ?100 ?mv por rearm voltage (8) v por 0 ? 100 mv por reset voltage (9) v porrst 0 700 800 mv por rise time ramp rate (10) r por 0.02 ? ? v/ms 1. v dd = 3.3 vdc 10%, v ss = 0 vdc, t a = t a (min) to t a (max), unless otherwise noted 2. typical values reflect average measur ements at midpoint of voltage range, 25 c only. 3. run (operating) i dd measured using external square wave clock source (f osc = 16 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. c l = 20 pf on osc2. all ports configur ed as inputs. osc2 capacitance linearly affects run i dd . measured with all modules enabled. 4. wait i dd measured using external square wave clock source (f osc = 16 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. c l = 20 pf on osc2. all ports configured as inputs. osc2 capacitance linearly affects wait i dd . measured with icg and lvi enabled. 5. stop i dd is measured with osc1 = v ss . 6. stop i dd with tbm enabled is measured using an external square wave clock source (f osc = 16 mhz). all inputs 0.2 v from rail. no dc loads. less than 100 pf on all outputs. all inputs configured as inputs. 7. pullups and pulldowns are disabled. 8. maximum is highest vo ltage that por is guaranteed. 9. maximum is highest vo ltage that por is possible. 10. if minimum v dd is not reached before the internal por reset is released, rst must be driven low externally until minimum v dd is reached. characteristic (1) symbol min typ (2) max unit f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 5.0-volt control timing mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 287 20.7 5.0-volt control timing 20.8 3.3-volt control timing figure 20-1. rst and irq timing characteristic (1) 1. v ss = 0 vdc; timing shown with respect to 20% v dd and 70% v dd unless otherwise noted. symbol min max unit frequency of operation crystal option external clock option (2) 2. no more than 10% duty cycle deviation from 50%. f osc 32 dc 100 32.8 khz mhz internal operating frequency f op (f bus ) ?8.2mhz internal clock period (1/f op )t cyc 122 ? ns reset input pulse width low (3) 3. minimum pulse width reset is guaranteed to be recognized. it is possible for a smaller pulse width to cause a reset. t irl 50 ? ns irq interrupt pulse width low (4) (edge-triggered) 4. minimum pulse width is for guaranteed interrupt. it is possible for a smaller pulse width to be recognized. t ilih 50 ? ns irq interrupt pulse period t ilil note 5 ? t cyc characteristic (1) 1. v ss = 0 vdc; timing shown with respect to 20% v dd and 70% v dd unless otherwise noted. symbol min max unit frequency of operation crystal option external clock option (2) 2. no more than 10% duty cycle deviation from 50%. f osc 32 dc 100 16.4 khz mhz internal operating frequency f op (f bus ) ?4.1mhz internal clock period (1/f op )t cyc 244 ? ns reset input pulse width low (3) 3. minimum pulse width reset is guaranteed to be recognized. it is possible for a smaller pulse width to cause a reset. t irl 125 ? ns irq interrupt pulse width low (4) (edge-triggered) 4. minimum pulse width is for guaranteed interrupt. it is possible for a smaller pulse width to be recognized. t ilih 125 ? ns irq interrupt pulse period t ilil note 5 ? t cyc rst irq t rl t ilih t ilil f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 288 electrical specifications motorola 20.9 output high-vol tage characteristics figure 20-2. typical high-side driver characteristics ? port pta3?pta0 (v dd = 4.5 vdc) figure 20-3. typical high-side driver characteristics ? port pta3?pta0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) ?35 ?30 ?25 ?20 ?15 ?10 ?5 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) ?40 v oh (v) 3 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 3.2 85 v oh > v dd ?0.8 v @ i oh = ?2.0 ma v oh > v dd ?1.5 v @ i oh = ?10.0 ma ?25 ?20 ?15 ?10 ?5 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) 1.3 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 1.5 85 v oh (v) v oh > v dd ?0.3 v @ i oh = ?0.6 ma v oh > v dd ?1.0 v @ i oh = ?4.0 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications output high-voltage characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 289 figure 20-4. typical high-side driver characteristics ? port ptc1?ptc0 (v dd = 4.5 vdc) figure 20-5. typical high-side driver characteristics ? port ptc1?ptc0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) ?35 ?30 ?25 ?20 ?15 ?10 ?5 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) ?40 v oh (v) 3 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 3.2 85 v oh > v dd ?0.8 v @ i oh = ?10.0 ma ?25 ?20 ?15 ?10 ?5 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) 1.3 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 1.5 85 v oh (v) v oh > v dd ?0.5 v @ i oh = ?4.0 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 290 electrical specifications motorola figure 20-6. typical high-side driver characteristics ? ports ptb5?ptb0, ptd6?ptd0, and pte1?pte0 (v dd = 5.5 vdc) figure 20-7. typical high-side driver characteristics ? ports ptb5?ptb0, ptd6?ptd0, and pte1?pte0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) ?70 ?60 ?50 ?40 ?30 ?20 ?10 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) ?90 v oh (v) 3 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 3.2 85 ?80 4.6 4.4 v oh > v dd ?0.8 v @ i oh = ?2.0 ma v oh > v dd ?1.5 v @ i oh = ?10.0 ma ?25 ?20 ?15 ?10 ?5 0 ?40 0 25 i oh (ma) 1.3 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 1.5 85 v oh (v) v oh > v dd ?0.3 v @ i oh = ?0.6 ma v oh > v dd ?1.0 v @ i oh = ?4.0 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications output low-voltage characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 291 20.10 output low-vol tage characteristics figure 20-8. typical low-side driver characteristics ? port pta3?pta0 (v dd = 5.5 vdc) figure 20-9. typical low-side driver characteristics ? port pta3?pta0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 ?40 0 25 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.2 85 1.4 1.6 v ol < 0.4 v @ i ol = 1.6 ma v ol < 1.5 v @ i ol = 10.0 ma 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 ?40 0 25 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.2 85 1.4 1.6 v ol < 0.3 v @ i ol = 0.5 ma v ol < 1.0 v @ i ol = 6.0 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 292 electrical specifications motorola figure 20-10. typical low-side driver characteristics ? port ptc1?ptc0 (v dd = 4.5 vdc) figure 20-11. typical low-side driver characteristics ? port ptc1?ptc0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) 10 20 30 40 50 60 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 ?40 0 25 85 v ol < 1.0 v @ i ol = 15 ma 5 10 15 20 25 30 ?40 0 25 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0.40.60.81.01.2 0.2 85 1.4 1.6 v ol < 0.8 v @ i ol = 10 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications output low-voltage characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 293 figure 20-12. typical low-side driver characteristics ? ports ptb5?ptb0, ptd6?ptd0, and pte1?pte0 (v dd = 5.5 vdc) figure 20-13. typical low-side driver characteristics ? ports ptb5?ptb0, ptd6?ptd0, and pte1?pte0 (v dd = 3.0 vdc) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 ?40 0 25 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.2 85 1.4 1.6 v ol < 0.4 v @ i ol = 1.6 ma v ol < 1.5 v @ i ol = 10.0 ma 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 ?40 0 25 i ol (ma) 0 v ol (v) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 85 1.2 1.6 1.4 v ol < 0.3 v @ i ol = 0.5 ma v ol < 1.0 v @ i ol = 6.0 ma f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 294 electrical specifications motorola 20.11 typical s upply currents figure 20-14. typical operating i dd , with all modules turned on (?40 c to 125 c) figure 20-15. typical wait mode i dd , with all modules disabled (?40 c to 125 c) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0123456789 5.5 v 3.6 v f bus (mhz) i dd (ma) 14 16 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 01 23 456 78 5.5 v 3.6 v i dd (ma) f bus (mhz) f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications clock generation modu le characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 295 figure 20-16. typical stop mode i dd , with all modules disabled (?40 c to 125 c) 20.12 clock generation module characteristics 20.12.1 cgm component specifications 1 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 01 234 567 89 5.5 v 3.6 v f bus (mhz) i dd ( a) 1.35 characteristic symbol min typ max unit external clock f xclk 30 32.768 100 khz crystal load capacitance (1) c l ???pf crystal fixed capacitance c 1 6 2 c l 40 pf crystal tuning capacitance c 2 6 2 c l 40 pf feedback bias resistor r b 10 10 22 m ? series resistor (2) r s 330 330 470 k ? 1. consult crystal manufacturer?s data. 2. not required for high-frequency crystals f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 296 electrical specifications motorola 20.12.2 cgm electrical specifications description symbol min typ max unit operating voltage v dd 3.0 ? 5.5 v operating temperature t ?40 25 125 o c crystal reference frequency f rclk 30 32.768 100 khz range nominal multiplier f nom ? 38.4 ? khz vco center-of-range frequency (1) f vrs 38.4 k ? 40.0 m hz medium-voltage vco center-of-range frequency (2) f vrs 38.4 k ? 40.0 m hz vco range linear range multiplier l 1 ? 255 vco power-of-two range multiplier 2 e 1?4 vco multiply factor n 1 ? 4095 vco prescale multiplier 2 p 118 reference divider factor r 1 1 15 vco operating frequency f vclk 38.4 k ? 40.0 m hz bus operating frequency (1) f bus ??8.2mhz bus frequency @ medium voltage (2) f bus ??4.1mhz manual acquisition time t lock ??50ms automatic lock time t lock ??50ms pll jitter (3) f j 0? f rclk x 0.025% x 2 p n/4 hz external clock input frequency pll disabled f osc dc ? 32.8 m hz external clock input frequency pll enabled f osc 30 k ? 1.5 m hz 1. 5.0 v 10% v dd 2. 3.3 v 10% v dd 3. deviation of average bus frequency over 2 ms. n = vco multiplier. f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 5.0-volt adc characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 297 20.13 5.0-volt adc characteristics characteristic (1) symbol min max unit comments supply voltage v ddad 4.5 5.5 v v ddad should be tied to the same potential as v dd via separate traces. input voltages v adin 0 v ddad v v adin <= v ddad resolution b ad 10 10 bits absolute accuracy a ad ?4 +4 counts includes quantization adc internal clock f adic 500 k 1.048 m hz t aic = 1/f adic conversion range r ad v ssad v ddad v power-up time t adpu 16 ? t aic cycles conversion time t adc 16 17 t aic cycles sample time t ads 5? t aic cycles monotonicity m ad guaranteed zero inpu t reading z adi 000 003 hex v adin = v ssa full-scale reading f adi 3fc 3ff hex v adin = v dda input capacitance c adi ? 30 pf not tested v ddad /v refh current i vref ?1.6ma absolute accuracy (8-bit truncation mode) a ad ?1 + 1 lsb includes quantization quantization error (8-bit truncation mode) ?? +7/8 ?1/8 lsb 1. v dd = 5.0 vdc 10%, v ss = 0 vdc, v ddad/vrefh = 5.0 vdc 10%, v ssad/ v refl = 0 vdc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 298 electrical specifications motorola 20.14 3.3-volt adc characteristics characteristic (1) symbol min max unit comments supply voltage v ddad 3.0 3.6 v v ddad should be tied to the same potential as v dd via separate traces. input voltages v adin 0 v ddad v v adin <= v ddad resolution b ad 10 10 bits absolute accuracy a ad ?6 +6 counts includes quantization adc internal clock f adic 500 k 1.048 m hz t aic = 1/f adic conversion range r ad v ssad v ddad v power-up time t adpu 16 ? t aic cycles conversion time t adc 16 17 t aic cycles sample time t ads 5? t aic cycles monotonicity m ad guaranteed zero inpu t reading z adi 000 005 hex v adin = v ssa full-scale reading f adi 3fa 3ff hex v adin = v dda input capacitance c adi ? 30 pf not tested v ddad /v refh current i vref ?1.2ma absolute accuracy (8-bit truncation mode) a ad ?1 + 1 lsb includes quantization quantization error (8-bit truncation mode) ? ?1/8 +7/8 lsb 1. v dd = 3.3 vdc 10%, v ss = 0 vdc, v ddad/vrefh = 3.3 vdc 10%, v ssad /v refl = 0 vdc f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications timer interface module characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 299 20.15 timer interface mo dule characteristics figure 20-17. timer input timing characteristic symbol min (1) max unit timer input capture pulse width t th , t tl 2? t cyc timer input capture period t tltl note 1 ? t cyc timer input clock pulse width t tch, t tcl t cyc +5 ? t cyc 1. the minimum period is t he number of cycles it takes to execute the interrupt service routine plus 1 t cyc . tclk t tch t tcl f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 300 electrical specifications motorola 20.16 5.0-volt spi characteristics diagram number (1) 1. numbers refer to dimensions in figure 20-18 and figure 20-19 . characteristic (2) 2. all timing is shown with respect to 20% v dd and 70% v dd , unless noted; 100 pf load on all spi pins. symbol min max unit operating frequency master slave f op(m) f op(s) f op /128 dc f op /2 f op mhz mhz 1 cycle time master slave t cyc(m) t cyc(s) 2 1 128 ? t cyc t cyc 2 enable lead time t lead(s) 1? t cyc 3 enable lag time t lag(s) 1? t cyc 4 clock (spsck) high time master slave t sckh(m) t sckh(s) t cyc ?25 1/2 t cyc ?25 64 t cyc ? ns ns 5 clock (spsck) low time master slave t sckl(m) t sckl(s) t cyc ?25 1/2 t cyc ?25 64 t cyc ? ns ns 6 data setup time (inputs) master slave t su(m) t su(s) 30 30 ? ? ns ns 7 data hold time (inputs) master slave t h(m) t h(s) 30 30 ? ? ns ns 8 access time, slave (3) cpha = 0 cpha = 1 3. time to data active from high-impedance state t a(cp0) t a(cp1) 0 0 40 40 ns ns 9 disable time, slave (4) 4. hold time to high-impedance state t dis(s) ?40ns 10 data valid time, after enable edge master slave (5) 5. with 100 pf on all spi pins t v(m) t v(s) ? ? 50 50 ns ns 11 data hold time, outputs, after enable edge master slave t ho(m) t ho(s) 0 0 ? ? ns ns f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 3.3-volt spi characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 301 20.17 3.3-volt spi characteristics diagram number (1) 1. numbers refer to dimensions in figure 20-18 and figure 20-19 . characteristic (2) 2. all timing is shown with respect to 20% v dd and 70% v dd , unless noted; 100 pf load on all spi pins. symbol min max unit operating frequency master slave f op(m) f op(s) f op /128 dc f op /2 f op mhz mhz 1 cycle time master slave t cyc(m) t cyc(s) 2 1 128 ? t cyc t cyc 2 enable lead time t lead(s) 1? t cyc 3 enable lag time t lag(s) 1? t cyc 4 clock (spsck) high time master slave t sckh(m) t sckh(s) t cyc ?35 1/2 t cyc ?35 64 t cyc ? ns ns 5 clock (spsck) low time master slave t sckl(m) t sckl(s) t cyc ?35 1/2 t cyc ?35 64 t cyc ? ns ns 6 data setup time (inputs) master slave t su(m) t su(s) 40 40 ? ? ns ns 7 data hold time (inputs) master slave t h(m) t h(s) 40 40 ? ? ns ns 8 access time, slave (3) cpha = 0 cpha = 1 3. time to data active from high-impedance state t a(cp0) t a(cp1) 0 0 50 50 ns ns 9 disable time, slave (4) 4. hold time to high-impedance state t dis(s) ?50ns 10 data valid time, after enable edge master slave (5) 5. with 100 pf on all spi pins t v(m) t v(s) ? ? 60 60 ns ns 11 data hold time, outputs, after enable edge master slave t ho(m) t ho(s) 0 0 ? ? ns ns f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 302 electrical specifications motorola figure 20-18. spi master timing note note: this first clock edge is generated internally, but is not seen at the spsck pin. ss pin of master held high msb in ss input spsck output spsck output miso input mosi output note 4 5 5 1 4 bits 6?1 lsb in master msb out bits 6?1 master lsb out 11 10 11 7 6 note note: this last clock edge is generated inte rnally, but is not seen at the spsck pin. ss pin of master held high msb in ss input spsck output spsck output miso input mosi output note 4 5 5 1 4 bits 6?1 lsb in master msb out bits 6?1 master lsb out 10 11 10 7 6 a) spi master timing (cpha = 0) b) spi master timing (cpha = 1) cpol = 0 cpol = 1 cpol = 0 cpol = 1 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical specifications 3.3-volt spi characteristics mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola electrical specifications 303 figure 20-19. spi slave timing note: not defined but normally msb of character just received slave ss input spsck input spsck input miso input mosi output 4 5 5 1 4 msb in bits 6?1 8 6 10 5 11 note slave lsb out 9 3 lsb in 2 7 bits 6?1 msb out note: not defined but normally lsb of character previ ously transmitted slave ss input spsck input spsck input miso output mosi input 4 5 5 1 4 msb in bits 6?1 8 6 10 note slave lsb out 9 3 lsb in 2 7 bits 6?1 msb out 10 a) spi slave timing (cpha = 0) b) spi slave timing (cpha = 1) 11 11 cpol = 0 cpol = 1 cpol = 0 cpol = 1 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . electrical s pecifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 304 electrical specifications motorola 20.18 memory characteristics characteristic symbol min typ max unit ram data retention voltage v rdr 1.3 ? ? v flash program bus clock frequency ? 1 ? ? mhz flash read bus clock frequency f read (1) 1. f read is defined as the frequency range for which the flash memory can be read. 8 k ? 8.4m hz flash page erase time t erase (2) 2. if the page erase time is longer than t erase (min), there is no erase-disturb, bu t it reduces the endurance of the flash memory. 1??ms flash mass erase time t merase (3) 3. if the mass erase time is longer than t merase (min), there is no erase-disturb, but it reduces the endurance of the flash memory. 4??ms flash pgm/erase to hven set up time t nvs 10 ? ? s flash high-voltage hold time t nvh 5?? s flash high-voltage hold time (mass erase) t nvhl 100 ? ? s flash program hold time t pgs 5?? s flash program time t prog 30 ? 40 s flash return to read time t rcv (4) 4. t rcv is defined as the time it needs before the flash can be read after turning off the high voltage charge pump, by clearing hven to logic 0. 1?? s flash cumulative program hv period t hv (5) 5. t hv is defined as the cumulative high voltage programming time to the same row before next erase. t hv must satisfy this condition: t nvs + t nvh + t pgs + (t prog 64) t hv max. ?? 4ms flash row erase endurance (6) 6. the minimum row endurance value specifies each row of the flash memory is guaranteed to work for at least this many erase / program cycles. ? 10k 100k (7) 7. flash endurance is a function of the temperature at which erasure occu rs. typical endurance degrades when the temperature while erasing is less than 25 c. ? cycles flash row program endurance (8) 8. the minimum row endurance value specifies each row of the flash memory is guaranteed to work for at least this many erase / program cycles. ? 10k 100k (7) ? cycles flash data retention time (9) 9. the flash is guaranteed to retain data over the entire operating temperature range for at least the minimum time specified. ?10 100 (10) 10. motorola performs reliability testing for data retention. thes e tests are based on samples test ed at elevated temperatures. due to the higher activation energy of the elevated test te mperature, calculated life tests correspond to more than 100 years of operatio n/storage at 55 c ?years f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola ordering information and mechanical specifications 305 data sheet ? mc68hc908gr16 section 21. ordering informatio n and mechanical specifications 21.1 introduction this section provides ordering information for the mc68hc908gr16 along with the dimensions for: 48-pin low-profile quad flat pack (lqfp) 32-pin low-profile quad flat pack (lqfp) the following figures show the latest pac kage drawings at the time of this publication. to make sure that you have the latest package specifications, contact your local motorola sales office. 21.2 mc order numbers figure 21-1. device numbering system table 21-1. mc order numbers mc order number operating temperature range package mc68hc908gr16cfj ?40 m c 6 8 h c 9 0 8 g r 1 6 x x x family package designator temperature range f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . ordering information and mechanical specifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 306 ordering information and mechanical specifications motorola 21.3 48-pin lqfp (case #932) a a1 z 0.200 ab t-u 4x z 0.200 ac t-u 4x b b1 1 12 13 24 25 36 37 48 s1 s v v1 p ae ae t, u, z detail y detail y base metal n j f d t- u m 0.080 z ac section ae-ae ad g 0.080 ac m top & bottom l w k aa e c h 0.250 r 9 detail ad notes: 1. dimensioning and tolerancing per asme y14.5m, 1994. 2. controlling dimension: millimeter. 3. datum plane ab is located at bottom of lead and is coincident with the lead where the lead exits the plastic body at the bottom of the parting line. 4. datums t, u, and z to be determined at datum plane ab. 5. dimensions s and v to be determined at seating plane ac. 6. dimensions a and b do not include mold protrusion. allowable protrusion is 0.250 per side. dimensions a and b do include mold mismatch and are determined at datum plane ab. 7. dimension d does not include dambar protrusion. dambar protrusion shall not cause the d dimension to exceed 0.350. 8. minimum solder plate thickness shall be t u z ab ac gauge plane dim a min max 7.000 bsc millimeters a1 3.500 bsc b 7.000 bsc b1 3.500 bsc c 1.400 1.600 d 0.170 0.270 e 1.350 1.450 f 0.170 0.230 g 0.500 bsc h 0.050 0.150 j 0.090 0.200 k 0.500 0.700 m 12 ref n 0.090 0.160 p 0.250 bsc l 0 7 r 0.150 0.250 s 9.000 bsc s1 4.500 bsc v 9.000 bsc v1 4.500 bsc w 0.200 ref aa 1.000 ref f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . ordering information and mechanical specifications 32-pin lqfp (case #873a) mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 data sheet motorola ordering information and mechanical specifications 307 21.4 32-pin lq fp (case #873a) 1 8 9 17 25 32 ae ae p detail y base n j d f metal section ae?ae g seating plane r q w k x 0.250 (0.010) gauge plane e c h detail ad notes: 1. dimensioning and tolerancing per ansi y14.5m, 1982. 2. controlling dimension: millimeter. 3. datum plane ?ab? is located at bottom of lead and is coincident with the lead where the lead exits the plastic body at the bottom of the parting line. 4. datums ?t?, ?u?, and ?z? to be determined at datum plane ?ab?. 5. dimensions s and v to be determined at seating plane ?ac?. 6. dimensions a and b do not include mold protrusion. allowable protrusion is 0.250 (0.010) per side. dimensions a and b do include mold mismatch and are determined at datum plane ?ab?. 7. dimension d does not include dambar protrusion. dambar protrusion shall not cause the d dimension to exceed 0.520 (0.020). 8. minimum solder plate thickness shall be 0.0076 (0.0003). 9. exact shape of each corner may vary from depiction. dim a min max min max inches 7.000 bsc 0.276 bsc millimeters b 7.000 bsc 0.276 bsc c 1.400 1.600 0.055 0.063 d 0.300 0.450 0.012 0.018 e 1.350 1.450 0.053 0.057 f 0.300 0.400 0.012 0.016 g 0.800 bsc 0.031 bsc h 0.050 0.150 0.002 0.006 j 0.090 0.200 0.004 0.008 k 0.500 0.700 0.020 0.028 m 12 ref 12 ref n 0.090 0.160 0.004 0.006 p 0.400 bsc 0.016 bsc q 1 5 1 5 r 0.150 0.250 0.006 0.010 v 9.000 bsc 0.354 bsc v1 4.500 bsc 0.177 bsc detail ad a1 b1 v1 4x s 4x b1 3.500 bsc 0.138 bsc a1 3.500 bsc 0.138 bsc s 9.000 bsc 0.354 bsc s1 4.500 bsc 0.177 bsc w 0.200 ref 0.008 ref x 1.000 ref 0.039 ref 9 ?t? ?z? ?u? t?u 0.20 (0.008) z ac t?u 0.20 (0.008) z ab 0.10 (0.004) ac ?ac? ?ab? m 8x ?t?, ?u?, ?z? t?u m 0.20 (0.008) z ac f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . ordering information and mechanical specifications data sheet mc68hc908gr16 ? rev. 1.0 308 ordering information and mechanical specifications motorola f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . how to reach us: usa/europe/locations not listed: motorola literature distribution p.o. box 5405 denver, colorado 80217 1-800-521-6274 or 480-768-2130 japan: motorola japan ltd. sps, technical information center 3-20-1, minami-azabu, minato-ku tokyo 106-8573, japan 81-3-3440-3569 asia/pacific: motorola semiconductors h.k. ltd. silicon harbour centre 2 dai king street tai po industrial estate tai po, n.t., hong kong 852-26668334 home page: http://motorola.com/semiconductors mc68hc908gr16/d rev. 1 5/2003 information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use motorola products. there are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits or integrated circuits based on the information in this document. motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. motorola makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does motorola assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability , including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. ?typical? parameters that may be provided in motorola data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. all operating parameters, including ?typicals?, must be validated for each customer application by customer?s technical experts. motorola does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. motorola products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the motorola product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur. should buyer purchase or use motorola products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, buyer shall indemnify and hold motorola and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that motorola was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part. motorola and the stylized m logo are registered in the us patent and trademark office. all other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. motorola , inc. is an equal opportunity /affirmative action employer. ? motorola inc. 2003 f r e e s c a l e s e m i c o n d u c t o r , i freescale semiconductor, inc. f o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o d u c t , g o t o : w w w . f r e e s c a l e . c o m n c . . . |
Price & Availability of MC68HC908GR16CFA
 |
|
|
|
|
All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022 |
| [Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy] |
|
Mirror Sites : [www.datasheet.hk]
[www.maxim4u.com] [www.ic-on-line.cn]
[www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net]
[www.alldatasheet.com.cn]
[www.gdcy.com]
[www.gdcy.net] |